323-1851-090 (6500 R11.2 Roadmap) Issue1

6500 Packet-Optical Platform
Documentation Roadmap
Release 11.2
What’s inside...
Feature and publication history
Roadmap
List of terms
List of 6500 shelves, circuit packs, panels, and modules
Master index
Technical assistance information
323-1851-090 - Standard Issue 1

July 2016
Copyright© 2010-2016 Ciena® Corporation. All rights reserved.
LEGAL NOTICES
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION OF CIENA
CORPORATION AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE
OR DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE, OR SELL ANYTHING THAT IT MAY DESCRIBE.
REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE, OR USE IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN
AUTHORIZATION OF CIENA CORPORATION IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN.
EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO ENSURE THAT THE INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS
COMPLETE AND ACCURATE AT THE TIME OF PUBLISHING; HOWEVER, THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
THIS DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
While the information in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable, except as otherwise expressly agreed
to in writing CIENA PROVIDES THIS DOCUMENT “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. The information and/or products described in this document are subject to
change without notice. For the most up-to-date technical publications, visit www.ciena.com.
Copyright© 2010-2016 Ciena® Corporation. All Rights Reserved
The material contained in this document is also protected by copyright laws of the United States of America and
other countries. It may not be reproduced or distributed in any form by any means, altered in any fashion, or stored
in a data base or retrieval system, without express written permission of the Ciena Corporation.
Security
Ciena® cannot be responsible for unauthorized use of equipment and will not make allowance or credit for
unauthorized use or access.
Contacting Ciena
Corporate Headquarters 410-694-5700 or 800-921-1144 www.ciena.com

Customer Technical Support/Warranty
In North America 1-800-CIENA24 (243-6224)
410-865-4961
In Europe, Middle East, 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)
and Africa +44-207-012-5508
In Asia-Pacific 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)
+81-3-6367-3989
+91-124-4340-600
In Caribbean and Latin 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)
America 410-865-4944 (USA)
Sales and General Information 410-694-5700 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In North America 410-694-5700 or 800-207-3714 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Europe +44-207-012-5500 (UK) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Asia +81-3-3248-4680 (Japan) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In India +91-124-434-0500 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Latin America 011-5255-1719-0220 (Mexico City) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
Training 877-CIENA-TD (243-6283) E-mail: techtng@ciena.com
or 410-865-8996
For additional office locations and phone numbers, please visit the Ciena web site at www.ciena.com.
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

Release 11.2 323-1851-090 Standard Issue 1
Copyright© 2010-2016 Ciena® Corporation July 2016
IMPORTANT: PLEASE READ THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT (“AGREEMENT”) CAREFULLY BEFORE
INSTALLING OR USING CIENA CORPORATION (“Ciena”) SOFTWARE, HARDWARE OR DOCUMENTATION
(COLLECTIVELY, THE “EQUIPMENT”).
BY INSTALLING OR USING THE EQUIPMENT, YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS
AGREEMENT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
1. Right to Use License; Restrictions. Subject to these terms, and the payment of all applicable license fees,
Ciena grants to you, as end user, a non-exclusive license to use the Ciena software (the “Software”) in object code
form solely in connection with, and as embedded within, the Equipment,. You shall have the right to use the
Software solely for your own internal use and benefit. You may make one copy of the Software and documentation
solely for backup and archival purpose, however you must reproduce and affix all copyright and other proprietary
rights notices that appear in or on the original. You may not, without Ciena's prior written consent, (i) sublicense,
assign, sell, rent, lend, lease, transfer or otherwise distribute the Software; (ii) grant any rights in the Software or
documentation not expressly authorized herein; (iii) modify the Software nor provide any third person the means to
do the same; (iv) create derivative works, translate, disassemble, recompile, reverse engineer or attempt to obtain
the source code of the Software in any way; or (v) alter, destroy, or otherwise remove any proprietary notices or
labels on or embedded within the Software or documentation. You acknowledge that this license is subject to
Section 365 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and requires Ciena's consent to any assignment related to a bankruptcy
proceeding. Sole title to the Software and documentation, to any derivative works, and to any associated patents
and copyrights, remains with Ciena or its licensors. Ciena reserves to itself and its licensors all rights in the
Software and documentation not expressly granted to you. You shall preserve intact any notice of copyright,
trademark, logo, legend or other notice of ownership from any original or copies of the Software or documentation.
2. Audit: Upon Ciena's reasonable request, but not more frequently than annually without reasonable cause, you
shall permit Ciena to audit the use of the Software at such times as may be mutually agreed upon to ensure
compliance with this Agreement.
3. Confidentiality. You agree that you will receive confidential or proprietary information (“Confidential Information”)
in connection with the purchase, deployment and use of the Equipment. You will not disclose Confidential
Information to any third party without prior written consent of Ciena, will use it only for purposes for which it was
disclosed, use your best efforts to prevent and protect the contents of the Software from unauthorized disclosure or
use, and must treat it with the same degree of care as you do your own similar information, but with no less than
reasonable care. You acknowledge that the design and structure of the Software constitute trade secrets and/or
copyrighted materials of Ciena and agree that the Equipment is Confidential Information for purposes of this
Agreement.
4. U.S. Government Use. The Software is provided to the Government only with restricted rights and limited rights.
Use, duplication, or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions set forth in FAR Sections 52-227-14 and
52-227-19 or DFARS Section 52.227-7013(C)(1)(ii), as applicable. The Equipment and any accompanying technical
data (collectively “Materials”) are commercial within the meaning of applicable Federal acquisition regulations.
These Materials were developed fully at private expense. U.S. Government use of the Materials is restricted by this
Agreement, and all other U.S. Government use is prohibited. In accordance with FAR 12.212 and DFAR
Supplement 227.7202, software delivered to you is commercial computer software and the use of that software is
further restricted by this Agreement.
5. Term of License. This license is effective until terminated. Customer may terminate this license at any time by
giving written notice to Ciena [or] and destroying or erasing all copies of Software including any documentation.
Ciena may terminate this Agreement and your license to the Software immediately by giving you written notice of
termination in the event that either (i) you breach any term or condition of this Agreement or (ii) you are wound up
other than voluntarily for the purposes of amalgamation or reorganization, have a receiver appointed or enter into
liquidation or bankruptcy or analogous process in your home country. Termination shall be without prejudice to any
other rights or remedies Ciena may have. In the event of any termination you will have no right to keep or use the
Software or any copy of the Software for any purpose and you shall destroy and erase all copies of such Software in
its possession or control, and forward written certification to Ciena that all such copies of Software have been
destroyed or erased.
6. Compliance with laws. You agree to comply with all applicable laws, including all import regulations, and to
obtain all required licenses and permits related to installation and use of Equipment. Software, including technical
data, is subject to U.S. export control laws, including the U.S. Export Administration Act and its associated
regulations, and may be subject to export or import regulations in other countries. Customer agrees to comply
strictly with all such regulations and acknowledges that it has the responsibility to obtain licenses to export, re-
export, or import Software.

7. Limitation of Liability. ANY LIABILITY OF Ciena SHALL BE LIMITED IN THE AGGREGATE TO THE
AMOUNTS PAID BY YOU FOR THE SOFTWARE. THIS LIMITATION APPLIES TO ALL CAUSES OF ACTION,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION BREACH OF CONTRACT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY, MISREPRESENTATION AND OTHER TORTS. THE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY DESCRIBED
IN THIS SECTION ALSO APPLY TO ANY THIRD-PARTY SUPPLIER OF Ciena. NEITHER Ciena NOR ANY OF
ITS THIRD-PARTY SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INJURY, LOSS OR DAMAGE, WHETHER
INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LOST
PROFITS, CONTRACTS, DATA OR PROGRAMS, AND THE COST OF RECOVERING SUCH DATA OR
PROGRAMS, EVEN IF INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ADVANCE
8. General. Ciena may assign this Agreement to any Ciena affiliate or to a purchaser of the intellectual property
rights in the Software, but otherwise neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned nor duties
delegated by either party, and any attempt to do so will be void. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of
the State of Maryland (without regard to the conflict of laws provisions) and shall be enforceable in the courts of
Maryland. The U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply hereto. This
Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the parties relating to the
license for the Software and supersedes all proposals, communications, purchase orders, and prior agreements,
verbal or written, between the parties. If any portion hereof is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining
provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

v
Contents 0
Feature and publication history 1-1

Feature history 1-1
6500 Release 11.2 1-1
6500 Release 11.1 1-3
6500 Release 10.2 1-6
6500 Release 10.1 1-8
6500 Release 10.0 and 10.05 1-11
6500 Release 9.3, 9.31 1-18
6500 Release 9.2, 9.21, and 9.22 1-23
6500 Release 9.1 and R9.12 1-27
6500 Release 9.0 1-32
6500 Release 8.1 1-36
6500 Release 8.0 1-37
6500 Release 7.0 1-41
6500 Release 6.0 1-43
6500 Release 5.2 1-47
6500 Release 5.12 1-48
6500 Release 5.1 1-49
6500 Release 5.0 1-50
6500 Release 4.0 1-52
6500 Release 3.0 1-54
6500 Release 2.1 1-55
6500 Release 1.2 1-55
6500 Release 1.1 1-57
6500 Release 1.0 1-60
Roadmap 2-1
6500 Packet-Optical Platform technical publications 2-2
Document identification numbers 2-3
Technical publications product engineering codes 2-3
Ordering technical publications 2-3
Technical publications volume descriptions 2-4
Planning a Network 2-4
Installing and Testing a Network 2-4
Managing and Provisioning a Network 2-4
Maintaining and Troubleshooting a Network 2-4
Technical publications descriptions 2-5
Fault Management - SNMP, 323-1851-740 2-14

vi Contents
Fault Management - Customer Visible Logs, 323-1851-840 2-14

WaveLogic Photonics Coherent Select, 323-1851-980 2-15
Circuit pack-based technical publications 2-15
List of terms 3-1
List of 6500 shelves, circuit packs, panels, and modules 4-1

Shelves, circuit packs, and modules names used in 6500 documentation 4-1
6500 shelves 4-2
Shelf processor circuit packs and access panels 4-3
Cross-connect circuit packs 4-3
Breaker/fuse interface panels 4-4
Power Input Cards 4-5
Maintenance Interface Cards 4-6
Optical Protection Switch circuit packs 4-6
Electrical circuit packs 4-6
DSM modules 4-7
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs 4-7
40G and submarine circuit packs 4-9
100G circuit packs 4-10
OTSC and OTR circuit packs 4-13
OTN MOTR circuit packs 4-14
SuperMux circuit packs 4-14
NGM WT circuit packs 4-14
OTN Flex MOTR circuit packs 4-15
Photonics equipment 4-15
Data and Layer 2 circuit packs 4-20
OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs 4-20
Master index 5-1
Technical assistance information 6-1

Technical assistance service telephone numbers 6-2
Field return information 6-3

1-1
Feature and publication history 1-
This chapter specifies supported software and hardware supported by this

technical publications library. It also identifies features introduced for each
release of the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500).
Audience
The following members of your company are the intended audience of this
document:
• planners
• provisioners
• network administrators
• transmission standards engineers
• maintenance personnel
Note: Unless otherwise specified, eMOTR in this document refers to

eMOTR (NTK536AA, NTK536AB, NTK536FA, NTK536FB) and eMOTR
Edge (NTK536BE) variants.
Feature history
6500 Release 11.2
July 2016-Issue 1
6500 Release 11.2 introduces the following features and enhancements:
• 100G OTR WaveLogic 3n Extended C-Band 1xQSFP28 (NTK538EJ)
• 100G OTR WaveLogic 3n Enhanced C-Band 1xQSFP28 (NTK538EK)
• 100G OTR WaveLogic 3n Standard C-Band 1xQSFP28 (NTK538EL)
• 100G OTR WaveLogic 3n Basic C-Band 1xQSFP28 (NTK538EM)
• Flex4 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Premium with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band
(NTK539FJ)
• Flex4 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Submarine with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band
(NTK539FN)
• 200G MUX 2x100G/5x40G QSFP28/QSFP+ (NTK529HA)

1-2 Feature and publication history
• new pluggables
— 9.95G-11.09G Multirate, 1550 nm, SMF, 80 km SFP+ module
(160-9205-900)(this plug is supported as of release 10.2)
— 100GBASE-SR4, 4x25G, MMF, 850nm, 100m, MPO QSFP28 module
(160-9400-900)
— 100GBASE-LR4, 4x25G, WDM, SMF, 1310nm, 10km QSFP28
module (160-9401-900)
— 100GE CWDM4, 4x25G, CWDM, SMF, 1310nm, 2km QSFP28
module (160-9403-900)
— 4x10GBASE-LR, SMF, 1310nm, 10km, MPO QSFP+ module
(160-9505-900)
— Multirate 1310 nm, SMF, 15 km SFP module (NTTP13BFE6) (this plug
is supported as of release 10.2)
• Transceiver Triggered Switch (TTS)

• STORM support in colorless Photonic systems
• OTM3 support for the 100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX
• Waveserver interworking, including support for
— gRPC
— REST API
— Command Line Interface (CLI)
• network management software
• new ordering codes
• At the time of publication, Release 11.2 supports upgrades from Releases
10.1x/10.2x/11.1x (where x=0 or higher)
• new certificates
— 6500-D2 Base Certificate (NTK560JL)
— 6500-D7 Base Certificate (NTK560JM)
— 6500-D14 Base Certificate (NTK560JN)
— 6500-S8 Base Certificate (NTK560JP)
— 6500-S14 Base Certificate (NTK560JQ)
— 6500-S32 Base Certificate (NTK560JR)
— 6500-D14 Base Submarine Certificate (NTK560JW)
— 6500-S14 Base Submarine Certificate (NTK560JY)
— 6500-S32 Base Submarine Certificate (NTK560JZ)
— 6500 API Certificate NTK560HJ

6500 Release 11.1

February 2016-Issue 1
6500 Release 11.1 introduces the following features:
• new circuit packs and modules
— eMOTR Edge 4xXFP/2xSFP+/8xSFP circuit pack (NTK536BE)
— Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) Flex C-Band w/OPM 9x1 circuit
pack (NTK553LB)
— Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Encryption Premium with EDFA NxOTU4
C-Band circuit pack (NTK539QS)
— Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Encryption Basic with EDFA NxOTU4
C-Band circuit pack (NTK539QV)
— PKT/OTN XC I/F 100G circuit pack (NTK665AB)
— PKT/OTN I/F 100G 10xXFP circuit pack (NTK667AB)
— PKT/OTN I/F 100G/2x40G 1xCFP2/2xQSFP+ circuit pack
(NTK668AB)
— PKT/OTN I/F 100G WaveLogic 3n Extended C-Band circuit pack
(NTK669AJ)
— PKT/OTN I/F 100G WaveLogic 3n Enhanced C-Band circuit pack
(NTK669AK)
— PKT/OTN I/F 100G WaveLogic 3n Standard C-Band circuit pack
(NTK669AL)
— PKT/OTN I/F 100G WaveLogic 3n Basic C-Band circuit pack
(NTK669AM)
— 100G MOTR WaveLogic 3n Extended C-Band 10xSFP+ circuit pack
(NTK538BJ)
Note: This circuit pack is supported in release 10.21 and up.
— 96 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD96) 50 GHz C-Band module

(NTT862EA)
— Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 4 (NTK504CD)
— Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 5 (NTK504CE)
— Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 6 (NTK504CF)
• new pluggable modules
— GE SX/FC100/FC200 850nm SFP module (NTTP06AD)
— 10/100/1000-BaseT RJ45 SFP module (NTTP61CA)
— 9.95G-11.09G Multirate XFP, 1310nm, SMF, 10km module
(NTTP84CA)

— 103.1G-111.8G, 4x25G, WDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10 km CFP2 module

(160-9300-900)
— 100GBASE-LR4, 4x25G, WDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10 km CFP2 module
(160-9301-900)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 10x10G, MMF, 850 nm, 100 m, MPO CFP2 module
(160-9310-900)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 4x25G, WDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 40 km CFP2 module
(160-9320-900)
— 41.2G-43.0G, 4x10G CWDM, SMF, 1310nm, 10km QSFP+ module
(160-9502-900)
— 40GBASE-SR4, 4x10GBASE-SR, MMF, 850nm, 300m, MPO QSFP+
module (160-9503-900)
— 10G, 1270/1330nm Tx/Rx Bidirectional, 40km, SFP+ module
(160-9108-900)
— 10G, 1330/1270nm Tx/Rx Bidirectional, 40km, SFP+ module
(160-9109-900)
— 9.95G-11.09G Multirate, 1550 nm, SMF, 40 km SFP+ module
(160-9204-900) (this plug is supported as of release 10.2)
— Multirate 1471nm Longhaul ITU CWDM SFP+ module (160-9211-900)
Note: The 160-921x-900 SFP+ modules are supported in release 10.2
and up.
— Multirate 1528.38 nm to 1565.50 nm Tunable, 50GHz, Type 1 DWDM

SFP+ module (160-9201-900)
• new patchcords
— Optical patchcord, MPO(F)-MPO(F), MM, OM3 50/125, 12 Fiber,
Tx-Rx, 3 meters (NTTC95AG)
— Optical patchcord, MPO(F)-MPO(F), MM, OM3 50/125, 12 Fiber,
Tx-Rx, 7 meters (NTTC95AH)
• IPv6 support

• encryption enhancements
— Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Encryption
— Elliptic Curve Cryptographic algorithms
• Photonics enhancements
— Flexible grid
— Support for 96 DWDM channels in C-Band
— Colorless Direct Attach ROADM (including support for FIM Type 4,
— FIM Type 5, and FIM Type 6 modules)
— CMD96 module
— WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 9x1
• Broadband enhancements
— 100G LLDP snooping
— TPT protection on 100G WL3n MOTR
— TCM enhancements
— SPLI enhancements
• eMOTR enhancements
— eMOTR Edge 4xXFP/2xSFP+/8xSFP
— Forwarding database enhancements
— Resolved CoS mapping enhancements
— Egress per port shaping
— VLLI enhancements
— LLDP signaling of IPv6 addresses
— Ingress/egress port mirroring
— VLAN-based port mirroring
— Layer 2 control frame tunneling enhancements
— Flood containment
— Egress reflector mode
• Packet Fabric enhancements
— 100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F
— 100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F
— 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F and 100G PKT/OTN XCIF
— E-Tree (private forwarding groups)
— Static ARP

— Hierarchical ingress metering

— Packet over SNC
— Flood containment
— Ingress/egress port mirroring
— LLDP signaling of IPv6 addresses
• At the time of publication, Release 11.1 supports upgrades from Releases
10.0x/10.1x/10.2x (where x=0 or higher)
6500 Release 10.2

June 2015-Issue 1
• WaveLogic Photonics Coherent Select
This new Photonic architecture introduces the following hardware:
— OBMD 1x8 C-Band module (174-0104-900)
— OBB 2x2x2 C-Band module (174-0115-900)
— OBB 2x4x1 C-Band module (174-0116-900)
• 100G MOTR WaveLogic 3n Enhanced C-Band 10xSFP+ circuit pack

(NTK538BK)
• 100G MOTR WaveLogic 3n Standard C-Band 10xSFP+ circuit pack
(NTK538BL)
• 100G MOTR WaveLogic 3n Basic C-Band10xSFP+ circuit pack
(NTK538BM)
Note: NTK538BK, NTK538BL, and NTK538BM circuit packs are
supported as of software release 10.11.
• 100G WaveLogic 3e OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band

(NTK539UN)
• 100G WaveLogic 3e OCLD Premium with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band
(NTK539UJ)
• cables and accessories
— Optical patchcord, MPO(F)-MPO(F), SM, riser, bend insensitive, 12
Fiber, Tx-Rx, 1 meter (NTTC97AAV6)
Fiber, Tx-Rx, 2 meters (NTTC97ABV6)
Fiber, Tx-Rx, 3 meters (NTTC97ACV6)


Fiber, Tx-Rx, 5 meters (NTTC97ADV6)
Fiber, Tx-Rx, 7 meters (NTTC97AEV6)
Fiber, Tx-Rx, 10 meters (NTTC97AFV6)
Fiber, Tx-Rx, 13 meters (NTTC97AGV6)
Fiber, Tx-Rx, 15 meters (NTTC97AHV6)
Fiber, Tx-Rx, 20 meters (NTTC97AJV6)
Fiber, Tx-Rx, 25 meters (NTTC97AKV6)
Fiber, Tx-Rx, 30 meters (NTTC97ALV6)
Fiber, Tx-Rx, 0.35 meter (NTTC97AXV6)
— AC Power Cord, straight IEC 60320 C13 to C14; 15A 125/250VAC; min
1.6 m (5.2 ft) (441-0045-001)
— 6500 14-slot Optical/Front Electrical Shelf Cover Extension Kit for use
with NTK509DCE6 (NTK509CX)
• 1M Safety Hazard label (415-2818-001)

• Multiprotocol Label Switching-Transport Profile (MPLS-TP)
• Control Plane enhancements
— Layer 0 Control Plane support for Colorless Directionless
Contentionless (CDC) hardware
— Layer 0 Control Plane automatic adoption
• eMOTR enhancements
— 40G OCLD half-quad support
— High availability
— UNI packet modification enhancements
— LAG attribute enhancements
— Ethernet OAM enhancements
— VLLI alarming
— VLLI interworking with L2 MOTR Tx conditioning

• client Signal Fail Alarming and Conditioning

• support for 40GE signals to be transported over Ultra Low Latency (ULL)
paths
• Site Manager menu changes
• upgrade paths
6500 Release 10.1

February 2015-Issue 2
This document has been up-issued to specify that the following circuit packs
are supported in Release 10.11 and up:
• Flex2 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539BN)
• Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Submarine with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539QN)
• 100G OTR WaveLogic 3e Submarine C-band LR4 Multirate circuit pack
(NTK538UN)
December 2014-Issue 1
— 4x10G OTR w/Encryption 4xXFP/4xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK530QE)
— Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Premium with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539QJ)
— Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Standard with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539QL)
— Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Submarine with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539QN)
Note: NTK539QN is supported in software release 10.11 and up.
— Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Enhanced with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band

circuit pack (NTK539QK)
— Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Basic with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539QM)
— 100G MUX Multi-Protocol 2xQSFP+/2xSFP+ circuit pack
(NTK529EA)
— 100G OTR WaveLogic 3e Premium C-band LR4 Multirate circuit pack
(NTK538UJ)

— 100G OTR WaveLogic 3e Enhanced C-band LR4 Multirate circuit pack

(NTK538UK)
— 100G OTR WaveLogic 3e Standard C-band LR4 Multirate circuit pack
(NTK538UL)
— 100G OTR WaveLogic 3e Basic C-band LR4 Multirate circuit pack
(NTK538UM)
— 100G OTR WaveLogic 3e Submarine C-band LR4 Multirate circuit
pack (NTK538UN)
Note: NTK538UN is supported in software release 10.11 and up.
— Flex2 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band

Type 2 (NTK539BN)
Note: NTK539BN is supported in software release 10.11 and up.
— 8-Degree 16-Channel Colorless Mux/Demux (CCMD8x16 C-Band

1xCXM) circuit pack (NTK508HA)
— CCMD8x16 C-Band Expansion Module (CXM C-Band Type 1)
(NTK576BA)
— Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) Flex C-Band w/OPM 20x1 circuit
pack (NTK553MA)
— Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 1 (NTK504CA)
— Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 2 (NTK504CB)
— Optical Power Monitor (OPM Flex C-band) 2-Port circuit pack
(NTK553PB)
— 10 Group Mux/Demux (GMD10) C-Band module (NTT862GA)
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-slot) chassis (174-0064-900)
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-slot) chassis with 19 inch, 23 inch,
and ETSI brackets (K80-0002-901)
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-slot) chassis with 19 inch, 23 inch,
and ETSI brackets and cover (K80-0002-902)
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-Slot) 19 inch, 23 inch, and ETSI
bracket kit (174-0096-900)
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-slot) cover (174-0095-900)
— PKT I/F GE 48xSFP circuit pack (NTK642AA)
• new shelf accessories
— Optical patchcord, MPO(F)-MPO(F), SM, riser, bend insensitive,
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 1 meter (NTTC97AA)


12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 2 meters (NTTC97AB)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 3 meters (NTTC97AC)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 5 meters (NTTC97AD)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 7 meters (NTTC97AE)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 10 meters (NTTC97AF)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 13 meters (NTTC97AG)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 15 meters (NTTC97AH)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 20 meters (NTTC97AJ)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 25 meters (NTTC97AK)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 30 meters (NTTC97AL)
— Cable Assembly, STP Cat 5E, RJ45, TIA568B, Straight, Single, 3 m
(NTTC09DM)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 7-slot Type 2, 19-inch rack, 465 mm center-to-center
mounting holes, 50 mm setback, EIA hole pitch (NTK509PG)
• new pluggables
— 40GBASE-LR4, 4x10G CWDM, SMF, 1310nm, 10km QSFP+
(160-9501-900)
— Multirate 1528.38 nm to 1568.77 nm (1-88) 50GHz Tunable Type 3
DWDM XFP (NTK583AC)
• new software features
— Packet-OTN Transport System (POTS) enhancements
— Auto connection validation for Colorless Directionless Contentionless
— Automated Provisioning of Submarine Repeaters and addition of new
device type BU-DCSW
— Colorless Directionless Contentionless (CDC) support
— Data communications enhancements
— Flexible Grid Support for Submarine applications

— Flex3 enhancements for Submarine applications

— OTN Control Plane enhancements
— Layer 0 Control Plane support for regenerated channels
— RAMAN enhancements
— Infrastructure enhancements
— SPLI enhancements
— Revertive mode support for UPSR/SNCP configurations
— Protection switch hold-off support in cascaded TPT networks
— OTN Flex MOTR enhancements
• introduction of Encryption and FIPS Security Policy Overview and
Procedures, 323-1851-340 document to the 6500 technical publications
library
• upgrade support from Releases 9.20/9.21/9.22/9.23/9.30/9.31/9.32/9.33/
10.0/10.05
6500 Release 10.0 and 10.05

March 2014
• new 6500 shelf and shelf components
— 6500-7 packet-optical shelf assembly (NTK503RA)
– Cooling Fan Module for 6500-7 packet-optical shelf (NTK507QA)
– Access Panel for 6500-7 packet-optical shelf (NTK505JA)
– Female DB9 to wire wrap adapter (Type 2) (NTK505JZ)
– 50A Power Input Card (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input
(NTK505CC)
– Fused Power Input Card - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 50A
(NTK505EC)
– Air Filter for 6500-7 packet-optical shelf (NTK509ER)
– 6500-7 packet-optical Shelf Front Cover (NTK509CS)
– 6500-7 packet-optical Shelf Front Cover Kit w/Extended Depth
(NTK509CT)
– Bracket and air baffle kit, 6500-7 packet-optical shelf, ETSI rack,
front or rear exhaust, 515 mm center-to-center mounting holes, 50/
100 mm setback, 25 mm hole pitch (NTK509JU)
– Bracket and air baffle kit, 6500-7 packet-optical shelf, 23-inch rack,
465 mm center-to-center mounting holes, 100/127 mm setback,
EIA hole pitch (NTK509JV)

– Bracket kit, 6500-7 packet-optical shelf, 19-inch rack, rear exhaust,

567 mm center-to-center mounting holes, 100/127 mm setback,
EIA hole pitch (NTK509PF)
– Bracket and air baffle kit, 6500-7 packet-optical shelf (NTK503RA),
includes brackets for installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch
racks (NTZF99XJ)
– Bracket and air baffle kit, 6500 2-slot Type 2 shelf (NTK503LA),
includes brackets for installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch
racks (NTZF99XH)
– 6500-7 packet-optical Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99EH)

— PKT/OTN XC I/F 100G circuit pack (NTK665AA)
— PKT/OTN I/F 100G 10xXFP circuit pack (NTK667AA)
— Inline Submarine Supervisory (ISS C-Band) circuit pack (NTK528YA)
• new common equipment and accessories
— X-Conn 1200G PKT/OTN Type 2 circuit pack (NTK615BA)
— X-Conn 3200G PKT/OTN Type 2 circuit pack (NTK616BA)
— 1U Bulk Fiber Management Tray (174-0094-900)
— Optical patchcords, FPC, LC-LC, 1.6D, 1F, SM, riser, bend insensitive,
42.5 MM LC boot end to ferrule tip, field removable trigger, anti-snag
device, 1 meter (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AAE6)
device, 2 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52ABE6)
device, 3 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52ACE6)
device, 5 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52ADE6)
device, 7 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AEE6)
device, 10 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AFE6)
device, 13 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AGE6)

device, 15 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AHE6)
device, 20 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AJE6)
device, 25 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AKE6)
device, 30 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52ALE6)
— LC fiber tool kit (174-0099-900)
• new pluggables
— 103.1G, 4x25G, WDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10km CFP (160-9113-900)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 4x25G, WDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10km CFP
(160-9114-900)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 4x25G, WDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 40km CFP
(160-9115-900)
— 10GBASE-ER/FC1200, 1550nm, 40km, SFP+ (160-9104-900)
— 10GBASE-ZR/FC1200, 1550nm, 80km, SFP+ (160-9105-900)
— OC-48/STM-16 1529.55 nm SFP (NTK585AC)
— OC-48/STM-16 1537.40 nm SFP (NTK585AY)
— OC-48/STM-16 1545.32 nm SFP (NTK585BU)
— OC-48/STM-16 1553.33 nm SFP (NTK585CQ)
— OC-48/STM-16 1561.42 nm SFP (NTK585DL)
— Photonics Layer 0 Control Plane:
– Distributed Layer 0 control plane utilizing OSRP
– Autoroute disable
– Single section DOC
– Support for small radius, all viable path network
– Topology, single-ended call support, restoration
— eMOTR enhancements:
– L1Sync and Ethernet Sync Message Channel (ESMC)
– 10GBase-R on XFP

– Platform Photonic application support

– Platform SPAP2 support
– DHCP relay
– CoS queuing
– G.8032 (R-APS) ring enhancement
– D-LAG w/FDB Sync
– Mated configurations with 40G circuit packs
– Auto Negotiation on GE/SFP
– RMON HC-ALARM support
– ETH-OAM enhancements
– Metering enhancement with RCoS
— OTN switching enhancements:
– 40GE, OC-768, STM-256 client services (40G OCI [NTK529SJ]
mated with 40G OTN XCIF [NTK620AA])
– ODU3 - connection rate
– In-service upgrade from 600G --> 1.2T & 1.6T --> 3.2T fabrics
– UNI-ASNCP (SNC/S @ ODUj rate)
– AMP mapping for SONET/SDH clients (OC-48/192)
– PM enhancements
— Control Plane OTN enhancements:

– ODU3 SNC
– Make before break
– Clear blocked bundle behavior
– Generic endpoint
– Retain home path
– Bandwidth lockout
– PSNC to SNC conversion
– Regroom of traffic within a link
– OTN Control Plane interworking with 5430 R2.2
– Line flapping alarm
– Optical VPN
– ODU4 links
– Bandwidth threshold

– SNC Name
– Exclusive Home, Preferred Protect Routes DTLSET
— L2 MOTR enhancements:
– Support for a single L2 MOTR card with a G.8032 ring in L2
Extended Mode
– Support for 10GE sub-rings in L2 Extended mode
— Transponder enhancements:
– TPT support on 100G OCI Multi-Protocol 1xCFP circuit pack
(NTK529AC) when matted with 100G WL3/WL3e OCLD
(NTK539Ux) or Flex2 WL3/WL3e OCLD (NTK539Bx) circuit
packs)
– Post-FEC ODU SD/SF; OTU SD
– SPLI, SLC and related application enhancements
— Submarine enhancements:
– Submarine DOC support
— Photonic enhancements
– Photonics slot sequencing
— (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack (NTK532DA) enhancements:
– Port mapping enhancements
– 1+1 OTM1 linear protection support
– SAPI/DAPI support
– CPRI-Option1, CPRI-Option2, CPRI-Option3
– tributary slot assignment
— 4x10 OTR circuit pack (NTK530QM) enhancement:
– Supporting SeRF9G8
— Enhancement on the 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack (NTK532BAE5)
and the integrated OTN Flex MOTR function in NTK503MAE5 and
NTK503NAE5 variants of 2-slot shelf
– SAPI/DAPI support
– CPRI-Option1, CPRI-Option2, CPRI-Option3
— Datacomms enhancements:
– MD5 authentication
– DCN scalability
– Shelf IP redistribution
– OSC for shelf interconnect

— Commissioning simplification:
– Node Setup application
— Site Manager enhancements:
– Enhanced Shelf Level View (SLV)
– JAVA JRE 1.7
— Equipment/plug AINS
— Pluggable data model extensions
— PEC edit for NTK586xx to NTK585xx
— Alpha-numeric SNC naming
— Support for passive bridge
— WSS safety enhancement
— Card Logs application
• Introduction of 6500 / 5400 Interworking Solution, 323-1851-160
document to the 6500 technical publications library
• Introduction of Latency Specifications, 323-1851-170 document to the
6500 technical publications library
• Introduction of Pluggable Datasheets and Reference, 323-1851-180
document to the 6500 technical publications library
• Introduction of Fault Management - SNMP, 323-1851-740 document to the
6500 technical publications library
• upgrade support from Releases 9.01/9.10/9.12/9.20/9.21/9.22/9.30/9.31
July 2014
The technical publications were up-issued to include the following Release
10.05 hardware and software features:
• eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK536AB variant)
• eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP circuit pack (NTK536FB variant)
• Support for eMOTR CLI Proxy in TIDc and Private IP based networks
• Support SPLI on 40G MUX OCI (NTK525CFE5), 10x10G MUX
(NTK529BBE5), and 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F (NTK667AA) circuit packs
• Support for ODU Signal Degrade condition as a switch reason in TPT and
SNCP Protection for 4x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530QA variant)
• Support for ODU Signal Degrade condition as a switch reason in TPT,
SNCP, and 1+1 OTM1 Line Protection for (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit
pack (NTK532DA)
• Far end SONET PM support on (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR (NTK532DA)
• L1 Sync support for eMOTR with 40G OCLD circuit packs

• eMOTR Ethertype 8100 tagging support

• eMOTR EPL L2 control frame tunneling support in order to achieve basic
MEF certification
• NTK583AA/NTK583AB tunable XFP support native 10GE rate on eMOTR
circuit packs
• Upgrade support to Release 10.05 from Releases 9.10/9.1 IXP/ 9.22/9.23/
9.31/9.32/10.0
Release 10.05 software features are not available in Release 10.0. For
eMOTR NTK536AB/FB variant support in Release 10.0 refer to “Replacing an
eMOTR circuit pack” procedure in Fault Management - Module Replacement,
323-1851-545.
October 2014
This technical publication was up-issued to include
• the following hardware that supports the extended temperature solution:
— OTN Flex MOTR 1xXFP/8xSFP circuit pack (NTK532DE)
— OC-48/STM-16 SR1/I16.1 1310 nm XCT Enhanced SFP module
(NTTP03BD)
— GE/FC100/FC200 1000-BaseLX 1310 nm XCT Enhanced SFP
module (NTTP06CD)
— Multirate 1471 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JA)
— Multirate 1491 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JB)
— Multirate 1511 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JC)
— Multirate 1531 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JD)
— Multirate 1551 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JE)
— Multirate 1571 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JF)
— Multirate 1591 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JG)
— Multirate 1611 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JH)
• Upgrade support
— Upgrade support to Release 10.05 from Releases 9.10/9.12/ 9.22/
9.31/9.32/10.0
This technical publication was also up-issued to include a new part number for
PTE2000-EEA (44RU extended equipment aperture, 600 mm wide x 300 mm
deep x 2125 mm high) rack.
• The new part number; NTRU6501SIF has been added to this release.
NTRU6501SIF is the same rack as NTRU6501 but is attached to a
cushioned pallet suitable for transport of the rack (which may have
equipment mounted to it) in a vertical position. The NTRU6501SIF part

number is used if any equipment will be mounted into the rack at one site
and then re-packaged for transport to another site. Racks without “SIF” in
the part number (i.e. NTRU6501) are shipped in crates that are suitable for
transport of racks that do not have equipment mounted to them. Order
NTRU6501SIF if you are also ordering hot or cold staging services from
Ciena.
December 2014
This technical publication was up-issued to include updates to:
• Extended temperature solution overview and description
• 14-slot and 32-slot shelf interface/slot numbering for SMD 50 GHz 8x1 and
CCMD12 circuit packs.
6500 Release 9.3, 9.31

June 2013
6500 Release 9.3 technical publications introduce the following features:
— Single Line Raman Amplifier (SRA C-Band) w/Optical Service
Channel (OSC) 1xSFP 10/100 BT WSC circuit pack (NTK552JA)
— Service Access Module (SAM C-Band) w/Optical Service Channel
(OSC) 1xSFP 10/100 BT WSC circuit pack (NTK552JN)
— Enhanced Service Access Module (ESAM C-Band) w/Optical Service
Channel (OSC) 1xSFP 10/100 BT WSC circuit pack (NTK552JT)
— Switchable Line Amplifier (XLA C-Band) circuit pack (NTK552KA)
— Optical Service Channel (OSC) Filter (1516.9 nm) module
(NTK504BA)
— eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK536AA)
— eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP circuit pack (NTK536FA)
42.5 MM LC boot end to ferrule tip, field removable trigger, anti-sang
device, 1 meter (NTTC90AAE6)
device, 2 meters (NTTC90ABE6)
device, 3 meters (NTTC90ACE6)
device, 5 meters (NTTC90ADE6)

device, 7 meters (NTTC90AEE6)
device, 10 meters (NTTC90AFE6)
device, 13 meters (NTTC90AGE6)
device, 15 meters (NTTC90AHE6)
device, 20 meters (NTTC90AJE6)
device, 25 meters (NTTC90AKE6)
device, 30 meters (NTTC90ALE6)
— Optical patchcords, FPC, LC-SC, 1.6D, 1F, SM, riser, bend insensitive,
device, 1 meter (NTTC90BAE6)
device, 2 meters (NTTC90BBE6)
device, 3 meters (NTTC90BCE6)
device, 5 meters (NTTC90BDE6)
device, 7 meters (NTTC90BEE6)
device, 10 meters (NTTC90BFE6)

device, 13 meters (NTTC90BGE6)
device, 15 meters (NTTC90BHE6)
device, 20 meters (NTTC90BJE6)
device, 25 meters (NTTC90BKE6)
device, 30 meters (NTTC90BLE6)
— Optical patchcords, FPC, SC-SC, 1.6D, 1F, SM, riser, bend insensitive,
1 meter (NTTC91BAE6)
2 meters (NTTC91BBE6)
3 meters (NTTC91BCE6)
5 meters (NTTC91BDE6)
7 meters (NTTC91BEE6)
10 meters (NTTC91BFE6)
13 meters (NTTC91BGE6)
15 meters (NTTC91BHE6)
20 meters (NTTC91BJE6)
25 meters (NTTC91BKE6)
30 meters (NTTC91BLE6)
— Optical patchcords, FPC, LC-LC, 1.6D, 1F, MM, OM3 fiber, riser, bend
insensitive, 1 meter (NTTC92AAE6)

insensitive, 2 meters (NTTC92ABE6)
insensitive, 3 meters (NTTC92ACE6)
insensitive, 5 meters (NTTC92ADE6)
insensitive, 7 meters (NTTC92AEE6)
insensitive, 10 meters (NTTC92AFE6)
insensitive, 13 meters (NTTC92AGE6)
insensitive, 15 meters (NTTC92AHE6)
insensitive, 20 meters (NTTC92AJE6)
insensitive, 25 meters (NTTC92AKE6)
insensitive, 30 meters (NTTC92ALE6)
— Optical patchcords, FPC, LC-SC, 1.6D, 1F, MM, OM3 fiber, riser, bend
insensitive, 1 meter (NTTC92BAE6)
insensitive, 2 meters (NTTC92BBE6)
insensitive, 3 meters (NTTC92BCE6)
insensitive, 5 meters (NTTC92BDE6)
insensitive, 7 meters (NTTC92BEE6)
insensitive, 10 meters (NTTC92BFE6)
insensitive, 13 meters (NTTC92BGE6)
insensitive, 15 meters (NTTC92BHE6)
insensitive, 20 meters (NTTC92BJE6)

insensitive, 25 meters (NTTC92BKE6)
insensitive, 30 meters (NTTC92BLE6)
• new pluggables
— OC-3/STM-1 DWDM 1516.9 nm SFP module (12-44 dB span)
(NTK592NR)
— Photonic enhancements (OSC reach for RAMAN spans, RAMAN
system configurations, new ROADM and AMP configurations, slot
sequencing for new configurations, mixed CPL/6500 system
configurations, OTDR Functionality, RAMAN communication and
turn-up, DSCM placement for new configurations, 6500-CPL software
interworking, RTRV log)
— OTN TCM & DM enhancements
— SNMP enhancements
— 2-port OPM enhancements
— Platform, Datacomms and Site Manager enhancements
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit packs STORM enhancements
— Increased functionality on NTK585xx SFPs to support OTU1 and GE
rates in addition to OC48/STM16 rate
— Integrated test set (ITS) enhancement to support 10x10G MUX circuit
pack (NTK529BBE5) and 40G+ CFP OCI (NTK529SJE5) circuit pack
— 40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack (NTK529SJE5) enhancement:
– supporting 1+1 TPT protection scheme
9.22
August 2013
6500 Release 9.3 technical publication was up-issued to include some
general minor updates and the following:
• latency specification for NTK530QM variant of 4x10G OTR circuit packs
• part numbers for Release 9.31
• software bundle changes for Release 9.31

6500 Release 9.2, 9.21, and 9.22

January 2013
• new 6500 shelf
— 6500 7-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly (NTK503KA)
— 6500 32-slot packet-optical shelf assembly (NTK603AB)
— Shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP-2) w/2xOSC 2xSFP circuit
pack (NTK555NA)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Left Routed, 2W2 - 2W2, 2.5m
Connectorized at both ends (NTTC01FC)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Right Routed, 2W2 - 2W2,
2.5m Connectorized at both ends (NTTC01FD)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Red/Black, Left Routed, 2W2,
2.5m Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FE)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Red/Black, Right Routed,
2W2, 2.5m Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FF)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Blue/Grey, Left Routed, 2W2,
2.5m Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FG)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Blue/Grey, Right Routed,
2W2, 2.5m Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FH)
— Optical patchcords, MPO (F)-MPO (F), MM, OM3 50/125, 24 Fiber,
Tx-Rx, 5 meters (NTTC96AA)
Tx-Rx, 10 meters (NTTC96AB)
Tx-Rx, 25 meters (NTTC96AC)
Tx-Rx, 50 meters (NTTC96AD)
Tx-Rx, 100 meters (NTTC96AE)
Tx-Rx, 150 meters (NTTC96AF)
— 3x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (breakered) (NTK605FA)
— 3x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (fused) (NTK605FE)
— 4x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (breakered) (NTK605GA)
— 4x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (fused) (NTK605GE)

— Fused Power Input Card main fuse (50 Amp) (324-0250-007)

— Power Input Card Type 2 (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 50A
(NTK505QA)
— Power Input Card Type 2 (fused) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 50A
(NTK505QE)
— AC Power Input Card Type 2 (100 - 240 Vac) (NTK505RA)
— Air baffle plate Type 2 (front panel, rear exhaust) for 32-slot
shelf(410-5423-001)
— Air baffle plate Type 2 (rear panel, front exhaust) for 32-slot
shelf(410-5424-001)
— Power Card Feed/Return 2-Prong Busbar/Jumper Kit (500-0100-002)
— Cooling Fan Module for 7-slot shelf (NTK507PB)
— 7-slot Type 2 Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99EF)
— 14-slot packet-optical Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99CS)
— Air Filter for 7-slot Type 2 shelf (NTK509EK)
— Bracket and Air Baffle Kit, 6500 7-slot Type 2, rear exhaust, 567 mm
center-to-center mounting holes, 100/127 mm setback, EIA hole pitch
(NTK509JS)
— Bracket and Air Baffle Kit, 6500, 7-slot Type 2 shelf, front or rear
exhaust, 515 mm center-to-center mounting holes, 50/100 mm
setback, 25 mm ETSI hole pitch (NTK509JT)
— 6500 7-slot Shelf Front Cover Kit W/ Extended Depth (NTK509CR)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 6U, 465 mm center-to-center mounting holes, 100/
127 mm setback, EIA hole pitch (NTK509PE)
— Power input card slot filler (410-5569-001)
— 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO DWDM L-Band circuit pack (NTK527JB)
— 4xOptical Protection Switch (4xOPS C-Band 1xOPSM2) circuit pack
(NTK554TA)
— 2xOptical Protection Switch Module (OPSM2 C-Band) (NTK576AA)
— 4x10G OTR 4xXFP/4xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK530QA)
— eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK536AA)
— eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP circuit pack (NTK536FA)

ATTENTION
In this release, eMOTR content and functionality is provided for informational
and demonstration purposes only, contact Ciena for more information.
— Midstage Line Amplifier (MLA L-Band) circuit pack (NTK552BL)

— Line Interface Module (LIM L-Band) circuit pack (NTK552DL)
— 8xOC-n/STM-n 5G VT1.5/LO SFP circuit pack (NTK511AA)
— 11.1G 10GE LAN NGM Submarine Reach WT w/ XFP circuit pack
(NTK530CBE5)
— OTU2 10.7G SONET/SDH NGM Submarine Reach WT w/ XFP circuit
pack (NTK530CCE5)
— Upgrade Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 (UBMD2) module
(NTT862DCE5)
— Monitor Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 (MBMD2) module
(NTT862DDE5)
— Submarine Line Idler 10 Channel (SLIC10 Flex C-Band) circuit pack
(NTK554HC)
• new pluggables
— 41.2G to 44.6G, 4x10G CWDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 40km CFP
(160-9013-900)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 10x10G, MMF, 850 nm, 100m, MPO CFP
(NTTA03AA)
— FC400/FC800, 1310nm SFP+ (160-9102-900)
— Multirate 10GE/OTU2/OC192/FC1200, 1310nm, 10km SFP+
(160-9103-900)
— 10GE/FC1200, 850nm SFP+ (160-9111-900)
— FC200/400/800, 850nm SFP+ (160-9112-900)
— 1000BASE-BX80-U GE Bidi 80 km Upstream, 1490/1550nm Tx/Rx
SFP (XCVR-080U49)
— 1000BASE-BX80-D GE Bidi 80 km Downstream, 1550/1490nm Tx/Rx
SFP (XCVR-080U55)
— OC-1/3/12/STM-0/1/4 SR-1/I-1 I-4, 1310 nm SFP (160-9014-900)
— OC-1/3/12/STM-0/1/ IR-1/S-1.1 S-4.1, 1310 nm SFP (160-9015-900)
— OC-1/STM-0 L-0.1, 1310 nm SFP (160-9016-900)
— 8.5G-10.52G multirate, 850nm, MMF XFP (NTTP86AA)


— Photonic enhancements (Act ID for Photonic branch switch, Metro
ROADM configurations, L-band passive network configuration). See
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Photonic Layer Guide, NTRN15DA, for
detailed information.
— OTN switching enhancements (Virtual connection point and flexible
cross connects)
— Site Manager enhancements
— Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP)
— Non-OTN mapping on DWDN XFPs
— Supporting SCMD4, LIM, SLA, FGA, MLA, MLA2, MLA2 w/VOA, and
MLA3 Photonic circuit packs in 2-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly
(NTK503LA)
— Supporting 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT, 10GEL WT, and 10G OTU2 WT
Broadband circuit packs in 2-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly
(NTK503LA)
— 6500 CLI alignment with SAOS-based CLI including case sensitive
userID and passwords without quotes (")
— Provisionable OTN tandem connection monitoring (TCM) for
transponders
— PM Tidemarking
— Delay measurement performance monitoring counts
— Short Term Optical Recovery Mechanism (STORM)
— (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack (NTK532DA) enhancements:
– supporting sub-rate GE (EPL services)
– supporting tandem connection monitoring (TCM)
– supporting ASNCP
– Tx tributary slot manual assignment
— L2 MOTR circuit pack (NTK531VAE5) enhancements:
– GE port mirroring
– supporting 802.1ag triggered G.8032 ERP protection
— SONET/SDH Control Plane
— OTN Control Plane
— PKT Control Plane and Dataplane:
– SAOS-based CLI

May 2013
6500 Release 9.2 technical publications are up-issued to introduce the
following features:
• 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Enh PMD with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UA)
• Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539BB) - supported in Release 9.21
• Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack(NTK539BE) - supported in Release 9.21
• Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4
C-Band circuit pack (NTK539BH) - supported in Release 9.21
• 4x10G OTR 8xXFP circuit pack (NTK530QM)
• Bracket kit, 6500 2-slot shelf (NTK503MAE5/NTK503NAE5), includes
brackets for installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch racks (NTZF99XA)
• Bracket kit, 6500 7-slot shelf (NTK503PAE5), includes brackets for
installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch racks (NTZF99XB)
• Bracket and Air Baffle Kit, 6500 7-slot Type 2 shelf (NTK503KA), includes
brackets for installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch racks (NTZF99XC)
• Bracket kit, 6500 14-slot shelf (NTK503ADE5/NTK503CDE5), includes
brackets for installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch racks (NTZF99XD)
• Bracket kit, 6500 14-slot shelf (NTK503BDE5), includes brackets for
installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch racks (NTZF99XE)
• Bracket kit, 6500 14-slot packet-optical shelf (NTK503SA), includes
brackets for installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch racks (NTZF99XF)
• Bracket kit, 6500 32-slot shelf (NTK603AAE5/NTK603AB), includes
brackets for installation in ETSI and 23-inch racks (NTZF99XG)
9.20
6500 Release 9.1 and R9.12

June 2012
• new 6500 shelf
— 6500 2-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly (NTK503LA)
— X-Conn 600G PKT/OTN circuit pack (NTK615AA)
— X-Conn 1600G PKT/OTN circuit pack (NTK616AA)
— Shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP) circuit pack (NTK555LA)
— Shelf processor (SP-2) (NTK555EAE5)

— Cooling Fan Module for 2-slot shelf (NTK507NA)

— Breaker Interface Panel, 4x10A, 2U D-type/wire-wrap alarm
connectors (NTK599BH)
— BIP/FIP Breaker Kit, 20A Breakers, Qty 2 (NTK599ZT)
— Power Input Card (breakerless) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 10A
(NTK505TA)
— 24 Vdc Power Input Card (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input
(NTK505TR)
— AC Power Input Card (100 - 240 Vac) (NTK505SB)
— 6500 14-slot Shelf Front Cover Kit W/ Extended Depth (NTK509CD)
— 6500 32-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit (NTK609CZ)
— 6500 14-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit for use with
NTK509CBE6 (NTK509CY)
— 6500 14-slot Shelf Slot Front Cover Extension Kit for use with
NTK509CCE6 (NTK509CZ)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 32-slot shelf, extended depth, 567 mm
center-to-center mounting holes, EIA Pitch, 127 mm Setback
(NTK609ME)
— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, Extended Depth, Optical/Rear IO shelf, EIA-23"
x 5" SB (NTK509LJ)
— 14-slot Packs-in-Place kit (NTYY99EG)
— 2-slot shelf air baffle kit (NTK509NEE6)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with 19 inch and 23
inch brackets (174-0042-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with ETSI brackets
(174-0042-002)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis kit with fiber management bar and
cover (174-0043-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis slot divider kit, top and bottom
(174-0059-001)
— Universal AC Rectifier Solution for Packet-Optical Transport
• new passive shelves, modules, and accessories
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis with 19 inch and 23 inch brackets
(K80-0001-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis with 19 inch and 23 inch brackets,
fiber management bar and cover (K80-0001-002)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis with ETSI brackets (K80-0001-003)

— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis with ETSI brackets, fiber

management bar and cover (K80-0001-004)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with 19 inch and 23
inch brackets (174-0042-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with ETSI brackets
(174-0042-002)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis kit with fiber management bar and
cover (174-0043-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis slot divider kit, top and bottom
(K80-0001-005)
— Midstage Line Amplifier 2 (MLA2 C-Band) with variable optical
attenuator (VOA) circuit pack (NTK552FB)
— OTN XC I/F 40G circuit pack (NTK620AA)
— OTN I/F Flex 16xSFP circuit pack (NTK622AA)
• new pluggables
— 103.1G-111.8G, 10x10G WDM, SMF, 1550 nm, 2km CFP
(NTTA03HE)
— 40GBASE-SR4, 4x10G, MMF, 850nm, 100m, MPO, CFP (NTTA11AA)
— 39.8G to 44.6G, 40G Serial, SMF, 1550nm, 2km CFP (NTTA13EEE6)
— Multirate 14xx (or 15xx or 16xx) nm CWDM SFPs (NTK596xH where
x= see Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151, Chapter 3:
Table “Multirate DWDM/CWDM pluggable optics modules (SFP)”, for
complete list of ordering codes)
— 10x10G MUX circuit pack (NTK529BBE5) enhancement:
– supporting FC800 and FC1200 FLEX facilities
— 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack (NTK532BAE5), (1+8)xOTN Flex
MOTR circuit pack (NTK532DA), 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex
MOTR 8xSFP (DC-powered) shelf assembly (NTK503MAE5), and
6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP (AC-powered) shelf
assembly (NTK503NAE5) enhancement:
– supporting GE electrical 1000-BaseT SFP Module
(NTTP61AAE6)
– supporting traffic hairpin on (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack
(NTK532DA) circuit packs

— 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PGE5/NTK530PME5),

40G MUX OCI circuit pack (NTK525CFE5), 10x10G MUX circuit pack
(NTK529BBE5), 40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack (NTK529SJE5)
enhancement:
– supporting SONET signal fail (SF) and signal degrade (SD) on
OC-n/STM-n client ports
– supporting FE electrical 100-BaseT SFP (NTTP61BAE6)
– supporting extended services
— 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PGE5/NTK530PME5), (1+8)xOTN
Flex MOTR circuit pack (NTK532DA) enhancement:
– supporting traffic hairpin
— 40G MUX OCI circuit pack (NTK525CFE5) enhancement:
– supporting terminal loopback
— 40G OCLDs (NTK539PxE5), 40G+ CFP OCI (NTK529SJE5), and
40G MUX OCI (NTK525CFE5) circuit packs enhancements:
– supported in 2-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly (NTK503LA)
— 803.ah support on L2MOTR/SMUX for CESD interworking
— Photonic enhancements:
– DOC enhancements
– new Photonic alarms
– Photonics Interworking
– 6500 and CPL GOADM interworking
– 6500 and CPL TIDc interworking
– OPM at Line Amp sites
– RTD and distance measurement using 2xOSC circuit pack
(NTK554BAE5)
– OSC PMs
– MLA2v software support and configurations
– Passive Photonic enhancements
See 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Photonic Layer Guide, NTRN15DA,
for detailed information.
— Data Communications enhancements
— Re-naming Site Manager “ODU Connections” application to
“Transponder Connections”

— TIDc for 6500-CPL mixed networks

— OTN transport and switched services support
• upgrade support from Releases 7.01/7.02/8.00/8.10/9.00
August 2012
6500 Release 9.12 is a maintenance release. The Release 9.1 technical
publications support both software releases 9.1 and 9.12. Software codes for
release 9.12 are available in Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151.
For upgrade information, see Part 2 of 6500 Planning, NTRN10CA.
October 2012
following features:
• new bay
— ETSI 600 x 300 x 2200, non-seismic, with fixed solid rear panel & solid
side panels (MA001075)
connectors (NTK599BK)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, Red/Black, 2W2, 2.5 m
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FA)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, Grey/Blue, 2W2, 2.5 m
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FB)
— Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM C-Band 4x1
circuit pack (NTK553HA)
— Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM C-Band 2x1
circuit pack (NTK553JB)
— TL1 debug log collection
— 40G Wavelength-Selective 40G OCLDs (NTK539RxE5) circuit packs
enhancement:
– supporting 1+1 and TPT protection schemes
March 2013
following features:
• Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 50 GHz w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit
pack (double slot-wide variant) (NTK553FC)

• Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) Flex C-Band w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack
(double slot-wide variant) (NTK553LA)
• 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UB)
• 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Regional with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UC)
• 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Metro with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit pack
(NTK539UD)
• 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UE)
• 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4
C-Band circuit pack (NTK539UH)
• Optical patchcords, MPO(F)-MPO(F), MM, OM3 50/125, 12 Fiber, Tx-Rx,
5 meters (NTTC95AA)
10 meters (NTTC95AB)
25 meters (NTTC95AC)
50 meters (NTTC95AD)
100 meters (NTTC95AE)
150 meters (NTTC95AF)
• 14-slot packet-optical Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99CS)
6500 Release 9.0

December 2011
• new 6500 shelf
— 6500 14-slot packet-optical shelf assembly (NTK503SA)
— High Flow Front Cooling Fan Module (Type 3) (NTK507LS)
— High Flow Rear Cooling Fan Module (Type 3) (NTK507MS)
— X-Conn 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) circuit pack (NTK557ES)
— X-Conn 240G+ 80G VT1.5/VC-12 circuit pack (240/80) (NTK557GS)
— 2x50A Power Input Card (breakerless) (NTK505DS)

— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, 19” rack, 465mm center-to-center mounting

holes, EIA/WECO hole pitch (NTK509MR)
— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, 600mm rack, 515mm center-to-center mounting
holes, ETSI hole pitch (NTK509MS)
— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, 23” rack, 567mm center-to-center mounting
holes, EIA/WECO hole pitch (NTK509MT)
— 6500 small optical installation/IRM kit (NTK509NZE6)
— Terminal lug, two-hole, 90 degree, standard barrel, #8 AWG, #10 bolt
size, 5/8 hole spacing, copper, TIN PLT, red 21 (332-0319-001)
— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509CCE6)
— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509DCE6)
— Fuseholder pull tool (N0207221)
• new passive shelves, modules, and accessories
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer chassis with 19 inch brackets, fiber
management bar and cover (B-967-0001-002)
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer chassis with 23 inch brackets, fiber
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer chassis with ETSI inch brackets, fiber
— 2150 half-width blank (filler panel) (B-390-0069-001)
— 2150 full-slot blank (filler panel) (B-720-0016-001)
— CN-100-x4L and CN-100-x4H 4-channel Optical Mux/Demux Filter
(OMDF4) 100 GHz modules (various modules: B-720-0020-0xx)
— CN-100-x80 8-channel Optical Mux/Demux Filter (OMDF8) 100 GHz
modules (various modules: B-720-0022-00x)
— CN-BS1-x 1-Group Band Splitter 100 GHz, CN-BS2-xx 2-Group Band
Splitter 100 GHz, CN-BS3-ABE 3-Group Band Splitter 100 GHz,
CN-BS5 5-Group Band Splitter 100 GHz modules (various modules:
B-720-0020-0xx)
— CN-51S-00, 1-Ch OSCF (CWDM 1511 nm) module (B-720-0014-003)
— 19 inch mounting brackets for 2110 shelf; front or center mounting
(B-955-0004-003)
— 2110 shelf with 19 inch brackets for EIA or NEBS equipment racks
(B-955-0004-005)
— "23 inch mounting brackets for 2110 shelf; front or center mounting
(B-955-0004-004)
— 2110 shelf with 23 inch brackets for EIA or NEBS equipment racks
(B-955-0004-006)

— mounting brackets for 2110 shelf; 300 or 600 mm mounting

(B-955-0004-007)
— 2110 shelf with ETSI bracket configured for 300 mm rack brackets
(B-955-0004-008)
— 2110 blank (filler panel) (B-955-0004-001)
— 2110-Tx-xxxx Dispersion Compensation Module (DCM) (various
half-width and full-width modules: B-955-0003-00x, B-955-0003-3xx,
166-0203-9xx, 166-0403-9xx)

— eDC40G OCLD Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band circuit pack
(NTK539RBE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Regional Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539RCE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Metro Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539RDE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Submarine Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539REE5)
— 100G OCI Multi-Protocol 1xCFP circuit pack (NTK529AC)
— OTN Flex MOTR 1xXFP/8xSFP circuit pack (NTK532DA)
— Fixed Gain Amplifier (FGA C-Band) circuit pack (NTK552AB)
— Submarine Line Idler 10-Channel (SLIC10 C-Band) circuit pack
(NTK554HA)
— Selective Mux/Demux (SMD) 50 GHz C-Band 8x1 circuit pack
(NTK553GAE5)
— 12 Channel Colorless Mux/Demux (CCMD12 C-Band) circuit pack
(NTK508FAE5)
• new pluggables
— Multirate 1310 nm SMF SFP (B-700-1036-001)
— 200 Mbps ESCON, 1310 nm SFP, MMF, 2 km (B-730-0003-001)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 4x25G WDM, SMF, 1310nm, 10km CFP
(NTTA03BJE6)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 10x10G WDM, SMF, 1550nm, 10km CFP
(NTTA03GJ)
— Re-naming “E-SPRing” to “G.8032 ERP”

— Photonic enhancements (DOC, alarms, interworking, PMs, CMD

ADJ-Tx/Rx adjacency types, colorless and passive configurations).
See 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Photonic Layer Guide, NTRN15DA,
for detailed information.
— security enhancements (account dormancy, IP access control,
RADIUS accounting, Syslog)
— service bundles
— auto-concatenation
— Layer 2 enhancement; 802.1ab LLDP Topology discovery for Carrier
Ethernet Service Delivery (CESD) alignment
— SNMP proxy for TIDc NEs
— new TIDc configurations
— 100G integrated test set
— SAPI/DAPI
December 2012
following features:
• new bay
— ETSI 600 x 300 x 2200, non-seismic, with fixed solid rear panel & solid
side panels (MA001075)
connectors (NTK599BK)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Red/Black, 2W2, 2.5 m
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FA)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Blue/Grey, 2W2, 2.5 m
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FB)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539UB)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Regional with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UC)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Metro with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UD)

— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band

circuit pack (NTK539UE)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4
C-Band circuit pack (NTK539UH)
— TL1 debug log collection
6500 Release 8.1

September 2011
Release 8.1 of 6500 introduces the following new features:
— OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP circuit pack (NTK530NCE5)
— Supporting 40G optical transponders (40G OTRs) using
40G OCI/40G UOCLD or 40/43G OCI/40G UOCLD combination
— Supporting hairpin connections on 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex
MOTR 8xSFP shelf assembly (DC-powered) (NTK503MAE5), 6500
2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP shelf assembly
(AC-powered) (NTK503NAE5), OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP circuit pack
(NTK532BAE5)
– supporting connection ID on virtual segment section (VCS)
– supporting infinite wait to restore time (non-revertive) on E-SPRing
ATTENTION
If you want to use “connection ID on VCS” or “infinite wait to restore time
(non-revertive) on E-SPRing” features for other Layer 2 circuit packs, you
must contact your Ciena representative.
— 10x10G MUX circuit pack (NTK529BBE5) enhancements:

– G.7041 compliant Client Management Frames (CMF) and Ordered
Set Transparency
– supporting 1+1 port TPT protection
– supporting 9.95G-11.1G multirate 1550 nm XFP module
(NTTP84AAE6)
7.02/8.00

November 2011
following features:
— WSS 50 GHz w/OPM C-Band 2x1 circuit pack (NTK553KAE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Enh PMD Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539RAE5)
• new pluggables
— Multirate 1528.38 to 1568.77 (1-88) 50GHz Type 2 DWDM XFP
(NTK583AB)
7.02/8.00
6500 Release 8.0

May 2011
• new 6500 shelves
— 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP shelf assembly
(DC-powered) (NTK503MAE5)
— 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP shelf assembly
(AC-powered) (NTK503NAE5)
• new common equipment and accessories (used in 2-slot shelf)
— Cooling Fan Module (NTK507NAE5)
— Air filter (NTK509ENE6)
— Shelf front cover (NTK509CNE6)
• new cables (used in 2-slot shelf)
— AC Power Cord - North America, RA IEC320(F) to twist-lock plug
(NEMA L5-15P); 15A/110VAC; 10 ft (NT0H49ACE6)
— AC Power Cord - North America, RA IEC320(F) to standard plug
(NEMA 5-15); 15A/110VAC; 10 ft (NT0H49ADE6)
— AC Power Cord - European, RA IEC320(F) to 2-pin plug (CEE 7/7);
16A/250VAC; 10 ft (NT0H49AEE6)
— Environmental alarm cable kit (3 m) (NT6Q59ABE6)
• new bracket kits (used in 2-slot shelf)
100/127 mm setback, EIA universal hole pitch (NTK509NAE6)
100/127 mm setback, ETSI universal hole pitch (NTK509NBE6)


100/127 mm setback, EIA universal hole pitch (NTK509NCE6)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 2U, wall mount (NTK509NDE6)
— Cable management kit (NTK509KAE6)
• new breaker kit (used in 2-slot shelf)
— BIP/FIP Breaker Kit, 10A Breakers, Qty 2 (NTK599ZR)
• new common equipment and accessories (used in 14-slot shelf)
— Air Filter for 14-slot shelf (NTK509EEE6)
— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509CCE6)
— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509DCE6)
— fuseholder pull tool (N0207221)
— Optical Power Monitor (OPM C-Band) 2 Port circuit packs
(NTK553PAE5)
— Enhanced 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Blue)
module (NTT862BCE5)
— Enhanced 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Red)
module (NTT862BDE5)
— Midstage Line Amplifier 3 (MLA3) (NTK552GAE5)
— 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band module
(NTK504AAE5/NTK504ABE5/NTK504ACE5/NTK504ADE5/
NTK504AEE5/NTK504AFE5/NTK504AGE5/NTK504AHE5/
NTK504AJE5)
— OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP circuit pack (NTK532BAE5)
— 10-channel transponder protection tray (TPT-10) (NT0H59ACE5)
• new pluggables
— OC-3/STM-1 CWDM 1511 nm SFP Module (12-42 dB span)
(NTK592NVE5)
— Multi-rate 1310 nm, SMF, 15Km SFP module (NTTP13CFE6)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy (or 16xx.yy) nm DWDM 1600 ps/nm SFPs
(NTK586xxE5 where xx= see Planning - Ordering Information,
323-1851-151, Chapter 3: Table “Multi-rate DWDM pluggable optics
modules (SFP)”, for complete list of ordering codes)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy – 16xx.yy Tunable Dispersion Tolerant DWDM 3200
ps/nm XFPs (NTK589xxE6 where xx= see Planning - Ordering
Information, 323-1851-151, Chapter 3: Table “Multi-rate DWDM
pluggable optics modules (XFP)”, for complete list of ordering codes)

— 9.95G-11.09G multi-rate 1550 nm XFP (NTTP81KAE6)

— 100GBASE-LR4, LC connectors, 1310 nm CFP module
(NTTA01BJE6)
— Photonic enhancements (DSCM topology support, retrieve
wavelength rules, four OTS support in 32-slot packet-optical shelf,
enhanced software support for OMX). See 6500 Packet-Optical
Platform Photonic Layer Guide, NTRN15DA, for detailed information.
— Enhancements on CMD Tx/Rx type discovery, Tx power and Tx
wavelength autoprovisioning, network and site alarm correlation per
circuit pack type
— 40G MUX OCI circuit pack (NTK525CFE5 variant) enhancements:
– 1+1 TPT support when in MOTR configuration with 40G OCLD
circuit pack (NTK539PxE5)
– FC800/FC1200 FLEX facility support
Set Transparency
— 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PGE5 and NTK530PME5 variants)
enhancements:
– The NTK530PME5 variant of 2x10G OTR circuit pack supports
FC800, FC1200, and 5G IBM Parallel Sysplex InfiniBand (PSIFB)
on the FLEX facilities
– Ultra FEC (UFEC) support for OTM2 line and client
– Single-circuit pack 1+1 OTM2 line protection
Set Transparency
— 16xOC-n/STM-n circuit packs (NTK512FAE5 and NTK513FAE5)
enhancement; supporting SDH-J
— 2.5G MOTR circuit pack (NTK530NAE5) enhancements:
– supporting Laser Off Far End Fail (LOFEF) on OC-48/STM-16
clients
– OTM1 client support
— 40G XCIF and 40G UOCLD unprotected configuration
— FLEX MOTR circuit pack (NTK531YAE5) enhancements:
– supporting 1+1 TPT protection
– supporting ESCON protocol

– SONET/SDH monitored (with PMs and alarming) transparent

clients
– 1+1 LAG protection
– EPL-Emulated services over E-Spring
– EPL-Emulated services in parallel with E-Spring
— 20G L2SS circuit pack (NTK531HAE5) enhancements:
– EPL-Emulated services over E-Spring
– EPL-Emulated services in parallel with E-Spring
– LACP support on single-card LAG ports
– EVPL connection support
— MRO circuit packs (NTK512GAE5, NTK513GAE5, NTK521CAE5,
NTK522CAE5) reconfigurations
— In-service line rate reconfigurations
— Extra traffic support on BLSR/MS-SPRing/HERS connections
— Port naming/CLFI
— AINS/Maintenance state expansion
— Bandwidth defragmentation support on 4xGE EPL circuit packs
(NTK535LAE5 and NTK535LAE5), 1x10GE EPL circuit packs
(NTK533AAE5), 24x10/100BT EPL circuit packs (NTK548BAE5 and
NTK548MAE5), and L2SS circuit packs (NTK531BAE5)
— Visualization enhancements
— Data Communications enhancements
November 2011
following features:
— 40G OCI Multi-Protocol 1xCFP circuit pack (NTK529SJE5)
— OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP circuit pack (NTK530NCE5)
• new pluggables
— Multirate LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84Hx where x= see
Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151, Chapter 3: Table
“Multirate DWDM/CWDM pluggable optics modules (XFP)”, for
complete list of ordering codes)

— 40GBASE-LR4, 4x10G, CWDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10km, LC CFP

(NTTA11BAE6)
— 40GBASE-LR4/G695, 4x10G, CWDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10km, LC CFP
(NTTA12BAE6)
— upgrade support from Releases 5.30/5.31/6.01/6.02/6.03/6.04/7.00/
7.01/7.02
6500 Release 7.0
August 2010
• new hardware
— 100G OCLD circuit packs:
– eDC100G OCLD Enh PMD C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM
(NTK539TAE5)
– eDC100G OCLD C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM (NTK539TBE5)
– eDC100G OCLD Regional C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM
(NTK539TCE5)
– eDC100G OCLD Metro C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM (NTK539TDE5)
– eDC100G OCLD Submarine C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM
(NTK539TEE5)
— 10x10G MUX 10GE 10xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK529BAE5)
— 40G UOCLD circuit packs:
– eDC40G OCLD ULH C-Band 1xOTU3+ DWDM (NTK539XAE5)
– eDC40G OCLD ULH Submarine C-Band 1xOTU3+ DWDM
(NTK539XEE5)
— Optical Supervisory and Idler Channel circuit pack (OSIC)
(NTK528XAE5)
— OC-n/STM-n 20G VT-1.5/LO 2x XFP/8x SFP circuit pack
(NTK522CAE5)
— OC-n/STM-n OTN 20G VT-1.5/LO 2x XFP/8x SFP circuit pack
(NTK522DAE5)
— New variant of 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PGE5)
— 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO DWDM L-Band circuit pack
(NTK526JBE5)
— Flex MOTR 8xSFP, 2xXFP circuit pack (NTK531YAE5)
— 10GBASE-LR/FC1200-SM-L,1310nm, SFP+ Module (NTTP30CFE6)

— NTK587AxE5-NTK587DxE5 XFP support on more circuit packs (see

Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151(Chapter 1) for full
details)
— NTK587ExE5-NTK587HxE5 XFP support on more circuit packs (see
Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151(Chapter 1) for full
details)
— NTK583AAE5 XFP support on more circuit packs (see Planning -
Ordering Information, 323-1851-151(Chapter 1) for full details)
100/127 mm setback, EIA universal hole pitch (NTK509PCE6)
— 1+1 TPT support on NGM WT circuit packs (NTK530AAE5/
NTK530BAE5/NTK530CAE5/NTK530ABE5/
NTK530BBE5/NTK530ACE5/NTK530BCE5)
— OTU3 support on 40/43G OCI circuit pack (NTK529SDE5)
— GCC0 support on OTM2 client port of 10G OTSC circuit pack
(NTK528AAE5)
— Additional 7-slot 6500 shelf configurations
— Optical test access
— 4-Fiber BLSR/MS-SPRing/HERS
— 2-Fiber BLSR/MS-SPRing support on 40G XCIF circuit pack
— 24-node ring support for 2-Fiber BLSR / MS-SPRing
— Ethernet OAM
— L2 MOTR enhancements
— 20G L2SS enhancements
— PM enhancements
— Visualization enhancements
— SNMP v3 support
— Provisionable severity enhancements
• upgrade support from Releases 5.12/5.30/5.31/6.01/6.02/6.5/6.6
September 2010
following features:
• New variant of 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PME5)

• New variant of 40G OCLD circuit pack (eDC40G OCLD MetroHSRx

1xOTU3+ DWDM L-Band; NTK539PUE5)
• 5G-11.09G multi-rate XFP module (NTTP86BAE6)
• 24-node ring support for 4-Fiber BLSR / MS-SPRing
December 2010
following features:
• 10x10G MUX Multi-Protocol 10xXFP circuit pack (NTK529BBE5)
• 100G OCI 100GE 1xCFP circuit pack (NTK529AAE5)
6500 Release 6.0

September 2009
• new shelf
— 32-slot packet-optical shelf assembly (NTK603AAE5)
— 7-slot optical shelf assembly (NTK503PAE5)
— X-CONN 640G+ STS-1/VC-3 (640/0) (NTK610BBE5)
— 2-slot x 2-row filler card (NTK605XAE5)
— Shelf processor (SP-2) Circuit Pack Kit, Release 6.0 (NTZF03FAE5)
— Shelf Processor (SP-2 with Control Plane Processor) Circuit Pack Kit,
Release 6.0 (NTZF06FAE5)
— 3x60A Power Input Card (breakered) (NTK605CAE5)
— 3x60A Power Input Card (fused) (NTK605EAE5)
— Fused Power Input Card - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 40A
(NTK505EEE5)
— Access Panel for 32-slot 6500 shelf assembly (NTK605MAE5)
— Access Panel for 7-slot 6500 shelf assembly (NTK505PAE5)
— 32-slot 6500 shelf front cover (NTK609CAE6)
— 7-slot 6500 shelf front cover (NTK509CPE6)
— Cooling fan module for 32-slot 6500 shelf (NTK607AAE5)
— Cooling fan module for 7-slot 6500 shelf (NTK507PAE5)
— Plate for cooling fan module for 32-slot 6500 shelf (front Panel, rear
exhaust) (N0194145)
— Plate for cooling fan module for 32-slot 6500 shelf (rear panel, front
exhaust)
(N0194147)
— 32-slot 6500 air filter (NTK609EAE6)

— 7-slot 6500 air filter (NTK509EPE6)

— 7-slot 6500 air flow direction control kit (NTK509JPE6)
— 6500 shelf installation kit, ETSI/ANSI/EIA (NTK609ZXE6)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 22U, 515 mm center-to-center mounting holes, 50
mm setback, 25/50 mm hole pitch (NTK609MAE6)
mm setback, 2 inch hole pitch (NTK609MBE6)
mm setback, 25/50 mm hole pitch (NTK609MCE6)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 6U, 465/567 mm center-to-center mounting holes,
100/127 mm setback, EIA universal hole pitch (NTK509PAE6)
100 mm setback, 25 mm hole pitch (NTK509PBE6)
— ESI/ESO cable, DB9M reverse angled to open, solid wire (30 m)
(NTTC08AFE6)
(NTTC08AGE6)
(NTTC08AHE6)
— Telemetry/Alarm cable, DB25M reverse angled to open, solid wire
(30 m) (NTTC08BFE6)
(60 m) (NTTC08BGE6)
(100 m) (NTTC08BHE6)
— Female DB25 to wire wrap adapter (NTK605MYE5)
— Female DB9 to wire wrap adapter (NTK605MZE5)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Left Routed 2W2_2W2, 2.5 m,
Connectorized at both ends (NTTC01CBE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Right Routed 2W2_2W2, 2.5
m, Connectorized at both ends (NTTC01CDE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Left Routed 2W2, 2.5 m,
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01CFE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Right Routed 2W2, 2.5 m,
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01CHE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex Blue/Grey, Left Routed 2W2,
2.5 m, Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01CJE6)

— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex Blue/Grey, Right Routed 2W2,

2.5 m, Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01CKE6)
— 21U adapter rail, 19” EIA x 4” setback for PTE2000-EEA
(NTRU6561E6)
— 21U adapter rail, 19” EIA x 5” setback for PTE2000-EEA
(NTRU6571E6)
— 6500 7-slot Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99EAE5)
— 6500 32-slot Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99EBE5)
— 2" x 2" x 6 ft. slotted vertical fiber duct kit (A0831575)
• new hardware
— 2x10G XFP, 10xGE SFP, L2 MOTR circuit pack (NTK531VAE5)
— XC I/F 40G STS-1/HO circuit pack (NTK525FAE5)
— 16xOC-n circuit packs including:
– 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G STS-1/HO SFP circuit pack (NTK512GAE5)
– 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G VT1.5/LO SFP circuit pack (NTK513GAE5)
— 8.5G-11.09G multi-rate (NTTP86BAE6) XFP Module
— GE/FC100 1.25 Gbit/s 32 dB CWDM SFP Module (NTK591xH where
x= L, M, N, P, Q, R, S, T)
— SuperMux 24 Port I/O 1x XFP/10x SFP circuit packs (NTK535FAE5)
— Control Plane support
— E-SPRing /ITU G.8032 (2008) Ethernet Shared Protection Ring
— E-line Ethernet Virtual Private Line (EVPL) service
— Pre-FEC signal degrade alarm
— DOC enhancements
— Comms enhancements
March 2009
• new hardware
— L2 MOTR circuit pack
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM with Enhanced PMD Compensation
L-Band circuit pack (NTK539PPE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM L-Band circuit pack (NTK539PQE5)

— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM Regional L-Band circuit pack

(NTK539PRE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM Metro L-Band circuit pack
(NTK539PSE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM Submarine L-Band circuit pack
(NTK539PTE5)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy EML DWDM XFP (NTK587xx; see Planning -
Ordering Information, 323-1851-151 for ordering PECs)
– 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G STS-1/HO SFP circuit pack (NTK512GAE5)
– 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G VT1.5/LO SFP circuit pack (NTK513GAE5)
— Support for Multi-rate 15xx.yy nm Dispersion Tolerant DWDM XFP
(NTK588xx; see Planning Ordering Information, 323-1851-151 for
ordering PECs) on OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP
(NTK530NAE5) circuit packs
— Extra C-band tunable wavelength support (1527.60 nm, 1527.99 nm,
1528.38 nm, and 1565.50 nm) for 40G OCLD C-band circuit packs
(NTK539PAE5/NTK539PBE5/NTK539PCE5/
NTK539PDE5/NTK539PEE5)
— 8-way branching (50GHz)
— Photonic remote CMD44 application
— Service-photonic layer interoperability (SPLI)
— Photonic site level alarm correlation
— Stretch Span support through GCC channel
— Distributed ROADM application
— 1+1 TPT protection on SuperMux circuit packs
— Push-button equalization (PBE) server
— XFP PEC adoption and Incremental expansion packs
— Path connection rollover
— 10GE to STS-192c/STM-64c to OTU2 Mapping on 2x10G OTR circuit
pack
— Ethernet in first mile (EFM) on SuperMux circuit packs (note that EFM
on SuperMux supports interworking with OME1110 only)

6500 Release 5.2

December 2008
• new hardware
— 10.7G SONET/SDH NGM Submarine Reach WT w/ XFP circuit pack
(NTK530CAE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM Submarine C-Band circuit pack
(NTK539PEE5)
— 40G OCI 1xOC-768/STM-256/OTU3 circuit pack (NTK529SDE5)
— 20G L2SS 16 Port I/O 2xXFP / 8xSFP circuit pack (NTK531HAE5)
— 16xGE front pluggable I/O panel (NTK575YZE5)
— 12xSFP I/O carrier (NTK575EAE5)
— X-CONN 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) circuit pack (NTK557EAE5)
— X-CONN 240G+/80G VT1.5/VC-12 (240/80) circuit pack
(NTK557GAE5)
— WSS 50 GHz w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit pack (NTK553FAE5)
— WSS 50 GHz w/OPM C-Band 2x1circuit pack (NTK553KCE5)44
Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Blue) module
(NTT862BAE5)
— 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Red) module
(NTT862BBE5)
— Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 (BMD-2) module (NTT862DAE5)
— LIM C-Band circuit pack (NTK552DAE5)
— MLA2 C-Band circuit pack (NTK552FAE5)
— FC100 MX/FC200 MX/FC400 MX 850 nm SFP (NTTP11AF)
— FC100 SM-L/FC200 SM-L/FC400 SM-M 1310 nm SFP (NTTP11BF)
— FC100 SM-L/FC200 SM-L/FC400 SM-L 1310 nm SFP (NTTP11CF)
• new common equipment
— Fused Power input card (NTK505EAE5)
— Layer 2 (L2) service enhancements
— LACP on L2SS, 20G L2SS, and PDH Gateway circuit packs
— SONMP support on PDH Gateway circuit packs
— Photonic service enhancements
— Interior SLA

— 5-way branching (50GHz and 100GHz)

— Photonic Differential provisioning
— Datacomms enhancements (TL1 Gateway, FTP/FTAM Bridge (File
Transfer Gateway), Private IP, IP Dead Gateway Detection, COLAN-A
Tunneling, Secure HTTP)
— Security enhancements (User-ID Based Intrusion Detection (UBID),
Security Default User Account Handling and Security Audit Trail Logs
Enhancements)
— SuperMux enhancements
— 1+1 TPT protection on 2x10G OTR circuit packs
— VT/VC access BLSR/MS-SPRing
— 40G interworking with Optical Long Haul 1600 (LH1600G)
line-systems
— XFP PEC adoption and
— upgrade support from Releases 4.01/5.0/5.02/ 5.12
6500 Release 5.12

September 2008
• new hardware
— Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) (NT0H59AAE5, NT0H59ABE5,
NT0H59BAE5, or NT0H59BBE5)
— 2x10G OTR 4x10-11.3G XFP circuit pack (NTK530PAE5)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy nm Dispersion Tolerant DWDM XFP (see Planning
- Ordering Information, 323-1851-151 for ordering PECs)
— 10G L2SS 16 Port I/O 2xXFP / 8xSFP circuit pack (NTK531HAE5)
— X-CONN 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) circuit pack (NTK557EAE5)
— X-CONN 240G+/80G STS-1/VT-1.5 (240/80) circuit pack
(NTK557GAE5)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy – 15xx.yy Tunable Dispersion Tolerant DWDM XFP
(see Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151 for ordering
PECs)
— SuperMux 10 Port SFP 1x10.7G DWDM circuit pack (GFP-F variant;
NTK535EBE5)
— WSS 100 GHz w/OPM C-Band 2x1 circuit pack (NTK553JAE5)
— GE 100-Base-FX 1310 nm SFP Module (NTTP12ACE6)
— GE 100-Base-LX10 1310 nm SFP Module (NTTP12BCE6)
— GE electrical 100-BaseT SFP Module (NTTP61BAE6)


connectors (NTK599BGE5)
— Photonic optical drop and continue
— Photonic optical branching
— Photonic optical broadcast
— 1+1 OTN line-side protection on 40G line
— OTM2 line facility loopbacks on 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT, 10GEL WT,
10G OTR, and 2.5G MOTR circuit packs
— Layer 2 (L2) service enhancements
• new software features (continued)
— PM graphing
— Database Replication Service (DBRS)
— High order DSM
— RPR steering
— Converged MSPP and Photonic services
— SONET support for Multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit pack
— 6500 40G circuit packs management by using SNMP v3 feature of
Optical Metro 5100/5200 System Manager Interface (SMI)
— 10GBASE-SR,SW, 850 nm (NTTP81AA) XFP supported on
10GEL WT, 10G OTR, and 10G OTSC circuit packs
• upgrade support from Releases 3.0/4.01/5.0/5.02/5.1/5.114.01/5.0/5.02/
5.11/5.12
6500 Release 5.1

April 2008
• new Broadband circuit packs
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM with Enhanced PMD Compensation
(NTK539PAE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM (NTK539PBE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Regional 1xOTU3+ DWDM (NTK539PCE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Metro 1xOTU3+ DWDM (NTK539PDE5)
— 40G OCI 1xOC-768/STM-256 (NTK529SAE5)
— 4x10G MUX 4x10-11.1G XFP (NTK525CAE5)

• new SFP pluggable modules for 2xOSC circuit packs

— OC-3/STM-1 CWDM 1511 nm SFP module (0-15 dB span)
(NTK592NPE6)
— 40G inventory and equipment support
— OTM3 facilities & PMs
— OC-768/STM-256 facilities & PMs
— OTM3 GCC0 and GCC1 Comms
— Line TTI Trail Trace (OCLD and OCI)
— Client Section Trace (OCI)
— 40G client facility loopbacks on 40G OCI and 40G line facility
loopbacks on 40G OCLD circuit packs
— Alarming
• upgrade support from Release 5.0
6500 Release 5.0

December 2007
• new converged/40G shelves
— Converged/40G Optical Shelf Assembly (NTK503ADE5)
— Converged/40G Optical/Front Electrical Shelf Assembly
(NTK503BDE5)
— Converged/40G Optical/Rear Electrical Shelf Assembly
(NTK503CDE5)
— Shelf processor (SP) circuit pack (NTK555AB)
— 60A power input card (breakered) (NTK505CAE5)
— 60A power input card (breakerless) (NTK505DAE5)
— High flow front cooling fan module (NTK507LDE5)
— High flow rear cooling fan module (NTK507MDE5)
— Access panel with connections for eight external slots (SONET)
(NTK505MBE5)
• new Broadband circuit packs
— NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G DWDM (Regional
Reach)(NTK530BA)

— NGM WT 1x10GE LAN 1x11.1G DWDM (Regional Reach)

(NTK530BB)
— NGM WT 1xOTU2 1x10.7G DWDM (Premium Reach) (NTK530AC)
— NGM WT 1xOTU2 1x10.7G DWDM (Regional Reach) (NTK530BC)
— 10G OTR 1x10G XFP 1x10-11.1G DWDM (NTK530MA)
— OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP (NTK530NA)
ATTENTION
The above Broadband circuit packs were introduced and supported in
previous releases of the 6500 Broadband platform. However, they are newly
supported in the MSPP platform of 6500 Release 5.0.
— 10G OTSC 1x10G XFP 1x10-11.3G DWDM (NTK528AAE5)

— SuperMux 10 Port SFP 1x10.7G DWDM (NTK535EAE5)
• new XFP pluggable module for 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT, 10GEL WT,
10G OTU2 WT, and 10G OTR, and 10G OTSC circuit packs
— OC192/STM64 SR-1: I-64.1 / 10GBASE-LR,LW / OTU2 / 10G FC1200
(NTTP84BA)
• new Photonic circuit packs and modules
— OSC w/WSC 2 port SFP 2 Port 10BT (2xOSC) circuit pack
(NTK554BAE5)
— Single Line Amplifier (SLA C-Band) circuit pack (NTK552AAE5)
— Midstage Line Amplifier (MLA C-Band) circuit pack (NTK552BAE5)
— Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM C-Band circuit
pack (NTK553EAE5)
— 44 Channel Mux/Demux 100 GHz C-Band (CMD44) module
(NTT862AAE5)
— Dispersion Slope Compensation Module (DSCM)
(NTT870AA-AH/AJ-AN/AP-AQ, NTT870CA-CH/CJ, NTT870EA-ED,
and NTT870GA-GG)
• new SFP pluggable modules for 2xOSC circuit packs
(NTK592NPE6)
(NTK592NBE6)
(NTK592NHE6)

• new SFP pluggable modules support FC and FICON

— GE/FC100/FC200 1000-BaseSX 850 nm (NTTP06AF)
— GE/FC100/FC200 1000-BaseLX 1310 nm (NTTP06CF)
— Shelf processor redundancy
— New 1+1 Enhanced Truck Switch (ETS) protection configurations
— SNMP enhancements
— Target Identifier (TID) consolidation
— Equipment provisioning validation based on shelf cooling capacity
— Equipment provisioning validation based on shelf power capacity
— Equipment mode
— Data communications enhancements
— Low order PMs
• upgrade support from Releases 2.51, 3.0, 3.1, and 4.01
ATTENTION
It is recommended to review Data Application Guide, NTRN15BA, to find out
about the new/enhanced features related to data applications and SNMP
enhancements.
6500 Release 4.0

June 2007
• new circuit packs
— L2SS DS1/E1/DS3/E3 4xGE circuit pack (NTK531MAE5)
— 1xOC-192/STM-64 AM1/AM2 DWDM tunable HO circuit pack
(NTK526JAE5) and 1xOC-192/STM-64 AM1/AM2 DWDM tunable LO
circuit pack (NTK527JAE5)
— 16xSTM-1e electrical working circuit pack (NTK546CAE5) and
16xSTM-1e electrical protection circuit pack (NTK546NAE5)
— 1x10GE EPL circuit pack (NTK533AAE5)
• new pluggable modules:
— XFPs for 10GE EPL circuit pack
– 10GBase-SR,SW (NTTP81AA)
– 10GBase-ER,EW (NTTP81DA)

— SFPs for Ethernet applications

– GE electrical 1000-BaseT SFP Module (NTTP61AAE6)
• 32xSTM-1e Front I/O Panel (NTK573FAE5) and STM-1e cables
(NTTC04BA-BK and NTTC04CA-CK)
• 6500 customer location Equipment (CLE) device (H/W, S/W, cables, and
accessories)
• DCC transparency
• 64-character connection ID
• Channelized loopback
• EFM on the 24x10/100BT with 8xSFP circuit pack
• Link capacity adjustment scheme (LCAS)
• Secure shell
• Transmux enhancements (SDH support):
— E1 functionality
— E3 functionality
• DS1 drop-and-continue (broadcast)
• L2SS enhancements (applicable to both L2SS and PDH gateway circuit
packs):
— LO_VC3 cross-connects on L2SS circuit packs
— L2SS multipoint-to-multipoint (M2M) support
— 1+1 L2SS protection
— VCE statistics
— oversubscription ratio
— scheduler profiles
— new port statistics
— CTAG classification and modification
— OM enhancements
• RPR enhancements:
— interring and LAN-LAN switching
— LAG on LAN facilities
— expanded ring rate
• Layer 2 control frame support
• SONMP topology discovery

6500 Release 3.0

July 2006
— RPR 10G STS-1/HO 4xGE circuit pack
— MXC 20G/20G VT1.5/VC-12 5xSFP circuit pack
— 48 Channel Trans Mux (Portless) circuit pack
— 24xDS3/E3 Working circuit pack
— 24xDS3/E3 Protection circuit pack
— NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G DWDM circuit pack
— NGM WT 1x10GE LAN 1x11.1G DWDM circuit pack
— OC-48/STM-16 DWDM SFPs (41 C-band wavelengths)
— XFPs for NGM WT circuit packs
– OC192/STM64 SR1/I64.1 10G Base-LW/LR
– OC192/STM64 IR2/S64.2b 10G Base-EW/ER
– 10G Base-LW/LR
• support on the 2.5 Gbit/s CWDM SFPs for the OC-3/STM-1 and OC-12/
STM-4 rates in addition to the OC-48/STM-16 rate already supported
• two new 16 channel DWDM optical multiplexers (OMX) - C-band and
L-band
• new optical/rear electrical shelf with integrated cooling shelf
• resilient packet ring (RPR) support for a ring based network across
multiple Ethernet ports for efficient transport of packets
• enhanced non-preemptible unprotected traffic (ENUT) for protection
channels on BLSR/MS-SPRing configuration (for RPR protection)
• DCN enhancements:
— interworking with OM3000 R14.1 using GRE tunnels
— OSPF over DCC
— OSI remote login (rlogin)
• security enhancements:
— force out user sessions
— user specified simultaneous login limit
• secure command line interface (CLI) for data management (forwarding
database retrieval)

• manual switches of cross-connect circuit packs

• nodal SLAT assistant tool (NSAT) for step by step guide through system
lineup and testing (SLAT) process
• backup and restore enhancements
— hitless data restore for cross-connect and OC-n/STM-n circuit packs
— preserve comms data option (golden database).
6500 Release 2.1

February 2006
— 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack
— 24x10/100BT EPL with 8xSFP circuit pack
— 100-Base-FX 100 Mbit/s 1310 nm multimode, 2 km
— 100-Base-LX FE, 1310 nm, 10 km
— 100-Base-BX10-U, 1310 nm Tx, 10 km (bidirectional upstream)
— 100-Base-BX10-D, 1530 nm Tx, 10 km (bidirectional downstream)
• new shelf hardware
— 48x10/100BT I/O panels unprotected (front and rear versions)
— new front covers (with captive mechanism)
• 1U AC rectifier
• full 80G VT1.5/VC11 and VT2/VC12 support on 80/80 cross-connect
circuit pack (see Planning Guide, NTRN11BE for OMN limitations)
• upgrade support from Releases 1.2, 1.21, and 2.0
6500 Release 1.2

April 2005
• new hardware
— 20G VT1.5/VC-12 cross-connect circuit pack (20/20)
— 24xDS3/EC-1 working and protection circuit packs
— 48xDS3/EC-1 I/O panel (front and rear versions)
— DS1 service module (DSM) hardware
– DSM shelf assembly

– 84xDS1 termination module (TM) circuit pack

– DSM breaker interface panel (BIP)
— new pluggables:
– 1 new STM-1e SFP (1.0/2.3mm)
– 8 new OC-48/STM-16 CWDM SFPs (8 wavelengths, 1471 nm to
1611 nm)
– 1 new OC-3/STM-1 SFP (SR0 multimode)
– 1 new OC-3/12/STM-1/4 SFP (SR1/I1.1_I4.1)
– 1 new GE ZX 1550 nm SFP
– 8 new GE/FC CDWM SFPs (8 wavelengths, 1471 nm to 1611 nm)
• performance monitoring (PM) enhancements:
— DS1, DS3, and EC-1 PMs
— FTP of PMs (for OMEA)
• alarm enhancements
— enhanced VT1.5/VC12 alarm support (up to 1344 per slot)
— support for DS1, DS3, EC-1, and DSM alarms
• DS1, DS3, and EC-1 loopbacks
• security enhancements:
— intrusion attempt handling for DSM
— OSI login security for DSM
• time of day (TOD) synchronization to simple network timing protocol
(SNTP) server
• protection enhancements:
— unprotected DS1, DS3/EC-1
— 1:N equipment protection for DS3/EC-1
— 1+1 equipment protection for DSM 84xDS1 TM circuit pack
— unidirectional path-switched ring (UPSR)/subnetwork connection
protection (SNCP) at VT1.5, VC12, STS-1/VC3, STS-3c/VC-4,
STS-12c/VC4-4c, STS-24c/VC4-8c, STS-48c/VC416c, and
STS-192c/VC4-64c on OC-3/STM-1, OC-12/STM-4, OC-48/STM-16,
OC-192/STM-64, and GE interfaces
• connection management enhancements:
— STS-1 (AU3) to AU4 conversion for international SONET/SDH
gateway applications

— 1-way protected (1WAYPR) and 2-way protected (2WAYPR)

cross-connects (for UPSR/SNCP)
— dual 2-way protected (2WAYDPR) for connections between UPSR/
SNCP configurations
— GE drop-and-continue for broadcast video applications
• new service mappings:
— DS3 to STS-1/LO_VC3
— DS1 to VT1.5
— Nested Telnets
— interworking with OME6110
— OSI ping tool
• upgrade support from Release 1.1
• user interface enhancements:
— consolidated craft support (for 6500, OM3000, and HDX)
— raw TL1 port for OSS
• support for four 2-fiber BLSR/MS-SPRing configurations on same 6500
shelf
6500 Release 1.1

November 2004
• global support (SONET and SDH)
• new shelf hardware:
— universal/wire-wrap breaker interface panel (BIP)
— rear/top venting cooling systems
— SONET/J-SDH access panel
— optical/rear electrical shelf
• 80G VT1.5/VC12 cross-connect circuit packs (80/80 and 80/20)
— 80 Gbit/s cross-connect with VT1.5/VC12/low-order VC3 switching
granularity (as well as high order switching granularity of STS-1/
high-order VC3/VC4), capable of unrestricted connections up to 80G
capacity (80/80)
ATTENTION
VT1.5/VC12/low order VC-3 capacity limited to 20G in Release 1.1.

— 80 Gbit/s cross-connect with VT1.5/VC12/low order VC3 switching

granularity (as well as high order switching granularity of STS-1/
high-order VC3/VC4), with the VT1.5/VC12/low-order VC3 capacity
limited to 20G (80/20)
• new optical interface circuit packs:
— 4 new 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit packs (STS-1/HO small form-factor
pluggable (SFP), STS-1/HO DWDM pluggable optics (DPO), VT1.5/
LO SFP, VT1.5/LO DPO)
— 5 new 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit packs (STS-1/HO SR1/I64.1, STS-1/
HO LR2/L64.2, VT1.5/LO SR1/I64.1, VT1.5/LO IR2/S64.2, VT1.5/LO
LR2/L64.2)
— 1 new 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack (VT1.5/LO SFP)
— 24 new 1xOC-192/STM-64 DWDM (10.7G) OMX compliant circuit
packs (STS-1/HO - 8 new wavelengths; VT1.5/LO - 16 new
wavelengths)
— 72 new 1xOC-192/STM-64 DWDM (10.7G) CPL compliant circuit
packs (STS-1/HO - 36 wavelengths; VT1.5/LO - 36 wavelengths)
• new optical pluggables:
— 2 new OC-48/STM-16 SFPs (IR1/S16.1, LR2/L16.2)
— 41 new OC-48/STM-16 DWDM DPOs (41 wavelengths)
• 63xE1 working and protection circuit packs
• 252xE1 front I/O panel (with 75 ohm/120 ohm cable forms)
• 120 ohm converter module
• E1 protection module
• performance monitoring (PM) enhancements:
— SONET section, line, and path PMs
— SONET/SDH far-end PMs
— physical PMs for all optical ports
— protection switch counts/duration
— E1 PMs
• GE virtual concatenation (VCAT)
• VT1.5/VC-12 alarm support
• GE and E1 loopbacks
— security enhancements:
— centralized security administration
— intrusion attempt handling

— RADIUS authentication
• GMT offset provisioning
• protection enhancements:
— unprotected OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, OC-192, and E1
— 1+1 linear APS for OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, and OC-192 (SONET)
— full unidirectional non-revertive switching for MSP linear protection
switching (SDH)
— 1:N equipment protection for E1
— 2-Fiber bidirectional line-switched ring (BLSR)/multiplex section
shared protection ring (MS-SPRing)
• connection management enhancements:
— STS-1, STS-3c, STS-12c, STS-24c, STS-48c, and STS-192c
cross-connects (SONET)
— VC4-16c and VC4-64c cross-connects (SDH)
— VT1.5/VC12, and low-order VC3 cross-connects
— 1-way cross-connects (unidirectional for drop/continue)
• new service mappings:
— GE GFP-F to STS-3c, STS-12c, and STS-24c (SONET) (contiguous
concatenation)
— GE GFP-F to STS-1-nv/VC3-nv (n = 1 to 21) and STS-3c-nv/VC4-nv
(n = 1 to 7) (virtual concatenation)
— E1 to VC12
• synchronization enhancements:
— DS1 ESI/ESO support (with synchronization status messages [SSM])
— 2 Mbit/s ESI/ESO support (with SSM)
— SONET SSM generation/termination
— HTTP server
— TID address resolution protocol (TARP) transparency support
— protected DCC support (DCC always follows traffic)
— OSPF
• upgrade support from Release 1.0 by Ciena personnel only
• in-service reconfigurations between STS-1/HO and VT1.5/LO
cross-connect and optical interface circuit packs (see Module
Replacement Procedures, 323-1851-545, for details)

• Site Manager enhancements:

— autonomous updating of nodal cross-connect, BLSR/MS-SPRing
management, protection, equipment & facilities, inventory, and
synchronization protection applications
— enhanced window and multiple application support
— downloadable from the shelf processor (using HTTP server)
6500 Release 1.0

April 2004
Release 1.0 is the initial release of 6500 and introduces:
• optical and optical/front electrical shelves
• common equipment/circuit packs
— access panel
— maintenance interface card
— power input cards (with and without circuit breaker)
— breaker interface panel (BIP)
— front-venting fan modules
— fiber management
— filler card
• 80G and 160G cross-connect circuit packs with VC-4 switching granularity
(only 80G enabled on 160G cross-connect circuit pack for Release 1.0)
• 8 x OC-3/12/STM-1/4 small form-factor pluggable (SFP) circuit pack
— OC-3/STM-1 LR2/L1.2 SFP
— OC-12/STM-4 LR2/L4.2 SFP
— OC3/12/STM-1/4 IR1/S1.1_S4.1 SFP
• 1 x OC-192/STM-64 IR-2/S-64.2 circuit pack
• 1 x OC-192/STM-64 DWDM circuit packs (8 wavelengths)
• 4 x GE Ethernet Private Line (EPL) SFP circuit pack
— GE/FC SX SFP
— GE/FC LX SFP
• manual and auto-provisioning of equipment and facilities
• linear multiplex section protection (MSP) for STM-1, STM-4, and STM-64
facilities
• unprotected traffic for STM-1, STM-4, STM-64, and GE facilities

• connection management:
— bidirectional connections at VC-4, VC-4-c, and VC-4-8c rates
— time slot assignment (TSA), time slot interchange (TSI), port to port
• GE GFP-F mapping to VC-4, VC-4-c, and VC-4-8c
• system synchronization:
— 1+1 redundant synchronization hardware on the cross-connect circuit
packs for timing generation and distribution
— internal, external, line, or mixed timing modes
— synchronization status message (SSM) support
• backup and restore of provisioning data
• performance monitoring (PM):
— SDH PMs at multiplex section (MS), regenerator section (RS), path,
GE LAN, and GE WAN levels
— physical PMs for OC-192/STM-64 circuit packs
— operational measurement support for GE WAN and LAN facilities
— threshold crossing alerts
• alarm support for active alarms, disabled alarms, and events
• terminal and facility loopbacks on the OC/STM circuit packs
• operations, administration, and maintenance (OAM) communications,
including:
— IP routing for remote access
— OSI for interworking with existing equipment
— RS DCC/MS DCC per STM optical interface for access to remote
network elements
— COLAN and ILAN Ethernet ports for carrier DCN and intershelf DCN
— RS-232 and Ethernet ports for local craft access
• load management (management by release and auto-upgrade)


2-1
Roadmap 2-
This chapter provides information on how to use the Ciena technical

publications library for 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500). This library is an
integral part of the 6500 product and is considered part of the equipment. Use
the technical publications in the library to complete the tasks needed to set up
and operate the 6500 network elements. The following roadmap illustrates the
structure of the 6500 technical publications library.

2-2 Roadmap
6500 Packet-Optical Platform technical publications

The following roadmap illustrates the structure of the 6500 technical
publications library.
Planning a Network Installing, Managing and Maintaining and Circuit Pack-Based

Commissioning and Provisioning Troubleshooting Documentation
Testing a Network a Network a Network
Planning - Installation - Administration Fault Management - Common Equipment

Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 General Information and Security Performance (323-1851-102.1)
(NTRN10DP) (323-1851-201.0) (323-1851-301) Monitoring
(323-1851-520) Electrical
Documentation Installation - Configuration - (323-1851-102.2)
Roadmap 2-slot Shelves Provisioning
(323-1851-201.1) Fault Management -
(323-1851-090) and Operating OC-n/STM-n
Alarm Clearing
Ordering Information Parts 1 and 2 (323-1851-102.3)
Installation - 7-slot & Parts 1 and 2
(323-1851-151) (323-1851-310)
6500-7 packet-optical (323-1851-543) 40G/100G/OSIC/
Shelves Configuration - ISS/SLIC10 and
CLI, REST, gRPC &
(323-1851-201.2) Bandwidth & Data Fault Management - 200G Services
Waveserver-6500
Services Parts 1,2,3 Module (323-1851-102.4)
Interworking Installation -
(323-1851-320) Replacement
(323-1851-165) 14-slot Shelves (323-1851-545)
Latency (323-1851-201.3) Broadband/SMUX
Configuration -
Specifications OTN FLEX MOTR
Installation - Control Plane Fault Management -
(323-1851-170) (323-1851-102.5)
32-slot Shelves (323-1851-330) SNMP
Pluggable (323-1851-201.4) (323-1851-740)
Datasheets Encryption and FIPS Photonics Equipment
Installation - Passive Security Policy (323-1851-102.6)
and Reference Fault Management -
Chassis (2150 Optical Overview and
(323-1851-180) Customer Visible
Multiplexer & Procedures Data and Layer 2
TL-1 Description Photonics) (323-1851-340) Logs
(323-1851-102.7)
(323-1851-190) (323-1851-201.5) (323-1851-840)
MyCryptoTool
Commissioning Certificate OTN I/F, PKT I/F, &
CLI Reference
and Testing Management and PKT/OTN I/F
(323-1851-193)
(323-1851-221) Quick Start (323-1851-102.8)
Site Manager (323-1851-341)
Fundamentals
(323-1851-195)
SAOS-based Command Fault and MIB

Configuration
Packet Services Reference Performance Reference
(323-1851-630)
Documentation (323-1851-610) (323-1851-650) (323-1851-690)
Supporting WaveLogic Photonics 6500 Data 6500 Control Plane Submarine Networking
Documentation Coherent Select Application Guide Application Guide Application Guide
(323-1851-980) (NTRN15BA) (NTRN71AA) (NTRN72AA)
6500 Photonic Common 6500 - 5400 / 8700 Network Interworking Universal AC Rectifier
Layer Guide Photonic Layer Interworking Solution Guide Application Note
(NTRN15DA) Technical Publications (323-1851-160) (NTCA68CA) (009-2012-900)

Roadmap 2-3
Document identification numbers

User documents for the 6500 network element are referred to as Ciena
technical publications. Each document has a unique ten-digit identification
number. This number is used to identify each document, and assist in
cross-referencing from one technical publication to another.
In some instances, an alphanumeric product engineering code (PEC) is

assigned to documents (for example, Planning).
The technical publication number/PEC is found on the cover page and at the
bottom of every page in a document.
Technical publications product engineering codes

The product engineering code (PEC) is used to identify the product for
ordering purposes. Table 2-1 shows the PECs for 6500 technical publications.
Table 2-1
PECs for 6500 Release 11.2 technical publications
Document Name PEC
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Release 11.2 technical publication NTK564LD

and guides (CD-ROM)
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Release 11.2 Planning NTRN10DP
Ordering technical publications

Technical publications CD-ROMs can be ordered from Ciena. Use the PEC
corresponding to the release you require when placing your order. For
complete ordering information, see 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Planning -
Ordering Information, 323-1851-151.

2-4 Roadmap
Technical publications volume descriptions

The following paragraphs provide details on the layout and contents of the
6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500) documentation library.
Planning a Network
This set of technical publications contains descriptive and procedural
documents about the 6500 network element. These technical publications are
intended for:
• strategic and current planners
• provisioners
• transmission engineers
• network administrators
Installing and Testing a Network

This set of technical publications contains procedural documents about the
6500 network element. These technical publications are intended for:
• installers
• system lineup and testing (SLAT) engineers
• maintenance engineers
• provisioners
Managing and Provisioning a Network

6500 network element. These technical publications are intended for:
• system administrators
• network administrator
• data software administrators
• field maintenance
Maintaining and Troubleshooting a Network

network element. These technical publications are intended for:
• network administrator
• field maintenance

Roadmap 2-5
Technical publications descriptions

The following sections provide detailed summaries of the contents of the
technical publications in the 6500 documentation library.
Documentation Roadmap, 323-1851-090

Documentation Roadmap provides an overview of the documentation suite
and a consolidated list of terms and abbreviations, and a master index to use
for searching information in the library. Topics covered include the following:
• Feature History
• Roadmap
• List of terms
• List of 6500 shelves, circuit packs, panels, and modules
• Master index
• Technical assistance information
Planning, NTRN10DP (Parts 1 to 4)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Planning describes the applications and
functionality provided by the software and hardware of 6500. Topics covered
include the following:
• Introduction
• Features overview
• Shelf and equipment descriptions
• Applications and upgrades
• User interface description
• Ordering information
• Pluggable modules
• Technical specifications
• Data communications planning
Ordering Information, 323-1851-151

Ordering Information provides engineering rules, ordering codes, and
ordering procedures for the 6500 network element. Topics covered include the
following:
• Configuration rules
• Bays, shelf assemblies, and hardware
• Circuit pack, pluggable modules, and interface hardware
• Cables
• Software, services, and documentation

2-6 Roadmap
• Ordering references
• Manufacture discontinued items
6500 / 5400 Interworking Solution, 323-1851-160

This document describes guidelines and considerations for interworking
between the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500) and the 5400
Reconfigurable Switching System (5400 Switch). Topics covered include the
following:
• 6500/5400 Switch interworking description
• 6500/5400 Switch OAM data communications overview
CLI, REST API and gRPC, and Waveserver Interworking, 323-1851-165

This document describes 6500 Photonic line interworking with the
Waveserver. This document also describes the supported configurations and
management interfaces and includes procedures for managing the 6500
through the Command Line Interface (CLI).
The following interfaces can be used in interworking configurations:
• the representational state transfer application programming interface
(REST API)
• the general Remote Procedure Call (gRPC) protocol
Topics covered include the following:
• Overview
• 6500 Installation for Waveserver
• 6500 Commissioning for Waveserver
• Security
• System parameters
• Configuration and Configuration Management
• Datacomms
• Backup and restore
• Alarms and Module Replacement
• Performance Monitoring
• Load management
• SNMP
• CLI and REST and gRPC API overview
• Diagnostics and debug log collection
• List of terms

Roadmap 2-7
Latency Specifications, 323-1851-170

This document provides latency specifications for different circuit packs and
modules supported in 6500 network element. Topics covered include the
following:
• Latency Specifications
Pluggable Datasheets and Reference, 323-1851-180

This document provides detailed datasheet specifications for the various
types of pluggables which can be used in the 6500 platform. Topics covered
• Pluggables Overview
• XFP Specifications
• SFP Specifications
• SFP+ Specifications
• CFP Specifications
• DPO Specifications
TL1 Description, 323-1851-190

TL1 Description provides the TL1 command definitions for the 6500 network
element. This document is available in electronic format (PDF and HTML)
either on the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Release 11.2 Technical
Publications and Guides - CD ROM (NTK564LD), or from the Ciena web site.
CLI Reference, 323-1851-193

The CLI Reference provides the Command Line Interface (CLI) definitions,
which is a text-based command interface used to configure the 6500 and view
system information.
Site Manager for 6500 Packet-Optical Platform and Common Photonic

Layer- Fundamentals, 323-1851-195
The Site Manager graphical user interface (GUI) is available for the 6500
network element. Site Manager provides a simple-to-use point-and-click user
interface that enables you to perform operation, administration, and
maintenance of the 6500 network element.
User documentation for Site Manager is provided on-line and on CD-ROM.

The installation and setup instructions are available in the Site Manager for
6500 Packet-Optical Platform - Fundamentals. This document explains the
minimum hardware platform requirements for the operation of Site Manager
and how to install the software.

2-8 Roadmap
The Site Manager for 6500 Packet-Optical Platform - Fundamentals is for local
craft personnel, system administrators, network surveillance, and
maintenance personnels who have access to Site Manager.
Installation, 323-1851-201.x
Installation provides procedures necessary for the installation of a 6500
network element. Topics covered include the following:
• Observing product and personnel safety guidelines
• Regulatory information
• Preparing the installation
• Installing equipment racks and power to the rack
• Cleaning connectors
• Cable and connector details
• Installing 6500 2-slot shelves
• Installing OMX, fiber manager, and routing/connecting related cables
(2-slot shelves)
• Installing 6500 7-slot and 6500-7 packet-optical shelves
• Installing OMX, fiber manager, and routing/connecting related cables
(7-slot & 6500-7 packet-optical Shelves)
• Installing OMX, fiber manager, DSM, passive equipment, and routing/
connecting related cables (14-slot shelves)
• Installing OMX, fiber manager, DSM, passive equipment, and routing/
connecting related cables (32-slot shelves)
• Installing the 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer Chassis (3 and 6 slot
versions)
Commissioning and Testing, 323-1851-221

Commissioning and Testing provides procedures for powering up and
commissioning a network element. Topics covered include the following:
• safety guidelines
• commissioning the network element
• site testing
• system testing

Roadmap 2-9
OME1110 Deployment Guide, 323-1851-250

OME1110 Deployment Guide provides Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM)
interworking between the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500) and the Optical
Multiservice Edge 1110 service module (OME1110). The OME1110
Deployment Guide is included in the 6500 technical publication libraries from
Release 7.0 to Release 9.1. Topics covered include the following:
• OME1110 service module
• Installing OME1110 equipment
• Provisioning the 6500-OME1110 EFM link
• Replacing OME1110 equipment
Administration and Security, 323-1851-301

Administration and Security provides procedures for the administrative tasks
on a network element. Topics covered include the following:
• Interface login and logout
• User account management and administration
• Manual connection terminal and telnet terminal
• Node information
• Visualization tool
• Shelf level view
• Backup and restore
• Release management
• Upgrade management
• TL1 Command Builder, CommLog, and General Broadcast tools
• Command line interface
• Terms and conditions
Configuration - Provisioning and Operating, 323-1851-310 (Parts 1 and 2)

Configuration - Provisioning and Operating provides provisioning and
operating procedures for the network element using the Site Manager
interface. Topics covered include the following:
• Equipment and facility provisioning
• Inventory
• Communications management
• Synchronization
• Test access and connection loopback provisioning
• Protection switching

2-10 Roadmap
• OTS Management
• Domain Optical Controller (DOC)
• Shelf Wavelength Topology
• Differential Provisioning
• SCMD Cascading Order
• Optical Loopback
• Photonic Configuration Management
• OTDR trace
Configuration - Bandwidth and Data Services, 323-1851-320 (Parts 1, 2,

and 3)
Configuration - Bandwidth and Data Services provides provisioning and
operating procedures for the network element. Topics covered include the
following:
• BLSR/MS-SPRing/HERS APS configuration file editing
• BLSR/MS-SPRing/HERS APS provisioning
• Path connections management
• Transponder connections management
• Photonic connections management
• EVPL connections management
• OTN connections management
• Data services receive class of service profiles
• Data services transmit class of service profiles
• Data services class of service scheduling for resilient packet rings
• Data services activation setup provisioning
• Data services bandwidth profiles provisioning
• Data services segment management provisioning
• Data services endpoint management provisioning
• Data services endpoint mapping provisioning
• Data services resilient packet ring management
• Data services resilient packet ring information
• Data services connectivity provisioning for resilient packet rings
• Data services forwarding database
• Reconfiguring an in-service resilient packet ring
• Data services queue group profiles

Roadmap 2-11
• Data services queue group drop profiles

• Data services queue group scheduler profiles
• Data services G.8032 ERP node information
• Data services G.8032 ERP group list
• Data services G.8032 ERP management provisioning
• Data services Ethernet OAM provisioning
Configuration - Control Plane, 323-1851-330

Configuration - Control Plane provides provisioning and operating procedures
for the Control Plane. Topics covered include the following:
• L0 and L1 OSRP provisioning
• L0 and L1 routing profiles
• L0 and L1 sub-network connections management
• L2 PKT Control Plane and Dataplane for Packet services applications
• TODR Profiles
Encryption and FIPS Security Policy Overview and Procedures,

323-1851-340
Encryption and FIPS Security Policy Overview and Procedures provides
information on hardware used in the 6500 Encryption application, security
related information and provisioning procedures to access the MyCryptoTool.
• 4x10G OTR w/Encryption 4xXFP/4xSFP+ circuit pack and FIPS Security
Policy
• Encryption Deployment Scenarios and Solutions
• Provisioning MyCryptoTool Access using Site Manager
• Provisioning Certificate Management using MyCryptoTool
• Encryption Alarms
• Maintenance and Upgrades
MyCryptoTool Certificate Management and Quick Start, 323-1851-341

MyCryptoTool Certificate Management and Quick Start operates with HTTPS
protocol and is used for the encryption key management. Encryption with
Transport Layer Security (TLS version 1.2) is used to secure communication
between the web server on the Crypto daughtercard and MyCryptoTool, which
is launched from the web browser. Topics covered include the following:
• Certificate management
• MyCryptoTool pages

2-12 Roadmap
• Detailed procedures
• MyCryptoTool Quick Start
Fault Management - Performance Monitoring, 323-1851-520
Fault Management - Performance Monitoring provides procedures for
performance monitoring (PM) parameter definition and monitoring. Topics
covered include the following:
• Performance monitoring
• Tandem Connection Monitoring
Fault Management - Alarm Clearing, 323-1851-543 (Parts 1 and 2)

Fault Management - Alarm Clearing provides procedures for network alarm
monitoring and management, trouble clearing, and circuit pack replacement.
The procedures allow the user to identify, isolate and resolve local and remote
operational difficulties with the network element. Topics covered include the
following:
• Alarm and trouble clearing strategy
• Alarm surveillance
• Alarm hierarchies and severities
• Alarm clearing procedures
Fault Management - Module Replacement Procedures, 323-1851-545

Fault Management - Module Replacement provides procedures for circuit
pack replacement. Topics covered include the following:
• Safety guidelines
• Equipment replacement
• Maintenance
SAOS-based Packet Services Command Reference, 323-1851-610

This document describes the syntax of the Service Aware Operating System
(SAOS) Command Line Interface (CLI) for 6500 packet-enabled circuit packs
that use SAOS for Layer 2 services. Topics covered include the following:
• Command syntax and usage
• eMOTR command reference
• PKT/OTN XC command reference

Roadmap 2-13
SAOS-based Packet Services Configuration, 323-1851-630

This document provides information and examples for configuring 6500
packet-enabled circuit packs that use the Service Aware Operating System
(SAOS) for Layer 2 services. The document includes an explanation of the key
features supported and provides example configurations for these features.
• Configuration management
• Ports management
• Virtual switch configuration
• Sub-port interface configuration
• L2 control frame tunneling configuration
• Quality of Service configuration
• Link Layer Discovery Protocol configuration
• DHCP relay configuration
SAOS-based Packet Services Fault and Performance, 323-1851-650

This document provides fault and performance information for 6500
packet-enabled circuit packs that use the Service Aware Operating System
(SAOS) for Layer 2 services. The document includes an explanation of the key
features supported and provides example configurations for these features.
• Fault management fundamentals
• Fault management tools and utilities
• Remote Network Monitoring (RMON)
• Connectivity Fault Management (CFM)
• Ethernet Ring Protection switching
• Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
• High availability
• Link Aggregation and LACP
• Troubleshooting faults
• Performance management tools and utilities
• Performance monitoring
• Virtual Link Loss Indicator (VLLI)
• Monitoring system health and resources
• Managing port statistics
• Displaying port information

2-14 Roadmap
SAOS-based Packet Services MIB Reference, 323-1851-690

This document provides an overview of the available Management
Information Base (MIB) files for 6500 packet-enabled circuit packs that use the
Service Aware Operating System (SAOS) for Layer 2 services. Topics covered
• Introduction
• Ciena MIB Support
• CIENA-CES-CFM-MIB
• CIENA-CES-CHASSIS-MIB
• CIENA-CES-DATAPLANE-MIB
• CIENA-CES-DHCP-RELAY-MIB
• CIENA-CES-EXT-LAG-MIB
• CIENA-CES-IP-INTERFACE-MIB
• CIENA-CES-MODULE-MIB
• CIENA-CES-NOTIFICATIONS-CONTROL
• CIENA-CES-PM
• CIENA-CES-PORT-MIB
• CIENA-CES-RADIUS-CLIENT-MIB
• CIENA-CES-RAPS-MIB
• CIENA-CES-SYSTEM-CONFIG-MIB
• CIENA-CES-VLLI-MIB
• CIENA-GLOBAL
• CIENA-PRODUCTS-MIB
• CIENA-SMI
• CIENA-TC
Fault Management - SNMP, 323-1851-740

This document describes Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and
its application for the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform and the Common Photonic
Layer. Topics covered include the following:
• SNMP Description
• SNMP Provisioning
Fault Management - Customer Visible Logs, 323-1851-840

Fault Management - Customer Visible Logs provides additional details and
troubleshooting information for customer visible logs related to domain optical
controller (DOC) as well as security and transient conditions.

Roadmap 2-15
WaveLogic Photonics Coherent Select, 323-1851-980

This document describes the 6500 WaveLogic Photonics Coherent Select
(Coherent Select) and its application for the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform and
the Common Photonic Layer. Topics covered include the following:
• Feature description
• Configurations
• Provisioning services
• List of terms
Circuit pack-based technical publications

Circuit pack-based technical publications provide an additional layer of
information presented on a per circuit pack basis. Circuit pack-based technical
publications are available in electronic format (PDF) either on the 6500
Packet-Optical Platform Release 11.2 Technical Publications and Guides -
CD-ROM (NTK564LD), or from the Ciena web site. Circuit pack-based
technical publications provide the following information:
• overview
• supported functionality
• equipping rules
• technical specifications
• provisioning flowcharts
• circuit pack provisioning procedures
• provisioning parameters
The following circuit pack-based technical publications are provided:

• Common Equipment, 323-1851-102.1
• Electrical Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.2
• OC-n/STM-n Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.3
• 40CG, 100G, OSIC, ISS, and SLIC10 Circuit Packs and 200G Services,
323-1851-102.4
• Broadband, SuperMux, and OTN FLEX MOTR Circuit Packs,
323-1851-102.5
• Photonics Equipment, 323-1851-102.6
• Data and Layer 2 Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.7
• OTN I/F, PKT I/F and PKT/OTN I/F Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.8
• OME1110 Deployment Guide, 323-1851-250 (The OME1110 Deployment
Guide is included in the 6500 technical publication libraries from Release
7.0 to Release 9.1.)

2-16 Roadmap

3-1
List of terms 3-
1+1 linear protection

A protection switching scheme in which two equivalent channels carry the
same traffic, but one is protection and one is working. The 1+1 linear
protection switching scheme is nonrevertive.
1:N protection
A protection switching scheme in which one standby protection channel
protects failures on any of the N working channels (revertive switching).
1:1 protection
A protection switching scheme in which one standby protection channel
protects failures on one working channel.
1U
one rack unit (1.75 in.)
1WAY
unidirectional connection
1WAYPR
unidirectional path protected ring connection
2WAY
bidirectional connection
2WAYPR
Bidirectional path protected ring connection
2WAYDPR
Dual bidirectional path protected ring connection
4xGE
4xGigabit Ethernet circuit pack

3-2 List of terms
8B10B
8-bit over 10-bit
access panel
The access panel is located at the top of the 6500 shelf and provides access
to the OAM&P functions.
ACL
access control list
ACO
alarm cut-off
A push-button switch located on the 6500 maintenance interface card (MIC)

that disables an audible alarm.
ADM
add/drop multiplexer
A network element in which some facilities are added or dropped and some
are passed directly through for transmission to other network elements.
administrative state
The administrative state is the desired state of the entity. The user configures
this state to put an entity in service or put of service. See also “operational
state” on page 3-41.
AES
Advanced Encryption Standard
AFI
Authority and Format Identifier
AID
access identifier
An access identifier (AID) appears in most command argument strings. The

AID identifies the equipment or facilities accessed by the command.
AINS
automatic in-service

List of terms 3-3
AIS
alarm indication signal
A code sent to downstream sites to indicate an upstream failure (used to

prevent unnecessary downstream alarms).
alarm cut-off
See “ACO” on page 3-2.
ALS
automatic laser shutdown
A safety feature that reduces the optical output power in the event of a break
in the optical fiber.
ALSO
automatic line shutoff
AM
analog maintenance
AM1/AM2
analog maintenance version 1/2
AMI
alternate mark inversion (line code, bipolar)
A digital line encoding technique for which a zero is transmitted by no pulse,

while a one is transmitted by a pulse opposite in polarity to the previous pulse.
AMP
amplifier
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
An organization supported by U.S. industry to coordinate, develop, and

publish standards.
AO
automatic output
AP
access panel

3-4 List of terms
APC
angled physical contact
APD
avalanche photo diode
APDFET
avalanche photo diode field-effect transistor
A transistor that uses an avalanche photo diode to convert photons to

electrons. This transistor exhibits very high gain and is used in more sensitive
optical receivers.
API
application programming interface
APR
automatic power reduction
APS
automatic protection switch
A protection switch automatically initiated by the system in response to a

defect.
APS bytes
automatic protection switching (APS) bytes
The K1 and K2 bytes of the SONET/SDH transport overhead of a line/

multiplex section (MS) carrying protection channels.
ARD
absolute route diversity
ARP
address resolution protocol
A transmission control protocol/Internet protocol (TCP/IP) that dynamically

binds a network-layer IP address to a data-link-layer hardware address; for
example, an Ethernet address.

List of terms 3-5
AS
autonomous system
An IP data communications network of hosts, routers, and networks under the

same administration. Inside the autonomous system, interior gateway
protocols such as RIP or OSPF are used to maintain routing information. It
functions as an independent system with regard to other IP networks. In order
to reach other Autonomous Systems, a ‘gateway’ is required.
ASE
amplified spontaneous emission
ASCII
American Standard Code for Information Interchange
ASNCP
arbitrary subnetwork connection protection
ASN.1
abstract syntax notation one
ATAG
automatic tag
A unique numeric string generated by the system.
AU
alarm unit
AUPSR
arbitrary unidirectional path-switched ring
autoprovisioning
The process by which the 6500 shelf processor automatically provisions a
circuit pack with default configuration data when the circuit pack is inserted
into a slot for which no configuration exists.
B3ZS
bipolar three zero substitution
B8ZS
bipolar eight zero substitution

3-6 List of terms
bandwidth
The difference, in hertz (Hz), between the lowest and highest frequencies of
a transmission channel. The range of signal frequencies transmitted by a
communications channel with defined maximum loss or distortion. Bandwidth
indicates the information carrying capacity of a channel.
BB
Broadband
BBE
background block errors
A background block error is an errored block that is not part of a severely

errored second.
BCVL
line bipolar code violation
BDI
backward default indicator
BEI
backward error indication
BER
bit error ratio
A measure of transmission accuracy expressed as a ratio of bit errors

received to bits sent.
BIAE
backward incoming alignment error
bidirectional switching
A bridge to protection channel and a selection from a protection channel of
both directions of duplex traffic.
BIP
bit-interleaved parity
breaker interface panel
A unit installed at the top of a bay for power distribution and management to
the 6500 shelves.

List of terms 3-7
BIP-8
BIP with eight-bit errors
bit
binary digit
The smallest unit of information in a binary system represented as a 0 (zero)

or as a 1 (one).
bit/s
bits per second
The unit used to express transmission rate.
BITS
building-integrated timing supply
BLSR
bidirectional line switched ring
BITS
building-integrated timing supply
All digital equipment in a structure receives timing from the same master
clock, which must be the most accurate and stable clock in the structure. The
BITS is driven by a stratum 3 or better reference signal and sends a DS1
signal to all equipment in the same location.
BLSR
bidirectional line-switched ring
A method of SONET transport over a ring configuration for which half of the
available channels are working and half are considered protection channels.
The traffic is bidirectional. Half of the traffic is sent counter-clockwise over
another fiber according to the path provisioned. The ring uses the line level
status and performance parameters to initiate Automatic Protection Switching
(APS). APS in BLSR is aligned such that working channels 1 through 24
(OC-48) or channels 1 through 96 (OC-192) are protected by channels 25
through 48 (OC-48) or channels 97 through 192 (OC-192) respectively.
BMAX
maximum bandwidth mode

3-8 List of terms
BPV
bipolar violation
An error in the transmission of bipolar signals when two successive marks

have the same polarity.
BR
battery return
bridge
The action of transmitting identical traffic on both the working and protection
channels.
bridge request
A message sent from the tail-end node to the head-end node requesting the
head-end perform a bridge of the working channels onto the protection
channels.
bridge request status

A message sent from the tail-end node to all other nodes within the protection
system (on the path not carrying the protection channels to be used)
indicating the tail end has requested a bridge.
bridging to protection
The action of transmitting identical traffic on both the working and the
protection channels.
BS
band splitter
BSESL
bipolar severely errored seconds count - line
The count of 1-second intervals that contain 51 or more bipolar code violations
or a loss-of-signal event.
BT
base-T
byte
A group of eight binary digits or eight signal elements representing binary
digits operated upon as an entity.

List of terms 3-9
CAP
change application procedure
Ciena document used to perform an in-service upgrade or reconfiguration

with no effect on traffic.
CAT
commissioning assistant tool
CBD
committed burst duration
CBR
constant bit rate
An ATM service category which supports a constant or guaranteed rate to

transport services which require rigorous timing control and performance
parameters.
CBS
Committed burst size
CCAT
contiguous concatenation
CCITT
Consultative Committee on International Telephone and Telegraph
This committee is now replaced by the International Telecommunications

Union—Telecommunications (ITU-T). The CCITT prepared a series of
recommendations for telecommunications protocol.
See also “ITU-T” on page 3-28.
CCM
continuity check message
CCMD
colorless channel Mux/Demux
CDA
Colorless CMD Direct Attach

3-10 List of terms
CDC
colorless directionless contentionless
CDF
client data frame
CDFI
customer defined facility identifier
CD-ROM
compact disk read-only memory
A read/write digital optical storage device of high capacity.
CE
Conformité Européenne
CES
Carrier Ethernet Service
CESD
Carrier Ethernet Service Delivery
CFM
connectivity fault management
CFP
40G/100G transceiver form factor pluggable
CFR
Code of Federal Register
CHAP
challenge-handshake authentication protocol
Challenge handshake authentication protocol (CHAP) provides secure

authentication for devices that want to participate in PPP links.
CHC
channel control
CHMON
channel monitoring

List of terms 3-11
CIR
committed information rate
CLE
customer located equipment
Equipment located on customer premises that provides access to the

operating company network.
CLEI
common language equipment identifier
A trademark of Bell Communications Research. CLEI is a standard

identification method for telephony equipment.
CLFI
common language facility identifier
CLI
command line interface
The TL1 command line interface in the TL1 Command Builder
CLLI
common language location identifier
CLNP
connection less network protocol
Connection less network protocol (CLNP) is an OSI network-layer protocol

that provides the interface between CLNS and upper layers. CLNP carries
upper-layer data and error indications over connectionless links.
CLNS
connectionless-mode network service
Connectionless-mode network service (CLNS) provides network-layer

service to the transport layer via CLNP.
CMD
channel Mux/Demux
CMD44
44 channel Mux/Demux

3-12 List of terms
CMF
client management frame
CND
Ciena network designer
CO
central office
COS
class of service
COADM
configurable optical add/drop multiplexer
COLAN
central office local area network
A facility on the network element that allows the 6500 to communicate with the
customer DCN.
COM
common return
correlation tag
The sequential command identifier with every command input for the TL1
interface. The identifier is called a correlation tag (CTAG).
The format of the CTAG can be used to reflect its purpose, for example,
JOB28, and TAG33.
CoS
class of service
CPE
customer premises equipment
Equipment located on the customer premises that is connected to the

telephone line.
CPL
common photonic layer

List of terms 3-13
CPRI
common public radio interface
CPU
central processing unit
A functional unit that interprets and executes program instructions. The CPU
transmits and receives data from the memories and peripheral units of the
computer.
craft personnel
maintenance personnel
Employees assigned the routine recurring work required to keep a facility,

such as a fiber optic transmission system, plant, building, structure, ground
facility, or utility system, in such condition that it may be continuously used (a)
at its original or designed capacity and efficiency and (b) for its intended
purpose.
CRC
cyclic redundancy check
cross-connect
A connection between endpoints on the network element.
CS
coherent select
CSA
centralized security administration
CSF
client signal failure
CTAG
See “correlation tag” on page 3-12.
CTP
connection termination point

3-14 List of terms
CV
code violation
A code violation is a bit-interleaved parity error at the line/multiplex section,

section/regenerator section, or path layer.
CW
continuous wave
CWDM
coarse wavelength division multiplexing
CXM
C-Band expansion module
DAPI
destination access point identifier
dB
decibel
dBm
decibels relative to one milliwatt
dBQ
decibels relative to coding gain
dc
direct current
DCC
data communications channel
SONET/SDH defines two data communications channel: a section/

regenerator section (RS) data communications channel and a line/multiplex
section (MS) data communications channel.
DCE
data communication equipment
The devices and connections of a communications network that connect the

communication circuit between the data source and destination.

List of terms 3-15
DCN
data communications network
A data communications network (DCN) is the set of processes, equipment, or

facilities used to transport signals from one data processing device at one
location to another data processing device at another location.
defect
An anomaly that interrupts the normal operation of the system and persists for
a defined period of time.
DES
data encryption standard
DGE
dynamic gain equalizer
DGFF
dynamic gain flattening filter
D-H
Diffie-Hellman
DHCP
dynamic host configuration protocol
A protocol used to centrally manage and automate the assignment of Internet

protocol (IP) addresses in a network.
DIA
direction independent access
DISCD
disconnected - not carrying traffic
DISP
dispersion
DOC
domain optical controller
DOSC
dual optical service channel

3-16 List of terms
DP-16QAM
dual polarization 16 quadrature amplitude modulation
DP-4ASK
dual-polarization 4-level amplitude-shift keying
DP-BPSK
dual polarization binary phase shift keying
DP-QPSK
dual polarization quadrature phase-shift keying
DPO
DWDM pluggable optics
DS1
digital signal, level 1 (1.544 Mbit/s)
The 8-bit, 24-channel, 1.544 Mbit/s digital signaling format.
DS3
digital signal, level 3 (44.7 Mbit/s)
A serial data stream carrying 28 DS1 signals plus overhead bits.
DSCM
dispersion slope compensating module
DSM
DS1 service module
DSO
dynamic shared object
DSP
domain specific part
DTE
data terminal equipment
Equipment which serves as a data transmitter, data receiver, or both. DTE

controls information transfer according to a data link protocol, and reconverts
the received data signals into user information.

List of terms 3-17
DTL
designated transit list
DUS
do not use for synchronization
DVM
digital voltmeter
DWDM
dense wavelength division multiplexing
DWDM is a transmission technique of multiplexing on the optical layer.
EB
errored block
An errored block is a bit-interleaved parity (BIP) block that has one or more bit
errors.
EBER
excessive bit error ratio
See also “BER” on page 3-6.
EBS
excess burst size
EC-1
electrical carrier level 1 (51.84 Mbit/s)
ED
extended dispersion
EDP
engineering documentation package
EC-1
electrical carrier level 1 (51.84 Mbit/s).
EDC
error detection code

3-18 List of terms
eDCO
electronic dynamically compensating optics
EDFA
erbium-doped fiber amplifier
EDP
engineering drawing package
EER
excessive error ratio
EFM
Ethernet in the first mile
EFT
electrical fast transient
EG
equipment group
EIA
Electronic Industries Alliance
A standards association that specifies electrical transmission standards. The

EIA and TIA have developed numerous well-known communications
standards, including TIA/EIA-232 and EIA/TIA-530.
EIR
excess information rate
ELWT
Electrical Wavelength Translator
EMC
electromagnetic compatibility
EMI
electromagnetic interference
Any electrical or electromagnetic interference that causes undesirable

response, degradation, or failure in electronic equipment.

List of terms 3-19
eMOTR
Ethernet multiplexer optical transponder
ENM
enhanced nonlinear mitigation
ENUT
enhanced non-preemptible traffic
EP
extended power
EPL
Ethernet private line
ERR
error
ETS
enhanced trunk switch
EOL
end of life
Stage at which either the hardware or the software has reached the end of its
useful function or no longer meets business requirements.
EP
extended power
EPL
Ethernet Private Line
ERP
Ethernet Ring Protocol
ES
errored second
An errored second is a second during which at least one code violation or

alarm indication signal occurs.

3-20 List of terms
ESAM
enhanced service access module
ESD
electrostatic discharge
Discharge of stored static electricity that can damage electronic equipment

and impair electrical circuits, resulting in complete or intermittent failures.
ESI
external synchronization input
ESM
Ethernet service module
ESMC
Ethernet sync messaging channel
ESO
external synchronization output
ESF
extended superframe format
E-SPRing
Ethernet shared protection ring
ESWD
electronic software delivery
ETH
Ethernet
ETSI
European Telecommunications Standards Institute
The organization created by the European Post, Telephone, and Telegraph

and the European Community to propose telecommunications standards for
Europe.
ETTP
Ethernet trail termination point

List of terms 3-21
EVPL
Ethernet virtual private line
external timing
A synchronization scheme in which timing for a network element is provided
by an external source such as BITS/SSU.
FA
facility
FAD
facility access digroup
failure
An end to the ability of an item to do a required function. A failure is caused
by the persistence of a defect.
fault indicator
A device that presents a visual display or audible alarm when a failure or
marginal condition exists.
FC
63
fiber channel
An industry-standard specification which details computer channel

communications over fiber optics at transmission speeds from 132 Mbit/s to
1062.5 Mbit/s at distances of up to 10 kilometers.
ferrule connector
A keyed, locking type of fiber-optic connector with a round barrel and threaded
retaining ring.
failure count
The count of failure events.
FCC
flexible cross-connect
FCS
frame checksum (frame check sequence)

3-22 List of terms
FCSERR
frame check sequence error
FDA
Food and Drug Administration
FDB
forwarding database
FE
fast Ethernet
FEC
forward error correction
ferrule
A component of a fiber-optic connection that holds a fiber in place and aids in
its alignment.
FG
frame ground
FGA
fixed gain amplifier
FICON
fiber connectivity
FIM
Fiber interconnect module
FLT
fault
The secondary state indicating that a fault has been detected in equipment.
FICON
fibre connection
FIM
fiber interconnect modules

List of terms 3-23
FIP
fuse interface panel
FMOTR
flex multiplexer optical transponder
FPGA
field programmable gate array
freerun timing
A timing scheme in which a free-running clock on the shelf processor circuit
pack provides timing for a network element.
fromAID
from access identifier
The facility at one end of a cross-connect.
FRU
field replaceable unit
FTAM
file transfer, access, and management
FTP
file transfer protocol
The file-sharing protocol operating at layers 5 through 7 of the open systems

interconnection (OSI) model that governs file-sharing and file-transfer
capabilities.
FTTP
Floating trail termination point
full-duplex mode
In full-duplex mode, LAN traffic is transmitted and received simultaneously.
Gbit/s
gigabits per second
GCC
general communication channel

3-24 List of terms
GE
Gigabit Ethernet
A LAN transmission standard (IEEE 802.3z) that provides a data rate of one
billion bits per second (Gbit/s).
GFP
generic framing procedure
Generic framing procedure (GFP) is an ITU standard (G.7041) which

describes a flexible mapping technique for transparent transport of multiple
protocols in SONET/SDH.
GFP-F
generic framing procedure - framed
See also “GFP” on page 3-24.
GFP-T
generic framing procedure - transparent
GMD
group Mux/Demux
GMT
Greenwich mean time
GNE
gateway network element
GMD
group mux/demux
GRE
generic route encapsulation
Generic routing encapsulation (GRE) provides a standard method for

transporting one arbitrary network layer protocol over another arbitrary
network layer protocol (tunneling).
gRPC
general Remote Procedure Call

List of terms 3-25
GUI
graphical user interface
A graphical (rather than textual) interface to a computer.
half-duplex mode
The mode where LAN traffic is transmitted or received alternately.
HCCS
high correction count second
HCCSREF
high correction count second reference
HDLC
high-level data link control
HEC
header error control
HERS
head-end ring switching
HO
high-order
holdover
An operating mode in which the network element maintains the timing of the
last synchronization source.
HTTP
hypertext transfer protocol
hub
A network element that accepts several inputs originating from different areas.
A point on a network where a group of circuits are connected and provide

centralized management capabilities. Hubs are useful for their ability to isolate
nodes from disruptions.
ICMP
internet control message protocol

3-26 List of terms
ICMP group
internet control message protocol group
ID
identifier
IDF
invalid data flag
IDP
installation drawing package
IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE
institute of electrical and electronic engineers
IETF
internet engineering task force
I/F
interface
A circuit pack described as an "OTN I/F" interfaces between OTN mappings

on its client or line ports and the cross-connect or fabric circuit packs.
IFF
internal fault flag
iISIS
integrated intermediate system to intermediate system
A routing protocol that can be used for both IP and OSI routing.
ILA
integrated line amplifier
ILAN
intershelf local area network
A facility that allows the shelf processor to communicate with the co-located
shelf processor.

List of terms 3-27
IMDD
intensity modulation direct detect
INV
invalid
I/O
input/output
IP
internet protocol
A direct outward dialing (DOD) standard protocol designed for use in

interconnected systems of packet-switching computer communication
networks.
IPG
inter-packet gap
IPv4
internet protocol version 4
IPv6
internet protocol version 6
IR
intermediate reach
ISCC
interswitch communication channel protocol
IS
in-service
An indication that some element of the network is carrying traffic or is ready

to carry traffic. Standby units that are IS are prepared to carry traffic.
See also “OOS” on page 3-40.
IS-ANR
in-service - abnormal, or partial failure detected

3-28 List of terms
ISIS
intermediate system to intermediate system
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
The ISO technical committee was created to provide standards on the area of
quality management and quality assurance in a common language for a global
audience.
ISS
inline submarine supervisor
ITU-T
International Telecommunications Union—Telecommunications
An international organization with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland that

makes recommendations for standardization of telecommunications and
functions through international committees of telephone administrations and
private operating agencies. The ITU-T makes recommendations applying to
the industry, administrations and agencies. This replaces the former
committee known as CCITT.
iVLLI
inverse virtual link loss indicator
kbit
kilobit
For processor storage, real and virtual storage, and channel volume, 1024
bits.
See also “bit” on page 3-7.
kbit/s
kilobits per second
The number of binary digits transmitted over a communications channel in

one second. Standard measure of data rate and transmission capacity; 1024
bits per second.
See also “bit” on page 3-7.

List of terms 3-29
kbyte
kilobyte
See also “byte” on page 3-8.
kHz
kilohertz
A measurement of frequency. One thousand cycles per second.
L2
layer 2
L2 MOTR
layer 2 multiplexer optical transponder
L2RPR
layer 2 resilient packet ring
L2SS
layer 2 service switch
LACP
link aggregation control protocol
LAN
local area network
A data communications system that lies within a limited geographic area, has
a specific user group, has a specific topology, and is not a public switched
telecommunications network, but may be connected to one. A LAN has a
moderate to high data transmission rate, and supports shared media.
Examples of LAN technologies are Ethernet, token ring, and fiber-distributed
data interface (FDDI).
LAG
link aggregation group
LAPD
link access protocol on the D-channel
Link access protocol on the D-channel (LAPD) is a protocol that operates at

the data link layer (layer 2) of the OSI architecture.

3-30 List of terms
laser
light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation
Amplification of light by a device that produces an intense, coherent,

directional beam of optical radiation by stimulating electronic, ionic, or
molecular transitions to higher energy levels, so that when the electrons, ions,
or molecules return to lower energy levels, they emit energy.
LBM
Loopback message
LBO
line buildout
LBR
Loopback reply
LCAS
link capacity adjustment scheme
LDCC
line data communications channel
LED
light-emitting diode
A semiconductor diode that emits light when a current is passed through it.
LF
link failure
LIM
line interface module
line timing
A synchronization scheme in which timing for a network element is derived
from a receive line.
LinkLocal
this application shows the IPv6 link local addresses of management interfaces
such as ILAN/COLAN and ECC interfaces

List of terms 3-31
LLDCC
lower layer DCC
LLDP
Link Layer Discovery Protocol
LLMP
low latency mapping procedure
LO
low-order
LOF
loss of frame
An alarm where the system is unable to detect a framing indication on the

optics signal. The framing indication is a specific pattern of bits that varies
depending on traffic.
See also “OOF” on page 3-40.
LOFEF
laser off far end failure
LOM
loss of multiframe
LOP
loss of pointer
A fault, for example, a circuitry failure, as the misplacement of the address of

a memory location. An alarm that occurs when a path endpoint detects a
corrupt pointer. The pointer is a mechanism used by the logical path to
indicate where data starts in the payload of a frame.
LOS
loss of signal
A fault, for example, a circuitry failure, as the misplacement of

telecommunications information. LOS can be caused by an optical signal
failure.
LR
long reach

3-32 List of terms
LTM
linktrace message
LTR
linktrace reply
MA
Maintenance association
MAA
manual area address
MAC
media access control
A protocol governing access from a station to a network.
Mbit/s
megabits per second
One megabit per second is equivalent to 1 048 576 bits per second.
MD
maintenance domain
MD5
message digest 5
MDIX
medium-dependent interface cross-over
MEA
mismatched equipment attributes
MEP
Maintenance end point

List of terms 3-33
MHz
Megahertz
One million cycles per second. A unit of frequency denoting one million Hz.
MIB
management information base
MIC
maintenance interface card
MIP
Maintenance intermediate point
MLA
midstage line amplifier
MLM
multi longitudinal mode laser, or multimode laser
An injection laser diode which has a number of longitudinal modes.
MMF
multimode fiber
MOA
Multiservice Managed Object Agent
modem
modulator demodulator
A device that modulates and demodulates signals for transmission and

reception, respectively, over communication facilities. Modems convert digital
signals into quasi-analog signals for transmission and reconvert the
quasi-analog signals into digital signals. Other functions may be added to
modems to provide for customer service and control features.
MONE
monitor equipment side (A path)
MONF
monitor facility side (B path)

3-34 List of terms
MONEF
monitor equipment and facility
MOR
multiwavelength optical repeater
MOTR
multiplexer optical transponder
MPLS
multiprotocol label switching
MPO
multifiber push-on/off
MPXC
multiplex Cross Connect
MS
multiplex section
The segment of a fiber transmission system between network elements where

traffic originates and terminates.
MSA
multi-source agreement
MSI
multiplexing structure identifier
MSDCC
multiplex section data communications channel
MSP
multiplex section protection
MSP linear protection

same traffic, but one is protection and one is working. The MSP linear
protection switching scheme is nonrevertive.
MSPP
multi-service provisioning platform

List of terms 3-35
MS-SPRing
multiplex section shared protection ring
MT
maintenance state
MTU
maximum transfer unit
MXC
multiservice cross-connect
NAS
network access server
NAT
network address translation
navigation area
The left side of the Site Manager (see “Site Manager” on page 3-52) main
window. The navigation area displays the network elements (NEs) in a login
profile. Use the navigation area to select an NE to view or edit details.
navigation tree
The network elements in a login profile as represented in the navigation area
(see “navigation area” on page 3-35) as items branching from the login profile.
NC
normally closed
NCCI
network call correlation identification
NDP
Neighbor Discovery Protocol
NDSF
non-dispersion-shifted fiber
ND Proxy
The ND Proxy interface responds to Neighbor Solicitations with Neighbor
Advertisements packets on behalf of the proxied node.

3-36 List of terms
NE
See “network element” on page 3-36.
NEBS
Network Equipment Building System
NET
network entity title
network element
A collection of equipment that performs some operation in routing or
transporting a telecommunications signal.
NGM
Next Generation Modulation
NIC
network interface card
NIST
national institute of standards and technology
NMS
network management system
NNI
network-to-network interface
NNS
network name server
NO
normally open
non-revertive switch
When the condition that caused a switch to protection is corrected, the traffic
remains on the protection channels until another bridge request. Traffic does
not automatically revert to its working channel.
NRD
network element release driver

List of terms 3-37
NRZ
Non-Return to Zero
NSA
non-service-affecting
NSAP
network service access point
A number used internally in a SONET/SDH communications network to

address a network element. The NSAP is a number up to forty hexadecimal
digits.
NSSA
not so stubby areas
Stub areas which receive certain link state updates from external networks.
NSAT
Nodal SLAT Assistant Tool
NTP
Network timing protocol
NVS
nonvolatile storage
Storage in which the contents are not permanently lost when power is
removed, but become available again when power is restored.
OADM
optical add/drop multiplexer
OAM
operations, administration, and maintenance
All the tasks necessary for providing, maintaining, or modifying the services
provided by a switching system.
OAM&P
operations, administration, maintenance, and provisioning
OBM
optical bandwidth manager

3-38 List of terms
OBB
Optical bridge and broadcast
OBMD
Optical broadband mux/demux
OBP
Optical Broadband Platform
OC-1
optical carrier level 1
OC-3
optical carrier level 3 (155.52 Mbit/s)
OC-12
OC-48
OC-192
optical carrier level 192 (9.6 Gbit/s)
OC-n
optical carrier level n
OCH
optical channel
OCHTXACTDISP
optical channel transmit activity display
OCI
optical channel interface
OCLD
optical channel and laser detector
OCP
optical convergence platform

List of terms 3-39
ODBR
OSPF data base reduction
ODU
optical data unit
ODU-AIS
optical channel data unit - alarm indication signal
ODU-OCI
optical channel data unit - optical channel interface
ODU-LCK
optical channel data unit - locked (channel is administratively locked)
ODU-SF
optical channel data unit - signal fail
ODUCTP
ODU connection termination point
ODUTTP
ODU trail termination point
OEL
optical Ethernet layer
OFS
out-of-frame second
OID
object identifier
OM
operational measurements
OMA
optical modulation amplitude
OMD
optical mux/demux

3-40 List of terms
OMDF
optical mux/demux filter
OMEA
optical manager element adapter
OMX
optical multiplexer
Equipment that uses a passive optical coupler to combine various

wavelengths over a single fiber-optical cable.
OOB
out of band
OOF
out of frame
An event or an alarm where the system is unable to detect a framing indication

on the optics signal. The framing indication is a specific pattern of bits that
varies depending on the traffic.
See also “LOF” on page 3-31.
OOS
out-of-service
An equipment state in which equipment is removed from service either

automatically (by the system) or manually (by personnel).
See also “IS” on page 3-27.
OOS-AU
out-of-service; autonomous (failure detected).
OOS-AUMA
out-of-service autonomous management - the entity is not able to perform its
provisioned functions and is intentionally removed from service.
OOS-MA
out-of service maintenance for provisioning memory administration
OOS-MA-ANR
out-of-service - maintenance - abnormal or partial failure detected

List of terms 3-41
OOS-MA-MT
out-of-service - management - maintenance state
operational state
The operational state of an entity (equipment or facility) is its actual state. This
state is derived from the underlying condition of the entity and cannot be
edited. See also “administrative state” on page 3-2.
OPM
optical power monitor
OPR
optical power received
OPRN
optical power received normalized
OPS
Optical protection switch
OPT
optical power transmitted
OPTMON
optical monitoring
OPTN
optical power transmitted normalized
OPU
optical channel payload unit
OPU-AIS
optical channel payload unit - alarm indication signal
OPU-PTM
optical channel payload unit - packet transfer mode
optical interface circuit pack

Any supported circuit pack that has an optical interface.
OPTN
optical power transmitted normalized

3-42 List of terms
ORL
optical return loss
OS
operations system
Software that controls the management and execution of programs.
OSA
optical spectrum analyzer
OSC
optical service channel
OSCF
OSC filter
OSI
open systems interconnection
A seven-layer reference model that defines a structured protocol suite for data
communication. A suite of communication protocols, network architectures,
and network management standards produced by the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO).
OSID
optical system identifier
OS-NE
operations system - network element interface
OSNR
optical signal to noise ratio
OSP
outside plant
OSPF
open shortest path first
OSPFv3
open shortest path first version 3

List of terms 3-43
OSRP
optical signaling and routing protocol
A protocol that defines how routers share routing information. Unlike the older
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) which transfers entire routing tables,
OSPF conserves bandwidth by transferring only routing information that has
changed since the previous transfer.
OSS
operations support system
A network management application providing record keeping tasks such as

work orders, invoicing, and trouble reports.
OST
optical system topology
OVSR
oversubscription ratio
OTDR
optical time domain reflectometry
OTM
optical transport module
OTM
optical transport module n
OTN
optical transport network
OTR
optical transponder
OTS
optical transport section
OTSC
optical transponder and service channel
OTU
optical channel transport unit

3-44 List of terms
OTU-n
optical channel transport unit n (n= 1 is 2.5Gbps ITU G.709 framing, n=2 is
10Gbps ITU G.709 framing, n=3 is 40Gbps ITU G.709 framing, and n=4 is
100G)
OTUTTP
OUT trail termination point
OVPN ID
Optical Virtual Private Network Identifier
PAP
password authentication protocol
Password authentication protocol (PAP) provides password authentication of

remote routers that call in and attempt to establish a point-to-point connection
with a POS interface.
pass-through network element

An add/drop multiplexer that does not terminate a connection.
See also “network element” on page 3-36.
path
Path layer of SONET/SDH overhead is a logical connection between a point
where an STS or VT/VC is multiplexed to the point where it is demultiplexed.
path AIS
AIS inserted into the SONET/SDH path layers (STS or VT/VC) to allow
suppression of downstream alarms in the event of traffic-affecting failure
detected at, or upstream of, the insertion point.
PBE
push button equalizer
PC
personal computer
PCS
physical coding sublayer
PDH
plesiosynchronous digital hierarchy

List of terms 3-45
PDU
protocol data unit
PEC
product engineering code
performance monitoring
Statistics which convey information about performance on a given facility.
PFBERE
post-FEC bit error rate estimate
PHY
physical
PID
password identifier
A confidential code used with several security and administration commands,

to qualify the authorized system user to access the account specified by a
user identifier (UID).
PINFET
positive-intrinsic-negative field-effect transistor
A transistor with a positive-intrinsic-negative (P intrinsic N) diode which

converts photons to electrons. This transistor exhibits low gain and is used in
less sensitive optical receivers.
PKT
packet
PLM
path label mismatch
PM
See “performance monitoring” on page 3-45.
PN
polynomial number
PNO
provisionable network operator

3-46 List of terms
POS
PPP over SONET/SDH
P-OTS
packet-optical transport system
power input card

The card in slots 17a or 17c of a 6500 shelf. The card provides the required
-48 V dc interface to power the shelf.
PPC6
6-slot passive photonics chassis
ppm
parts-per-million
PPI
plesiochronous digital hierarchy physical interface
PPP
point-to-point protocol
An Internet suite protocol used to establish IP communications between two

nodes over non-Ethernet physical interfaces (typically slow-speed serial
links).
PRFBER
pre-FEC bit error rate
protection channels
The redundant bandwidth allocated to transport the working traffic
subsequent to a bridge affecting the working channels.
protection switching (1+1)

same traffic, but one is protection and one is working. The 1+1 protection
switching scheme is non-revertive.

List of terms 3-47
provisioning
The assignment of a specific set of parameters to a network element.
Provisioning involves adding, deleting, or changing components and setting

the values of their attributes.
PRS
primary reference source
PSC
protection switch count
PSD
protection switch duration
PSP
product and service provisioning
PTE
physical telecommunications environment
PTP
physical termination point
PTQ
primary transit queue
PUPS
point-of-use power supply
PWM
pulse width modulation
QoS
quality of service
QSFP+
Enhanced quad (4-channel) small form-factor pluggable (QSFP+)
RADIUS
remote access dial-in user authentication service

3-48 List of terms
RAM
random access memory
Memory into which data can be written and from which data can be read. A
solid state memory device used for transient memory stores. Information can
be entered and retrieved from any storage position.
RDI
remote defect indicator
RDI
remote defect indicator
reach
the maximum distance a signal is carried
REI
remote error indicator
REST API
representational state transfer application programming interface
revertive switch
A 1:N protection scheme where, after a wait-to-restore (WTR) period, the
working channels that have requested protection switch back to the working
channel provided that the working channel is fully functional.
RFC
request for comment
RFI
remote fault indicator
A message sent out to the upstream network element reporting a fault on the
downstream network.
RGRP
ring group
RLE
remote line equipment
ringlet endpoint

List of terms 3-49
RMEP
remote maintenance end point
RNE
remote network element
ROADM
reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer
A message sent out to the upstream network element reporting a fault on the
downstream network.
RoHS
Restriction of Hazardous Substances
ROM
read only memory
A solid state memory device that has information permanently written into the
memory during manufacture.
route diversity
A configuration used for survivability in which the protection channel fibers
and working channel fibers are routed through different paths in order to
protect the traffic against cable cuts and equipment failures.
RPL
ring protection link
RPR
resilient packet ring
RS
regenerator section
RS-DCC
regenerator section - data communications channel
RTD
round trip delay
RTU
right to use

3-50 List of terms
RTRV-OTM
retrieve optical transport module
Rx
receive
The incoming direction of signal transmission; signals are carried to a network

element from customer equipment.
SA
service-affecting
SAM
service access module
SAN
Storage area network
SAOS
service aware operating system
SAP
service access point
SAPI
source access point identifier
SAS
spatially aware sublayer
SAT
SLAT assistant tool
SBS
stimulated Brillouin scattering
SCMD4
4 channel mux/demux
SD
signal degrade

List of terms 3-51
SDCC
section data communications channel
SDH
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
ITU-T recommendations which detail the world standards covering

synchronous transmission.
SDH-J
synchronous digital hierarchy-Japan
SDMON
spectral data monitor
SDTH
signal degrade threshold
SEC
SDH equipment clock
SEF
severely errored frame
SEFS
severely errored framing second
SES
severely errored second
A severely errored second is a second where the threshold of errors is

exceeded.
SETS
synchronization equipment timing source
SF
signal failure
superframe format
SFP
small form - factor pluggable

3-52 List of terms
SFP+
enhanced small form - factor pluggable
SFTP
secure file transfer protocol
SGL
shared group link
SHA
secure hash algorithm
shelf processor
The shelf processor is the circuit pack that houses the CPU, which is the
intelligence center of the 6500 shelves.
The shelf processor provides shelf level control, handles all shelf
communications, and runs the system software. System software resides in
the shelf processor or network nonvolatile memory.
SID
source identifier
The name assigned to a network element. Each network element must have
a SID for the user to direct commands to the network element.
Site Manager
A standalone, nodal management graphical user interface (GUI) that is
installed on a PC or UNIX workstation, and is used to operate, administer,
maintain, and provision optical networks.
SLA
service level agreement
SLAT
system lineup and testing
SLIC
submarine line idler channel
SLIP
serial line IP

List of terms 3-53
SLM
single longitudinal mode laser, or single mode laser
An injection laser diode which has a single longitudinal mode.
SLTE
submarine line terminating equipment
SM
site manager
SMC
SONET minimum clock
SMD
selective Mux/Demux
SMF
single-mode fiber
SMI
structure of management information (for SNMP) or System manager
interface
SMUX
Supermux 10 port SFP 1x10.7G DWDM circuit pack
SNC
subnetwork connection
SNCP
subnetwork connection protection
SNMP
simple network management protocol
SNTP
simple network timing protocol
SOC
span of control
The total network resources over which a particular network operator has
control.

3-54 List of terms
SOL
start of life
Initial period of the lifetime of a product.
SONET
synchronous optical network
A standard for optical transport formulated by the Exchange Carriers

Standards Association (ECSA) for the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI). The standard defines optical carrier (OC) levels and their electrically
equivalent synchronous transport signals (STS).
A fiber optic communication network that: a) consists of fiber optic data links
and nodes; b) makes use of synchronous transmission; c) operates with
internal synchronism; and d) may operate in synchronism with other networks.
SONMP
synoptics network management protocol
SOP
state of polarization.
SOR
standard OTDR record.
SP
shelf processor. See “shelf processor” on page 3-52.
SPAP
shelf processor with access panel
SPLI
service and photonic layer interoperability
SPLTA
split A path
SPLTB
split B path
SPLTE
split equipment side

List of terms 3-55
SPLTF
split facility side
SPLTEF
split equipment and facility sides
SPOTNMOTR
Integrated shelf processor and 8xOTN Flex MOTR
S/R
save/restore
SRA
single line Raman amplifier
SS
steady state
SSC
spectral shape controller
SSH
secure shell
SSM
synchronization status message
SSU
synchronization supply unit
STBYH
hot standby
STM
synchronous transport module
STM-1
synchronous transport module level 1
STM-4

3-56 List of terms
STM-16
STM-64
STM-256
STM-n
An SDH element which is n times (where n is an integer) the STM-1 rate. For
example, STM-1, STM-4, STM-16, and STM-64.
STMkJ
synchronous transport module with k and j containers
STORM
short term optical recovery mechanism
STQ
secondary transit queue
Stratum n clock
Timing sources for networks are often described in terms of stratum levels.
The different stratum clock sources define different levels of accuracy.
STU
synchronization traceability unknown
STS
synchronous transport signal
STS-1
synchronous transport signal level 1
The basic signaling rate for a synchronous optical network transmission

medium (SONET, 51.84 Mbit/s).

List of terms 3-57
STS-3c
synchronous transport signal level 3 concatenated
A SONET standard for transmission over OC-3 optical fiber at 155.52 Mbps.
An STS-3c signal consists of three concatenated STS-1 signals
STS-12c
synchronous transport signal level 12 concatenated
A SONET standard for transmission over OC-12 optical fiber at 622.08 Mbps.
An STS-12c signal consists of 12 concatenated STS-1 signals.
STS-n
synchronous transport signal level n (where n is an integer from 1 through
192)
The signal obtained by multiplexing integer multiples (n) of STS-1 signals

(base rate of 51.84 Mbit/s). The rate of the STS-n is n times 51.84 Mbit/s.
STS-1 51.84 Mbit/s

STS-3 155.52 Mbit/s
STS-12 622.08 Mbit/s
STS-48 2488.32 Mbit/s
STS-96 4976.64 Mbit/s
STS-192 9953.28 Mbit/s
STTP
SONET/SDH trail termination point
SVC
switched virtual circuit
A virtual connection that is established for the duration of a transmission.

Special signaling packets that have unique bit streams but usually contain no
data, are used to set up the connection.
See also “VC” on page 3-63.
SVID
service provider VLAN identifier
switch completion time

The interval from the decision to switch to the completion of the bridge and
switch operation at a switching node initiating the request.

3-58 List of terms
switching node
A node that either sources a bridge request or receives a bridge request. A
node that is in any of the pass-through states cannot be a switching node. A
switching node also performs any necessary squelching to prevent
misconnecting of traffic for STS-1/VC-4 or higher rate paths.
switching to protection
The action of selecting traffic (at the tail-end) from the protection channels
instead of the working channels.
SWT
wavelength translator
TAC
test access channel
tail-end
The tail-end is the optics unit or the NE where the line overhead is terminated.
When a failure occurs on a line, the tail-end NE detects the failure and
requests the bridge. For bidirectional switching, a node functions as the
head-end for the outgoing line and as the tail-end for the incoming line on the
failed span.
TAP
test access port
TARP
TID address resolution protocol
TAS
test access session
TC
time committed
TCA
threshold crossing alert
TCM
tandem connection monitoring
TCMCTP
TCM connection termination point

List of terms 3-59
TCM TTP
TCM trail termination point
TCP/IP
transmission control protocol/Internet protocol
Transmission control protocol/Internet protocol (TCP/IP) is a networking

protocol that provides communication across interconnected networks,
between computers with diverse hardware architectures and various
operating systems.
tCTP
terminated connection termination point
TDM
transmit dispersion penalty
TDP
header error control
TE
time excessed
Test-PING
a network check tool to test IPv4/IPv6 connectivity on network
TIA
Telecommunications Industry Association
TE
terminal equipment
time excess
TG
telemetry gain
TID
target identifier
The TID is a non-confidential code to identify the network element being

addressed.

3-60 List of terms
TIDc
target identifier consolidation
TIM
trace identifier mismatch
TL1
Transaction Language 1
TLV
type, length, and value
TM
termination module
TMUX
Trans Mux
TNE
tunnel endpoint
TNS
tunnel segment
TNWT
tunable wavelength translator
TOADM
Thin optical add/drop multiplexer
TOD
time of day
TODR
time of day reversion
TP
termination point
TPE
transparent payload envelope

List of terms 3-61
TR
transmit/receive
Traceroute
a network check tool to trace IPv4/IPv6 destination on the network
transport
The action of conveying signals from one point to one or more other points in
the network.
TSA
time slot assignment
TSDU
transport service data unit
TSGEN
test signal generator
TSI
time slot interchange
TSMON
test signal monitor
TSTF
test failed
TTI
trail trace identifier
TTL
time to live
TT-OPS
transponder triggered OPS
TTP
trail termination point
TTS
Transceiver Triggered Switch

3-62 List of terms
TWDP
transmitter waveform distortion penalty
Tx
transmit
The outgoing direction of signal transmission; signals are carried from a

network element to customer premises equipment.
UAS
unavailable seconds
The number of one-second intervals for which the line/multiplex section or

path is not available.
UDP
user datagram protocol
UFEC
ultra forward error correction
UID
user identifier
The user identifier (UID) is used with several security and administration
commands. It is essential to have a UID in order to activate a user login
session.
ULH OCLD
Ultra Long Haul OCLD
UNEQ
unequipped
UNI
user-network interface
Uni-ASNCP
unidirectional arbitrary subnetwork connection protection
UOCLD
Ultra Long Haul Optical Channel and Laser Detector

List of terms 3-63
UOSC
uni optical service channel
unidirectional switching
A switching scheme in which only the failed direction of traffic switches to
protection.
UPC
user privilege code
The network element supports five user security levels called user privilege
codes (UPC). The lowest security of the UPC is 1 and the highest is 5. The
five UPC security levels provide varying level of access for task execution.
UPSR
unidirectional path-switched ring
In the UPSR, the ring consists of two fibers on each span, transmitting traffic
in opposite directions, between adjacent nodes. Traffic entering the ring at any
node is transmitted in both directions around the ring until it reaches its exit
point. Each node on the ring is line terminating, such that the connection
across the ring is a path layer connection. At the exit point, the path layer
integrity information is examined for each of the two signals to select the best
quality signal. All of the selectors default to a particular direction, such that
under normal conditions, all traffic is routed around the ring in the same
direction.
URL
uniform resource locator
USM
user-based security model
VC
virtual circuit
VC-4
virtual circuit 4

3-64 List of terms
VCAT
virtual concatenation
A facility provided by the network for transferring data between a logical

channel from the calling DTE and a logical channel to the called DTE, and
which emulates facilities provided by a physical connection. It is established
only for the duration of the call, and it may share a physical circuit with other
virtual circuits.
virtual container
Element of the SDH built up from a container plus path overhead information.
VCDPID
virtual circuit datapath identifier
VCE
virtual circuit endpoint
VCID
virtual circuit segment identifier
VCP
virtual connection point
VCS
virtual circuit segment
VCSEL
vertical-cavity surface-emitting laser
VDC
volts direct current
VEP
virtual end point
VID
VLAN identifier
VLAN
virtual local area network

List of terms 3-65
VLSR
virtual line switched ring
VOA
variable optical attenuator
A device that prevents overloading the optical receiver.
VT
virtual tributary
WAN
wide area network
WDM
wavelength-division multiplexing
WL3e
WaveLogic 3 Extreme
WL3n
WaveLogic 3 Nano
working channels
The channels over which working traffic is transported when there are no
switch events. An APS system performs restoration for the working channels
only.
WRKG
working
WRKRX
working in the receive direction
WRKTX
working in the transmit directions
WSS
wavelength selective switch
WSSOPM
wavelength selective switch with optical power monitor

3-66 List of terms
WT
wavelength translator
XC
cross-connect
XCON
cross-connect
XCIF
cross connect interface
XCVR
transceiver
XFP
large-form factor pluggable
XLA
switchable line amplifier
ZPT
zero pass through
ZUI
zoomable user interface

4-1
List of 6500 shelves, circuit packs,

panels, and modules 4-
Shelves, circuit packs, and modules names used in 6500

documentation
The following tables provide the long and short names of shelves, circuit
packs, and modules used in 6500 documentation.
• Table 4-1, “6500 shelves series” on page 4-2
• Table 4-2, “Shelf processor circuit packs and access panels (non_T-Series
shelves)” on page 4-3
• Table 4-3, “Cross-connect circuit packs” on page 4-3
• Table 4-4, “Breaker/fuse interface panels” on page 4-4
• Table 4-5, “Power Input Cards” on page 4-5
• Table 4-6, “Maintenance Interface Cards” on page 4-6
• Table 4-7, “Optical Protection Switch circuit packs” on page 4-6
• Table 4-8, “Electrical circuit packs” on page 4-6
• Table 4-9, “DSM modules” on page 4-7
• Table 4-10, “OC-n/STM-n circuit packs” on page 4-7
• Table 4-11, “40G and submarine circuit packs” on page 4-9
• Table 4-12, “100G circuit packs” on page 4-10
• Table 4-13, “OTSC and OTR circuit packs” on page 4-13
• Table 4-14, “OTN MOTR circuit packs” on page 4-14
• Table 4-15, “SuperMux circuit packs” on page 4-14
• Table 4-16, “NGM WT circuit packs” on page 4-14
• Table 4-17, “OTN Flex MOTR circuit packs” on page 4-15
• Table 4-18, “Photonic equipment” on page 4-15
• Table 4-19, “Data and Layer 2 circuit packs” on page 4-20

4-2 List of 6500 shelves, circuit packs, panels, and modules
• Table 4-20, “OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs” on page
4-20
6500 shelves
The following table provides the names and the type of shelves in 6500
documentation.
Table 4-1
6500 shelves series
PEC Long name Short name Shelf series

(D, S or T)
NTK503MAE5 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP 2-slot shelf or D-Series
(DC-powered) shelf assembly 6500-D2
NTK503NAE5 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP 2-slot shelf or D-Series
(AC-powered) shelf assembly 6500-D2
NTK503LA 6500 2-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly 2-slot shelf or D-Series
6500-D2
NTK503PAE5 6500 7-slot optical shelf assembly 7-slot shelf or D-Series

6500-D7
NTK503KA 6500 7-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly 7-slot shelf or D-Series
6500-D7
NTK503RA 6500-7 packet-optical shelf assembly 6500-7 S-Series

packet-optical
shelf or
6500-S8
NTK503ADE5 6500 14-slot converged optical shelf assembly 14-slot shelf or D-Series
6500-D14
NTK503BDE5 6500 14-slot converged optical/front electrical shelf 14-slot shelf or D-Series
assembly 6500-D14
NTK503CDE5 6500 14-slot converged optical/rear electrical shelf 14-slot shelf or D-Series
assembly 6500-D14
NTK503SA 6500 14-slot packet-optical shelf assembly 14-slot shelf or S-Series

6500-S14
NTK603AAE5 6500 32-slot packet-optical shelf assembly 32-slot shelf or S-Series

6500-S32
NTK603AB 6500 32-slot packet-optical shelf assembly 32-slot shelf or S-Series

6500-S32

Shelf processor circuit packs and access panels

The following table provides the long and short names of shelf processor
circuit packs and access panels in 6500 documentation. See Common
Equipment, 323-1851-102.1, for details
.
Table 4-2
Shelf processor circuit packs and access panels (non_T-Series shelves)
PEC Long name Short name
NTK555AAE5 Shelf processor (SP) SP

NTK555ABE5
NTK555CAE5 Shelf processor (SP-2) SP-2

NTK555EAE5
NTK555FAE5 Shelf processor (SP-2 Dual CPU) SP-2 Dual CPU
NTK555LA Shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP) SPAP
NTK555NA Shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP-2) w/2xOSC 2xSFP SPAP-2 w/2xOSC
2xSFP
NTK505JA Access Panel for 6500-7 packet-optical shelf Access panel (AP)
NTK505PAE5 Access panel for 7-slot shelf assembly Access panel (AP)
NTK505LA Access panel (SDH) Access panel (AP)
NTK505KA Access panel (SDH-J) Access panel (AP)
NTK505MA Access panel (SONET/J-SDH) Access panel (AP)
NTK605MAE5 Access panel for 32-slot shelf assembly Access panel (AP)
NTK505MBE5 Access panel with connections for eight external slots Access panel (AP)
(SONET)
Cross-connect circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of cross-connect circuit
packs in 6500 documentation. See Common Equipment, 323-1851-102.1, for
details.
Table 4-3
Cross-connect circuit packs
NTK557AAE5 X-Conn 80G STS-1/VC-3 (80/0) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557BAE5 X-Conn 160G+ STS-1/VC-3 (160/0) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557NAE5 X-Conn 80G/80G VT-1.5/VC-12 (80/80) Cross-connect (XC)

Table 4-3
Cross-connect circuit packs (continued)
NTK557PAE5 X-Conn 80G/20G VT-1.5/VC-12 (80/20) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557QAE5 X-Conn 20G/20G VT-1.5/VC-12 (20/20) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557TBE5 MXC 20G/20G VT1.5/VC-12 5xSFP Multiservice

cross-connect (MXC)
NTK557EAE5 X-Conn 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557GAE5 X-Conn 240G+/80G VT1.5/VC-12 (240/80) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557ES X-Conn 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557GS X-Conn 240G+/80G VT1.5/VC-12 (240/80) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK615AA X-Conn 600G PKT/OTN Cross-connect (XC)
NTK610BBE5 X-Conn 640G+ STS-1/VC-3 (640/0) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK615BA X-Conn 1200G PKT/OTN Type 2 circuit pack Cross-connect (XC)
NTK616AA X-Conn 1600G PKT/OTN Cross-connect (XC)
NTK616BA X-Conn 3200G PKT/OTN Type 2 circuit pack Cross-connect (XC)
Breaker/fuse interface panels

The following table provides the long and short names of Breaker/fuse
interface panels in 6500 documentation. See Common Equipment,
323-1851-102.1, for details.
Table 4-4
Breaker/fuse interface panels
NTK599AA Breaker interface panel BIP

NTK599BA
NTK599BGE5
NTK599BH
NTK599BK
NTK599DA/EA Breaker/fuse interface panel BIP/FIP
NTN458RA DS1 module breaker interface panel DSM BIP

Power Input Cards

The following table provides the long and short names of Power Input Cards
in 6500 documentation. See Common Equipment, 323-1851-102.1, for
details.
Table 4-5
Power Input Cards
NTK505AA 40A Power Input Card (breakered) - 3-Wire D-Sub Input Power Input Card
NTK505BA 40A Power Input Card (breakerless) - 3-Wire D-Sub Input Power Input Card
NTK505CE 40A Power Input Card (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input Power Input Card
NTK505DE 40A Power Input Card (breakerless) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input Power Input Card
NTK505CC 50A Power Input Card (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input Power Input Card
NTK505EEE5 Fused Power Input Card - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 40A Power Input Card
NTK505EC Fused Power Input Card - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 50A Power Input Card
NTK505CAE5 60A Power Input Card (breakered) Power Input Card
NTK505DAE5 60A Power Input Card (breakerless) Power Input Card
NTK505DS 2x50A Power Input Card (breakerless) Power Input Card
NTK505EAE5 Fused Power Input Card - Max 60A Power Input Card
NTK505QA Power Input Card Type 2 (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 50A Power Input Card
NTK505QE Power Input Card Type 2 (fused) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 50A Power Input Card
NTK505RA AC Power Input Card Type 2 (100 - 240 Vac) Power Input Card
NTK605CAE5 3x60A Power Input Card (breakered) Power Input Card
NTK605EAE5 3x60A Power Input Card (fused) Power Input Card
NTK605FA 3x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (breakered) Power Input Card
NTK605FE 3x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (fused) Power Input Card
NTK605GA 4x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (breakered) Power Input Card
NTK605GE 4x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (fused) Power Input Card
NTK505TA Power Input Card (breakerless) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 10A Power Input Card
NTK505TR 24 Vdc Power Input Card (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input Power Input Card
NTK505SB AC Power Input Card (100 - 240 Vac) Power Input Card

Maintenance Interface Cards

The following table provides the long and short names of Maintenance
Interface Cards in 6500 documentation. See Common Equipment,
323-1851-102.1, for details.
Table 4-6
Maintenance Interface Cards
NTK505FAE5 Maintenance interface card MIC

NTK505FBE5
Optical Protection Switch circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of Optical Protection
Switch circuit packs in 6500 documentation. See Common Equipment,
323-1851-102.1, for details.
Table 4-7
Optical Protection Switch circuit packs
PEC Circuit pack long name Circuit pack short

name
NTK554TA 4xOptical Protection Switch (4xOPS C-Band 1xOPSM2) 4xOPS
NTK576AA 2xOptical Protection Switch Module (OPSM2 C-Band) OPSM2
Electrical circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of electrical circuit
packs in 6500 documentation. See Electrical Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.2,
for details.
Table 4-8
Electrical circuit packs
NTK541BAE5 63xE1 working 63xE1
NTK541PAE5 63xE1 protection 63xE1
NTK543NAE5 24xDS3/EC-1 working 24xDS3/EC-1
NTK544NAE5 24xDS3/EC-1 protection 24xDS3/EC-1
NTK543CAE5 24xDS3/E3 working 24xDS3/E3
NTK544CAE5 24xDS3/E3 protection 24xDS3/E3

Table 4-8
Electrical circuit packs (continued)
NTK546CAE5 16xSTM-1e working 16xSTM-1e
NTK546NAE5 16xSTM-1e protection 16xSTM-1e
NTK558DAE5 48 Channel Trans Mux (Portless) TMUX
DSM modules
The following table provides the long and short names of DSM modules in
6500 documentation. See Electrical Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.2, for
details.
Table 4-9
DSM modules
NTN313AA DSM 84xDS1 termination module (TM) DSM
NTN313AC DSM 84xDS1 termination module (TM) DSM
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of OC-n/STM-n circuit
packs in 6500 documentation. See OC-n/STM-n Circuit Packs,
323-1851-102.3, for details.
Table 4-10
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs
NTK523DAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO IR2/S64.2 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK523BAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO SR1/I64.1 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK523FAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO LR2/L64.2 1xOC-192/STM-64

NTK523FBE5
NTK524DAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO IR2/S64.2 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK524BAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO SR1/I64.1 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK524FAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO LR2/L64.2 1xOC-192/STM-64

NTK524FBE5
NTK526xxE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO DWDM 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK527xxE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO DWDM 1xOC-192/STM-64

Table 4-10
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs (continued)
NTK526JAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO DWDM C-Band AM1/AM2 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK526JBE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO DWDM L-Band 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK527JAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO DWDM C-Band AM1/AM2 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK527JB 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO DWDM L-Band 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK516BAE5 2xOC-48/STM-16 STS-1/HO SFP circuit pack 2xOC-48/STM-16
NTK517BAE5 2xOC-48/STM-16 VT1.5/LO SFP circuit pack 2xOC-48/STM-16
NTK519BAE5 2xOC-48/STM-16 STS-1/HO DPO circuit pack 2xOC-48/STM-16
NTK520BAE5 2xOC-48/STM-16 VT1.5/LO DPO circuit pack 2xOC-48/STM-16
NTK513DAE5 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 VT1.5/LO SFP 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4
NTK513MAE5 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 STS-1/HO SFP 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4
NTK512FAE5 16xOC-n/STM-n 5G STS-1/HO SFP 16xOC-n/STM-n 5G
NTK513FAE5 16xOC-n/STM-n 5G VT1.5/LO SFP 16xOC-n/STM-n 5G
NTK512GAE5 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G STS-1/HO SFP 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G
NTK513GAE5 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G VT1.5/LO SFP 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G
NTK521CAE5 OC-n/STM-n 20G STS-1/VC-3 2x XFP/8x SFP (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n

STS-1/VC-3 20G
NTK521DAE5 OC-n/STM-n OTN 20G STS-1/VC-3 2x XFP/8x SFP (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n

STS-1/VC-3 OTN
20G
NTK522CAE5 OC-n/STM-n 20G VT-1.5/LO 2x XFP/8x SFP (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n

LO 20G
NTK522DAE5 OC-n/STM-n OTN 20G VT-1.5/LO 2x XFP/8x SFP (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n

LO OTN 20G
NTK511AA 8xOC-n/STM-n 5G VT1.5/LO SFP 8xOC-n/STM-n

40G and submarine circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of 40G and submarine
circuit packs in 6500 documentation. See 40G, 100G, OSIC, ISS, and SLIC10
Circuit Packs and 200G Services, 323-1851-102.4, for details.
Table 4-11
40G and submarine circuit packs
40G OCLD
NTK539PAE5 eDC40G OCLD Enh PMD Comp 1xOTU3+ DWDM C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539PBE5 eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539PCE5 eDC40G OCLD Regional 1xOTU3+ DWDM C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539PDE5 eDC40G OCLD Metro 1xOTU3+ DWDM C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539PEE5 eDC40G OCLD Submarine 1xOTU3+ DWDM C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539PFE5 eDC40G OCLD MetroHSRx 1xOTU3+ DWDM C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539PUE5 eDC40G OCLD MetroHSRx 1xOTU3+ DWDM L-Band 40G OCLD L-Band
NTK539RAE5 eDC40G OCLD Enh PMD Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ Wavelength-Selective

C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539RBE5 eDC40G OCLD Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band Wavelength-Selective

40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539RCE5 eDC40G OCLD Regional Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ Wavelength-Selective

NTK539RDE5 eDC40G OCLD Metro Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ Wavelength-Selective

NTK539REE5 eDC40G OCLD Submarine Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ Wavelength-Selective

40G OCI circuit packs
NTK529SAE5 40G OCI 1xOC-768/STM-256 40G OCI
NTK529SDE5 40G OCI 1xOC-768/STM-256/OTU3 40/43G OCI
NTK529SJE5 40G OCI Multi-Protocol 1xCFP 40G+ CFP OCI
40G MUX OCI circuit packs
NTK525CAE5 4x10G MUX 4x10-11.1G XFP 40G MUX OCI

NTK525CFE5

Table 4-11
40G and submarine circuit packs (continued)
40G XCIF circuit pack
NTK525FAE5 XC I/F 40G STS-1/HO 40G XCIF
40G UOCLD circuit packs
NTK539XAE5 eDC40G OCLD ULH C-Band 1xOTU3+ DWDM 40G UOCLD
NTK539XEE5 eDC40G OCLD ULH Submarine C-Band 1xOTU3+ DWDM 40G UOCLD
OSIC circuit pack
NTK528XAE5 Optical Supervisory and Idler Channel OSIC
Submarine circuit packs
NTK554HA Submarine Line Idler 10 Channel (SLIC10 C-Band) SLIC10
NTK554HC Submarine Line Idler 10 Channel (SLIC10 Flex C-Band) SLIC10 Flex
NTK528YA Inline Submarine Supervisory (ISS C-Band) ISS C-Band
100G circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of 100G circuit packs
in 6500 documentation. See 40CG, 100G, OSIC, ISS, and SLIC10 Circuit
Packs and 200G Services, 323-1851-102.4, for details.
Table 4-12
100G circuit packs
100G (eDC100G) OCLD circuit packs
NTK539TAE5 eDC100G OCLD Enh PMD C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM 100G OCLD
NTK539TBE5 eDC100G OCLD C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM 100G OCLD
NTK539TCE5 eDC100G OCLD Regional C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM 100G OCLD
NTK539TDE5 eDC100G OCLD Metro C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM 100G OCLD
NTK539TEE5 eDC100G OCLD Submarine C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM 100G OCLD
NTK539TJE5 eDC100G OCLD Enh PMD Extended Reach C-Band 100G OCLD
1xOTU4 DWDM
100G WaveLogic 3 (WL3/WL3e) OCLD circuit packs
NTK539UA 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Enh PMD with EDFA 1xOTU4 100G WL3 OCLD
C-Band

Table 4-12
100G circuit packs (continued)
NTK539UB 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 100G WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539UC 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Regional with EDFA 1xOTU4 100G WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539UD 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Metro with EDFA 1xOTU4 100G WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539UE 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 100G WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539UH 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium Long Haul with EDFA 100G WL3 OCLD
1xOTU4 C-Band
NTK539UJ 100G WaveLogic 3e OCLD Premium with EDFA 1xOTU4 100G WL3e OCLD
C-Band
NTK539UN 100G WaveLogic 3e OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 100G WL3e OCLD
C-Band
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 (WL3) OCLD and Flex2 WaveLogic 3 Extreme (WL3e) OCLD circuit packs
NTK539BB Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 Flex2 WL3/WL3e
C-Band OCLD
NTK539BE Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 Flex2 WL3/WL3e
C-Band OCLD
NTK539BH Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium Long Haul with EDFA Flex2 WL3/WL3e
1xOTU4 C-Band OCLD
NTK539BN Flex2 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 Flex2 WL3e OCLD
See Note C-Band
Flex3 WaveLogic 3 Extreme (WL3e) OCLD circuit packs
NTK539QJ Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Premium with EDFA NxOTU4 Flex3 WL3e OCLD
C-Band
NTK539QK Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Enhanced with EDFA NxOTU4 Flex3 WL3e OCLD
C-Band
NTK539QL Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Standard with EDFA NxOTU4 Flex3 WL3e OCLD
C-Band
NTK539QM Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Basic with EDFA NxOTU4 Flex3 WL3e OCLD
C-Band
NTK539QN Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Submarine with EDFA Flex3 WL3e OCLD
See Note NxOTU4 C-Band

Table 4-12
NTK539QS Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Encryption Premium with Flex3 WL3e OCLD
EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band circuit pack
NTK539QV Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Encryption Basic with EDFA Flex3 WL3e OCLD
NxOTU4 C-Band circuit pack
Flex4 WaveLogic 3 Extreme (WL3e) OCLD circuit packs
NTK539FJ Flex4 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Premium w/ EDFA NxOTU4 Flex4 WL3e OCLD
C-Band
NTK539FN Flex4 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Submarine w/ EDFA NxOTU4 Flex4 WL3e OCLD
C-Band
100G WaveLogic 3 Extreme (WL3e) OTR circuit packs
NTK538UJ 100G OTR WaveLogic 3e Premium C-band LR4 Multirate 100G WL3e OTR
NTK538UK 100G OTR WaveLogic 3e Enhanced C-band LR4 Multirate 100G WL3e OTR
NTK538UL 100G OTR WaveLogic 3e Standard C-band LR4 Multirate 100G WL3e OTR
NTK538UM 100G OTR WaveLogic 3e Basic C-band LR4 Multirate 100G WL3e OTR
NTK538UN 100G OTR WaveLogic 3e Submarine C-band LR4 100G WL3e OTR
See Note Multirate
100G WaveLogic 3 Nano (WL3n) MOTR circuit packs
NTK538BK 100G MOTR WaveLogic 3n Enhanced C-Band 10xSFP+ 100G WL3n MOTR
NTK538BL 100G MOTR WaveLogic 3n Standard C-Band 10xSFP+ 100G WL3n MOTR
NTK538BM 100G MOTR WaveLogic 3n Basic C-Band 10xSFP+ 100G WL3n MOTR
NTK538BJ 100G MOTR WaveLogic 3n Extended C-Band 10xSFP+ 100G WL3n MOTR
circuit pack
100G WaveLogic 3 Nano (WL3n) OTR circuit packs
NTK538EJ 100G OTR WaveLogic 3n Extended C-Band 1xQSFP28 100G WL3n OTR
NTK538EK 100G OTR WaveLogic 3n Enhanced C-Band 1xQSFP28 100G WL3n OTR
NTK538EL 100G OTR WaveLogic 3n Standard C-Band 1xQSFP28 100G WL3n OTR
NTK538EM 100G OTR WaveLogic 3n Basic C-Band 1xQSFP28 100G WL3n OTR
100G OCI circuit packs
NTK529AAE5 100G OCI 100GE 1xCFP 100GE OCI
NTK529AC 100G OCI Multi-Protocol 1xCFP 100G OCI

Table 4-12
100G MUX circuit packs
NTK529BAE5 10x10G MUX 10GE 10xSFP+ 10x10GE MUX
NTK529BBE5 10x10G MUX Multi-Protocol 10xXFP10x10G MUX 10x10G MUX
NTK529EA 100G MUX Multi-Protocol 2xQSFP+/2xSFP+ 100G (2xQSFP+/

2xSFP+) MUX
200G MUX circuit pack
NTK529HA 200G MUX 2x100G/5x40G QSFP28/QSFP+ 200G (2x100G/

5x40G) MUX
100G PKT/OTN circuit packs
NTK665AA PKT/OTN XC I/F 100G 100G PKT/OTN XCIF
NTK665AB PKT/OTN XC I/F 100G circuit pack 100G PKT/OTN XCIF
NTK667AA PKT/OTN I/F 100G 10xXFP 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F
NTK667AB PKT/OTN I/F 100G 10xXFP circuit pack 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F
Note: Supported in software release 10.11 and up.
OTSC and OTR circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of OTSC and OTR
circuit packs in 6500 documentation. See Broadband, SuperMux, and OTN
FLEX MOTR Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.5, for details.
Table 4-13
OTSC and OTR circuit packs
NTK530MAE5 10G OTR 1x10G XFP 1x10-11.1G DWDM 10G OTR
NTK528AAE5 10G OTSC 1x10G XFP 1x10-11.3G DWDM 10G OTSC
NTK530PAE5 2x10G OTR 4x10-11.3G XFP 2x10G OTR
NTK530PGE5 2x10G OTR 4x XFP 2x10G OTR

NTK530PME5
NTK530QA 4x10G OTR 4xXFP/4xSFP+ 4x10G OTR
NTK530QM 4x10G OTR 8xXFP 4x10G OTR
NTK530QE 4x10G OTR w/Encryption 4xXFP/4xSFP+ 4x10G OTR

OTN MOTR circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of OTN MOTR circuit
packs in 6500 documentation. See Broadband, SuperMux, and OTN FLEX
MOTR Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.5, for details.
Table 4-14
OTN MOTR circuit packs
NTK530NAE5 OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP 2.5G MOTR

NTK530NCE5
SuperMux circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of SuperMux circuit
Table 4-15
SuperMux circuit packs
NTK535EAE5 SuperMux 10x SFP 10G DWDM SuperMux with

NTK535EBE5 integrated DWDM
NTK535FAE5 SuperMux 24 Port I/O 1x XFP/10x SFP (SuperMux 1x XFP/ SuperMux with XFP
10x SFP)
NGM WT circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of NGM WT circuit
Table 4-16
NGM WT circuit packs
NTK530AAE5 NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G DWDM 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT

NTK530BAE5
NTK530CAE5
NTK530ABE5 NGM WT 1x10GE LAN 1x11.1G DWDM 10GEL WT

NTK530BBE5
NTK530CBE5
NTK530ACE5 NGM WT 1xOTU2 1x10.7G DWDM 10G OTU2 WT

NTK530BCE5
NTK530CCE5

OTN Flex MOTR circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of OTN Flex MOTR
circuit packs in 6500 documentation. See Broadband, SuperMux, and OTN
FLEX MOTR Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.5, for details.
Table 4-17
OTN Flex MOTR circuit packs
NTK532BAE5 OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP 8xOTN Flex MOTR
NTK532DA OTN Flex MOTR 1xXFP/8xSFP (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR

NTK532DE
Photonics equipment
The following table provides the long and short names of Photonic equipment
in 6500 documentation. See Photonics Equipment, 323-1851-102.6, for
details.
Table 4-18
Photonic equipment
Circuit packs
NTK554BAE5 Optical Service Channel (OSC) w/WSC 2 Port SFP 2 Port 2xOSC
10/100BT
NTK552AAE5 Single Line Amplifier (SLA C-Band) SLA
NTK552AB Fixed Gain Amplifier (FGA C-Band) FGA
NTK552BAE5 Midstage Line Amplifier (MLA C-Band) MLA C-Band
NTK552BL Midstage Line Amplifier (MLA L-Band) MLA L-Band
NTK552FAE5 Midstage Line Amplifier 2 (MLA2 C-Band) MLA2
NTK552FB Midstage Line Amplifier 2 (MLA2 C-Band) with variable MLA2 w/VOA
optical attenuator (VOA)
NTK552GAE5 Midstage Line Amplifier 3 (MLA3 C-Band) MLA3
NTK552DAE5 Line Interface Module (LIM C-Band) LIM C-Band
NTK552DL Line Interface Module (LIM L-Band) LIM L-Band
NTK552JA Single Line Raman Amplifier (SRA C-Band) w/Optical SRA

Service Channel (OSC) 1xSFP 10/100 BT WSC
NTK552KA Switchable Line Amplifier (XLA C-Band) XLA

Table 4-18
Photonic equipment (continued)
NTK552JN Service Access Module (SAM C-Band) w/Optical Service SAM

Channel (OSC) 1xSFP 10/100 BT WSC
NTK552JT Enhanced Service Access Module (ESAM C-Band) w/ ESAM

Optical Service Channel (OSC) 1xSFP 10/100 BT WSC
NTK553EAE5 Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM WSS 100 GHz w/OPM
C-Band 5x1 5x1
NTK553JAE5 Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM WSS 100 GHz w/OPM
NTK553JB C-Band 2x1 2x1
NTK553HA Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM WSS 100 GHz w/OPM
C-Band 4x1 4x1
NTK553FAE5 Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 50 GHz w/OPM WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1
C-Band 9x1(triple slot-wide variant)
NTK553FC Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 50 GHz w/OPM WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1
C-Band 9x1(double slot-wide variant)
NTK553LA Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) Flex C-Band w/OPM WSS Flex C-Band w/
9x1(double slot-wide variant) OPM 9x1
NTK553LB Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) Flex C-Band w/OPM WSS Flex C-Band w/
9x1 circuit pack OPM 9x1
NTK553KAE5 Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 50 GHz w/OPM WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1
NTK553KCE5 C-Band 2x1
NTK553MA Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) Flex C-Band w/OPM WSS Flex C-Band w/
20x1 OPM 20x1
NTK553PAE5 Optical Power Monitor (OPM C-Band) 2 Port 2-Port OPM
NTK553PB Optical Power Monitor (OPM Flex C-band) 2-Port 2-Port OPM Flex C-Band
NTK508AAE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 1)
NTK508ABE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 2)
NTK508ACE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 3)
NTK508ADE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 4)
NTK508AEE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 5)

Table 4-18
NTK508AFE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 6)
NTK508AGE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 7)
NTK508AHE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 8)
NTK508AJE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 9)
NTK553GAE5 Selective Mux/Demux (SMD) 50 GHz C-Band 8x1 circuit SMD 50 GHz 8x1
pack
NTK553GB Selective Mux/Demux (SMD) Flex C-Band 8x1 circuit pack SMD Flex 8x1
NTK508FAE5 12 Channel Colorless Mux/Demux (CCMD12 C-Band) CCMD12
NTK508HA 8-Degree 16-Channel Colorless Mux/Demux (CCMD8x16 CCMD8x16

C-Band 1xCXM)
Modules
NT0H32AE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 1 OMX
NT0H32BE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 2 OMX
NT0H32CE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 3 OMX
NT0H32DE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 4 OMX
NT0H32AF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 1 OMX
NT0H32BF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 2 OMX
NT0H32CF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 3 OMX
NT0H32DF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 4 OMX
NT0H32EE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 5 OMX
NT0H32FE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 6 OMX
NT0H32GE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 7 OMX
NT0H32HE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 8 OMX
NT0H32EF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 5 OMX
NT0H32FF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 6 OMX
NT0H32GF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 7 OMX

Table 4-18
NT0H32HF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 8 OMX
NT0H32AGE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 1 Odd OMX
NT0H32AHE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 1 Even OMX
NT0H32BGE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 2 Odd OMX
NT0H32BHE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 2 Even OMX
NT0H32CGE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 3 Odd OMX
NT0H32CHE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 3 Even OMX
NT0H32DGE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 4 Odd OMX
NT0H32DHE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 4 Even OMX
NT0H32JA OMX 16CH DWDM C-band OMX
NT0H32JBE5 OMX 16CH DWDM C-band 100GHz, Band 1 and Band 2 OMX
NT0H32JCE5 OMX 16CH DWDM C-band 100GHz, Band 3 and Band 4 OMX
NT0H32KA OMX 16CH DWDM L-band OMX
NTT862AAE5 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 100 GHz C-Band CMD44 100 GHz
module
NTT862FAE5 Enhanced 44 Channel Mux/Demux (eCMD44) 100 GHz Enhanced CMD44 100
C-Band module GHz
NTT862GA 10 Group Mux/Demux (GMD10) C-Band module GMD10
NTT862BAE5 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Blue) CMD44 50 GHz (Blue)
module
NTT862BBE5 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Red) CMD44 50 GHz (Red)
module
NTT862BCE5 Enhanced 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz Enhanced CMD44 50

C-Band (Blue) module GHz (Blue)
NTT862BDE5 Enhanced 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz Enhanced CMD44 50

C-Band (Red) module GHz (Red)
NTT862EA 96 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD96) 50 GHz C-Band module CMD96
NTK504AAE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module Group 1)

Table 4-18
NTK504ABE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 2)
NTK504ACE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 3)
NTK504ADE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 4)
NTK504AEE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 5)
NTK504AFE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 6)
NTK504AGE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 7)
NTK504AHE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 8)
NTK504AJE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 9)
NTT862DAE5 Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 module BMD2
NTT862DCE5 Upgrade Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 (UBMD2) module UBMD2
NTT862DDE5 Monitor Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 (MBMD2) module MBMD2
NTK504BA Optical Service Channel (OSC) Filter (1516.9 nm) module OSC Filter
(1516.9 nm)
NTK504CA Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 1 FIM Type 1
NTK504CB Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 2 FIM Type 2
NTK504CD Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 4 FIM Type 4
NTK504CE Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 5 FIM Type 5
NTK504CF Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 6 FIM Type 6
NTK576BA CCMD8x16 C-Band Expansion Module CXM C-Band Type 1

Data and Layer 2 circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of Data and Layer 2
circuit packs in 6500 documentation. See Data and Layer 2 Circuit Packs,
323-1851-102.7, for details.
Table 4-19
Data and Layer 2 circuit packs
NTK535LAE5 4xGE EPL GE

NTK535LBE5
NTK533AAE5 1x10GE EPL 10GE
NTK548BAE5 24x10/100BT EPL 24x10/100BT EPL
NTK548MAE5 24x10/100BT EPL with 8xSFP 24x10/100BT EPL
NTK531YAE5 Flex MOTR 8xSFP, 2xXFP FLEX MOTR
NTK531BAE5 L2SS VT1.5/LO 4xGE L2SS
NTK531MAE5 L2SS DS1/E1/DS3/E3 4xGE PDH gateway
NTK531HAE5 20G L2SS 16 Port I/O 2xXFP / 8xSFP 20G L2SS
NTK531VAE5 L2 MOTR 2xXFP/10xSFP circuit pack L2 MOTR
NTK536AA eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ eMOTR
NTK536AB eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ eMOTR
NTK536FA eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP eMOTR
NTK536FB eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP eMOTR
NTK534BAE5 RPR 10G STS-1/HO 4xGE RPR
OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and
PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs in 6500 documentation. See OTN I/F, PKT I/F and
PKT/OTN I/F Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.8, for details.
Table 4-20
OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs
NTK620AA OTN XC I/F 40G 40G OTN XCIF
NTK665AA PKT/OTN XC I/F 100G 100G PKT/OTN XCIF
NTK622AA OTN I/F Flex 16xSFP 16xFLEX OTN I/F

Table 4-20
OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs (continued)
NTK667AA PKT/OTN I/F 100G 10xXFP 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F
NTK668AB PKT/OTN I/F 100G/2x40G 1xCFP2/2xQSFP+ circuit 100G/2x40G PKT/OTN

pack I/F
NTK669AJ PKT/OTN I/F 100G WaveLogic 3n Extended C-Band 100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F
circuit pack
NTK669AK PKT/OTN I/F 100G WaveLogic 3n Enhanced C-Band 100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F
circuit pack
NTK669AL PKT/OTN I/F 100G WaveLogic 3n Standard C-Band 100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F
circuit pack
NTK669AM PKT/OTN I/F 100G WaveLogic 3n Basic C-Band 100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F
circuit pack


5-1
Master index 5-
The master index guides the user of the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500)
documentation to find information on a particular topic.
Sample index entry

If you are searching the index for information on performance monitoring (PM)
alarms, look for the following index entry:
Example
Level 1 entry: performance monitoring
Level 2 entry: alarms
Level 3 entry: clearing
The master index lists this information in alphabetical order. It also lists some
terms under the abbreviation of that term. Each topic is referenced at the page
level in each document.
You can find the topic lamp test listed as the level one heading under the topic
letter L, followed by the alphabetical listing of any associated level two or three
headings. Then, you select one of the references and use the alphanumeric
code to find out which technical publication contains the information you need.
In the following example, the index lists the information you need on lamp test,
in the following format:
lamp test
performing
from MIC 543 3-22
from Site Manager 310 2-4
The following technical publications provide the required information:

• 543: Fault Management - Alarm Clearing, 323-1851-543, Chapter 3,
page 22
• 310: Configuration - Provisioning and Operating, 323-1851-310,
Chapter 2, page 4

5-2 Master index
The blue links in this index will open the applicable technical publication to the
selected content when clicked only if the index and technical publications are
in the same folder. Technical Publications will not open when the index links
are clicked directly from the www.ciena.com portal.
Attention Mozilla Firefox portal users:

You can download multiple documents at one time into a folder using the free
add-on DownThemAll. After you have installed DownThemAll:
1 Log on to https://portal.ciena.com using Firefox.
2 On the Documentation tab under Product Documentation Search, select
the folder of documents to be downloaded using the Browse pull-down.
3 Under the Tools menu of your Firefox browser, select -> DownThemAll.
4 Select the location where you want the documents saved and set the
Filters to Documents (pdf, odf ...) or select the documents in the list.
5 Click the Start! button.
Disclaimer
Firefox and DownThemAll are not owned or licensable by Ciena and you use
them at your own risk. Ciena makes no warranties as to performance,
merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or any other warranties
whether expressed or implied. No oral or written communication from or
information provided by Ciena shall create a warranty. Under no
circumstances shall Ciena be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential damages resulting from the use, misuse, or inability to use this
software, even if Ciena has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

Master index 5-3
Numerics 1+1 TPT

configuration PG.2 4-8
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-1
overview 310.2 6-68
alarms 102.5 5-20
1+1 traffic protection
cross-connection rates 102.5 5-11
switch hierarchy 310.2 6-27
cross-connection types 102.5 5-11
1+1, ODUTTP
equipping rules 102.5 5-24
overview 310.2 6-35
latency 102.5 5-27, 170 1-85
1+1, TCMTTP
performance monitoring 102.5 5-19
overview 310.2 6-35
reconfiguration 545 2-287
10/100BT
supported SFPs 102.5 5-11
I/O panel 102.7 1-28
supported XFPs 102.5 5-11
10/100BT cable PG.3 8-134
technical specifications 102.5 5-25
ordering 151 4-59
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-78
10/100BT circuit pack
alarms 102.3 1-92
operational measurements 520 2-209
100Base optical specifications PG.3 8-157
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit
pack 102.4 2-252
latency 102.3 1-99
alarms 102.4 2-262
cross-connection rates 102.4 2-259, 102.4
supported SFPs/XFPs 102.3 1-88
2-297, 102.4 2-349
1:N protection
exerciser 310.2 6-9
latency 102.4 2-287
overview 310.2 6-4
optical specifications PG.3 8-196
provisioning groups 310.2 6-7
switch criteria 310.2 6-7
supported QSFP+s 102.4 2-259
1+1 enhanced trunk switch (ETS)
supported SFP+s 102.4 2-259
overview 310.2 6-48
1+1 ETS
100G circuit pack
applications PG.2 4-37
1+1 LAG protection
latency 170 1-18
overview 310.2 6-40
1+1 linear
100G circuit packs
latency 102.4 2-385
overview 310.2 6-29
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.4
path connection
2-431
bidirectional 320.1 3-78
100G circuit packs, OTN transport and switched
Ethernet drop-and-continue 320.1 3-81
services
1+1 linear APS alarms 543.1 4-19
1+1 Optical Protection Switch (OPS)
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-145
overview 310.2 6-54
alarms 102.4 2-160
1+1 OTN
1+1 OTN line-side
overview 310.2 6-42
latency 102.4 2-194
1+1 protection
overview 310.2 6-10, 310.2 6-12
supported CFPs 102.4 2-157
provisioning groups 310.2 6-10

5-4 Master index
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-2 100G WaveLogic 3n OTR circuit pack (continued)
alarms 102.4 2-59 equipping rules 102.4 2-351
cross-connection rates 102.4 2-57 latency 102.4 2-355
cross-connection types 102.4 2-57 performance monitoring 102.4 2-350
equipping rules 102.4 2-61 supported SFPs/XFPs/CFPs 102.4 2-349
latency 102.4 2-144 technical specifications 102.4 2-352
optical specifications PG.3 8-177 100G WL3n MOTR circuit pack
performance monitoring 102.4 2-58 optical specifications PG.3 8-190
technical specifications 102.4 2-132 100G WL3n OTR circuit pack
100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-18 operational measurements 520 2-240
alarms 102.8 1-24 optical specifications PG.3 8-193
cross-connection rates 102.8 1-24 100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8
cross-connection types 102.8 1-24 1-113
equipping rules 102.8 1-26 alarms 102.8 1-122
latency 102.8 1-31, 170 1-103 cross-connection rates 102.8 1-121
performance monitoring 102.8 1-24 equipping rules 102.8 1-125
specifications PG.3 8-196 latency 102.8 1-129
technical specifications 102.8 1-31 optical specifications PG.3 8-198
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-2 performance monitoring 102.8 1-122
alarms 102.4 2-59 technical specifications 102.8 1-127
cross-connection rates 102.4 2-57 100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8
cross-connection types 102.4 2-57 1-98
latency 102.4 2-144 cross-connection rates 102.8 1-103
optical specifications PG.3 8-177 cross-connection types 102.8 1-102
technical specifications 102.4 2-132 latency 102.8 1-110
100G WaveLogic 3 OTR circuit pack performance monitoring 102.8 1-104
optical specifications PG.3 8-187 supported CFP2s 102.8 1-103
100G WaveLogic 3e OTR circuit pack 102.4 supported QSFP+s 102.8 1-103
2-320 technical specifications 102.8 1-109
alarms 102.4 2-330 100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-145
cross-connection rates 102.4 2-329 alarms 102.4 2-160
cross-connection types 102.4 2-329 cross-connection rates 102.4 2-156
equipping rules 102.4 2-333 cross-connection types 102.4 2-156
latency 102.4 2-339 equipping rules 102.4 2-162
performance monitoring 102.4 2-329 latency 102.4 2-194
technical specifications 102.4 2-334 performance monitoring 102.4 2-159
100G WaveLogic 3n MOTR circuit pack 102.4 supported CFPs 102.4 2-157
alarms 102.4 2-373 100GHz CMD44 point-to point terminal
cross-connection rates 102.4 2-369 configuring 221 4-251
equipping rules 102.4 2-378 10G NGM WT circuit pack
latency 102.4 2-383 latency 170 1-3
performance monitoring 102.4 2-372 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-2
supported SFP+s 102.4 2-369 alarms 102.5 4-8
technical specifications 102.4 2-379 cross-connection rates 102.5 4-6
100G WaveLogic 3n OTR circuit pack 102.4 cross-connection types 102.5 4-6
2-340 equipping rules 102.5 4-10
alarms 102.4 2-350 latency 102.5 4-14

Master index 5-5
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack (continued) 10GEL WT circuit pack (continued)

performance monitoring 102.5 4-8 alarms 102.5 4-21
supported XFPs 102.5 4-6 performance monitoring 102.5 4-21
technical specifications 102.5 4-11 supported XFPs 102.5 4-19
10G OTN circuit pack technical specifications 102.5 4-25
optical specifications PG.3 8-160 10x10G 170 1-121
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-2 10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-195
alarms 102.5 1-9 alarms 102.4 2-222
cross-connection rates 102.5 1-7 cross-connection rates 102.4 2-215
cross-connection types 102.5 1-7 cross-connection types 102.4 2-215
equipping rules 102.5 1-11 equipping rules 102.4 2-225
latency 102.5 1-15, 170 1-3 latency 102.4 2-251
operational measurements 520 2-222 operational measurements 520 2-237
optical specifications PG.3 8-162 optical specifications PG.3 8-195
performance monitoring 102.5 1-9 performance monitoring 102.4 2-221
supported XFPs 102.5 1-7 supported XFPs 102.4 2-215
technical specifications 102.5 1-13 technical specifications 102.4 2-250
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-16 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-76
alarms 102.5 1-24 alarms 102.8 1-86
cross-connection rates 102.5 1-21 cross-connection rates 102.8 1-82
cross-connection types 102.5 1-21 cross-connection types 102.8 1-82
latency 102.5 1-30, 170 1-3 equipping rules 102.8 1-89
operational measurements 520 2-222 latency 102.8 1-91
optical specifications PG.3 8-164 performance monitoring 102.8 1-85
performance monitoring 102.5 1-23 supported SFPs 102.8 1-83
supported XFPs 102.5 1-21 technical specifications 102.8 1-91
technical specifications 102.5 1-28 10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-195
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-29 alarms 102.4 2-222
alarms 102.5 4-35 cross-connection rates 102.4 2-215
cross-connection rates 102.5 4-33 cross-connection types 102.4 2-215
cross-connection types 102.5 4-33 equipping rules 102.4 2-225
equipping rules 102.5 4-37 latency 102.4 2-251
latency 102.5 4-40 operational measurements 520 2-237
performance monitoring 102.5 4-35 optical specifications PG.3 8-195, PG.3 8-196
supported XFPs 102.5 4-33 performance monitoring 102.4 2-221
technical specifications 102.5 4-38 supported SFP+s 102.4 2-215
10G WT circuit pack technical specifications 102.4 2-250
optical specifications PG.3 8-160 120 ohm converter module, replacing 545 2-191
10G XFP module 14-slot front cover extension kit NTK509CCE6
optical specifications PG.3 8-204 installing 201.3 1-259
10GE circuit pack 14-slot front cover extension kit NTK509CX
operational measurements 520 2-209 installing 201.3 1-373
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-15 14-slot front cover extension kit NTK509CY
alarms 102.5 4-21 installing 201.3 1-233
cross-connection rates 102.5 4-19 14-slot optical shelf NTK503ADE5, installing Shelf
cross-connection types 102.5 4-19 Front Cover NTK509CCE6 201.3 1-259
equipping rules 102.5 4-23 14-slot packet-optical shelf front cover kit with
latency 102.5 4-27 extended depth NTK509CD, installing onto
operational measurements 520 2-222 a NTK503SA shelf (new installations
optical specifications PG.3 8-160 only) 201.3 1-341

5-6 Master index
14-slot shelf 16xSTM-1e circuit pack (continued)

equipping rules 151 1-113 latency 102.2 1-57
14-slot shelf components PG.1 3-6 performance monitoring 102.2 1-51
14-slot shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-72 replacing 545 2-91
14-slot shelf cover NTK509CBE6, 14-slot front technical specifications 102.2 1-56
cover extension kit NTK509CY 201.3 testing 221 6-25
1-233 1U AC rectifier 102.1 3-63
14-slot shelf cover NTK509DCE6, 14-slot front equipping rules 102.1 3-65
cover extension kit NTK509CX 201.3 technical specifications 102.1 3-66
1-373 1U Bulk Fiber Management Tray 174-0094-900
14-slot shelf electrical interface area routing fiber 201.5 1-55
hardware PG.1 3-22 1U rectifier module, replacing 545 2-227
14-slot shelf fans 1WAY path connection
hardware PG.1 3-72 adding 320.1 3-50
14-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit NTK509CZ 1WAY Photonic connections
installing 201.3 1-303 adding 320.1 5-17
14-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK509CCE6, 14-slot 1WAY transponder connection
Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit adding 320.1 4-21
NTK509CZ 201.3 1-303 1WAY unidirectional path connections 320.1 3-4
14-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK509CCE6, 1WAY unidirectional Photonic connections 320.1
installing 201.3 1-278 5-4
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-50 1WAY unidirectional transponder
alarms 102.8 1-57 connection 320.1 4-3
cross-connection rates 102.8 1-53 1WAYPR path connection
cross-connection types 102.8 1-53 adding 320.1 3-50
equipping rules 102.8 1-61 1WAYPR unidirectional path connections 320.1
latency 102.8 1-63, 170 1-97 3-5
optical specifications PG.3 8-197 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-13
supported SFPs 102.8 1-54 cross-connection rates 102.7 1-16
technical specifications 102.8 1-62 cross-connection types 102.7 1-16
16xGE front pluggable I/O panel engineering rules 102.7 1-20
hardware equipping rules 102.7 1-19
ordering 151 3-125 latency 102.7 1-22, 170 1-157
16xGE front pluggable I/O panel, replacing 545 performance monitoring 102.7 1-17
2-181 replacing 545 2-44
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-60 supported XFPs 102.7 1-16
alarms 102.3 1-72 technical specifications 102.7 1-20, 102.7 1-36
cross-connection rates 102.3 1-68 testing 221 6-68
cross-connection types 102.3 1-67 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-2
latency 102.3 1-77 cross-connection rates 102.3 1-17
performance monitoring 102.3 1-71 cross-connection types 102.3 1-16
supported SFPs 102.3 1-69 equipping rules 102.3 1-21
technical specifications 102.3 1-76 latency 102.3 1-32
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-47 performance monitoring 102.3 1-17
cross-connection rates 102.2 1-51 2.048 MHz
cross-connection types 102.2 1-50 electrical specifications PG.3 8-346

Master index 5-7
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-1 2110 shelf

alarms 102.5 2-9 installing 201.1 2-62, 201.2 2-64, 201.3 2-124,
cross-connection rates 102.5 2-5 201.4 2-130
cross-connection types 102.5 2-5 2110-Tx-xxxx DCM
equipping rules 102.5 2-11 installing into the 2110 shelf 201.1 2-66, 201.2
latency 102.5 2-14 2-68, 201.3 2-128, 201.4 2-134
performance monitoring 102.5 2-9 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-slot)
supported SFPs/XFPs 102.5 2-6 configuring and installing filter modules 201.5
technical specifications 102.5 2-12 1-47
2.5G MOTR circuit packs installing 201.5 1-37
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.5 routing fiber 201.5 1-47
2-15 2150 passive optical multiplexer (3-slot)
200G (2x100G/5x40G) MUX circuit pack 102.4 chassis 102.6 1-410
2-288 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (6-slot)
alarms 102.4 2-299 installing 201.5 1-4
cross-connection types 102.4 2-297, 102.4 2150 passive optical multiplexer (6-slot)
2-349 chassis 102.6 1-408
equipping rules 102.4 2-302 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer Chassis
latency 102.4 2-319 installing 201.5 1-1
operational measurements 520 2-239 24x10/100BT circuit pack
optical specifications PG.3 8-196 testing 221 6-40
performance monitoring 102.4 2-299 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-23
supported QSFP+s 102.4 2-297 alarms 102.7 1-33
supported QSFP28s 102.4 2-297 cross-connection rates 102.7 1-31
technical specifications 102.4 2-319 cross-connection types 102.7 1-31
20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-26 engineering rules 102.7 1-36
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-32 equipping rules 102.7 1-35
alarms 102.7 2-37 latency 102.7 1-38, 170 1-156
cross-connection rates 102.7 2-34 performance monitoring 102.7 1-33
cross-connection types 102.7 2-33 replacing 545 2-61
editing supported SFPs 102.7 1-32
I/O carrier 310.1 1-137 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-34
map mode 310.1 1-137 alarms 102.2 1-39
WAN configuration 310.1 1-137 cross-connection rates 102.2 1-38
engineering rules 102.7 2-40 cross-connection types 102.2 1-38
equipping rules 102.7 2-39 equipping rules 102.2 1-41
operational measurements 520 2-212 latency 102.2 1-46
protection 310.2 6-13 replacing 545 2-41
replacing 545 2-48 technical specifications 102.2 1-44
supported SFPs/XFPs 102.7 2-34 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-22
technical specifications 102.7 2-40 alarms 102.2 1-27
testing 221 6-47 cross-connection rates 102.2 1-26
20G L2SS equipment protection cross-connection types 102.2 1-26
testing 221 6-59 equipping rules 102.2 1-29
20G L2SS Front I/O panel (Multi-Service) 102.7 latency 102.2 1-33
2-29 performance monitoring 102.2 1-26
20L2SS gateway circuit pack replacing 545 2-41
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-32 technical specifications 102.2 1-32

5-8 Master index
2-Fiber BLSR 2WAYDPR bidirectional path connections 320.1

configuration PG.2 4-9 3-7
ENUT 310.2 6-110 2WAYDPR path connection
overview 310.2 6-102 adding 320.1 3-50
protection group provisioning 310.2 6-106 2WAYPR bidirectional OTN connections 320.1
2-Fiber MS-SPRing 7-4
configuration PG.2 4-9 2WAYPR bidirectional path connections 320.1
ENUT 310.2 6-110 3-6
overview 310.2 6-102 2WAYPR path connection
protection group provisioning 310.2 6-106 adding 320.1 3-50
2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-202 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-33
alarms 102.6 1-210 alarms 102.5 1-49
equipping rules 102.6 1-210 cross-connection rates 102.5 1-43
performance monitoring 102.6 1-207 latency 102.5 1-55, 102.5 1-91, 170 1-5
technical specifications 102.6 1-211 operational measurements 520 2-222
2-Port OPM Flex C-Band circuit pack 102.6 1-202 optical specifications PG.3 8-163
alarms 102.6 1-210 performance monitoring 102.5 1-47
equipping rules 102.6 1-210 supported XFPs 102.5 1-44
optical specifications PG.3 8-298 technical specifications 102.5 1-55
performance monitoring 102.6 1-207 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-33
2-slot shelf cross-connection rates 102.3 1-40
connecting a terminal 201.3 1-381 cross-connection types 102.3 1-39
equipping rules 151 1-98 equipping rules 102.3 1-44
replacing 545 2-359 latency 102.3 1-46
2-slot shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-82 performance monitoring 102.3 1-41
2-slot shelf fans supported SFPs/DPOs 102.3 1-40
hardware PG.1 3-82 technical specifications 102.3 1-45
2-slot shelf front cover 2xOC-48/STM-16 DPO carrier circuit pack,
installing 201.1 1-152 replacing 545 2-31
2-slot x 2-row filler card PG.1 3-149 2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-4
2WAY bidirectional EVPL connection 320.1 6-3 alarms 102.6 1-9
2WAY bidirectional OTN connections 320.1 7-4 equipping rules 102.6 1-10
2WAY bidirectional path connections 320.1 3-5 optical specifications PG.3 8-269
2WAY bidirectional Photonic connections 320.1 performance monitoring 102.6 1-9
5-7 replacing 545 2-98
2WAY bidirectional transponder connection 320.1 supported SFPs 102.6 1-8
2WAY EVPL connection 2xOSC ports on shelf processor SPAP-2 w/2xOSC
adding 320.1 6-8 optical specifications PG.3 8-269
2WAY path connection 32-slot shelf
adding 320.1 3-50 connecting a terminal or modem 201.4 1-193
2WAY Photonic connections equipping rules 151 1-147
adding 320.1 5-17 installing 201.4 1-8
2WAY transponder connection 32-slot shelf access panel
adding 320.1 4-21 replacing 545 2-172
2WAYDPR bidirectional OTN connections 320.1 32-slot shelf components PG.1 3-27
7-5 32-slot shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-77

Master index 5-9
32-slot shelf fans 40G OCI circuit pack (continued)

hardware PG.1 3-77 optical specifications PG.3 8-170
32-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit NTK609CZ performance monitoring 102.4 1-42
installing 201.4 1-180 reconfiguration 545 2-291
32-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK609CAE5 replacing 545 2-115
installing 201.4 1-173 supported SFPs/XFPs/CFPs 102.4 1-41
32-slot shelves technical specifications 102.4 1-52
installing 201.4 1-1 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-2
32xSTM-1e front I/O panel alarms 102.4 1-11
replacing 545 2-175 cross-connection rates 102.4 1-11
40/41/43G OCI circuit pack cross-connection types 102.4 1-11
optical specifications PG.3 8-170 equipping rules 102.4 1-14
40/43G OCI circuit pack functions 102.4 1-112
functions 102.4 1-113 latency 102.4 1-28
replacing 545 2-115 performance monitoring 102.4 1-11
40G circuit pack technical specifications 102.4 1-23
applications PG.2 4-35 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-3
latency 170 1-10 alarms 102.8 1-8
40G circuit packs cross-connection rates 102.8 1-7
functions 102.4 1-112 cross-connection types 102.8 1-7
latency 102.4 1-153 equipping rules 102.8 1-10
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.4 latency 102.8 1-13, 170 1-98
40G circuit packs, OTN transport and switched specifications PG.3 8-196
services technical specifications 102.8 1-13
operational measurements 520 2-243 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-90
40G MSPP circuit packs alarms 102.4 1-96
optical interface, ordering 151 3-27 cross-connection rates 102.4 1-96
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-55 cross-connection types 102.4 1-96
10GbE WAN equipping rules 102.4 1-99
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-28 functions 102.4 1-115
alarms 102.4 1-67 latency 102.4 1-111
cross-connection rates 102.4 1-61 optical specifications PG.3 8-172
cross-connection types 102.4 1-61 performance monitoring 102.4 1-96
equipping rules 102.4 1-72 technical specifications 102.4 1-110
functions 102.4 1-114 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-78
latency 102.4 1-77 alarms 102.4 1-82
operational measurements 520 2-235 cross-connection rates 102.4 1-82
supported XFPs 102.1 1-25, 102.4 1-62 functions 102.4 1-114
technical specifications 102.4 1-76 latency 102.4 1-89, 170 1-153
40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-29 performance monitoring 102.4 1-82
alarms 102.4 1-43 replacing 545 2-67
cross-connection rates 102.4 1-40 specifications PG.3 8-196
cross-connection types 102.4 1-40 technical specifications 102.4 1-88
equipping rules 102.4 1-46 40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack
functions 102.4 1-113 functions 102.4 1-113
latency 102.4 1-54 operational measurements 520 2-235

5-10 Master index
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack (continued) 4x10G OTR circuit pack (continued)
reconfiguration 545 2-291 cross-connection types 102.5 1-73
replacing 545 2-115 equipping rules 102.5 1-88
48 Channel Trans Mux (Portless) latency 170 1-8
connection management 320.1 3-32 operational measurements 520 2-222
48 channel Trans Mux circuit pack optical specifications PG.3 8-164
replacing 545 2-64 performance monitoring 102.5 1-82
48x10/100BT I/O panel, replacing 545 2-178 supported SFP+s 102.5 1-73
48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-64 supported SFPs 102.5 1-73
alarms 102.8 1-71 supported XFPs 102.5 1-73
latency 102.8 1-75 4x2.5G MOTR circuit pack
performance monitoring 102.8 1-71 reconfiguration 545 2-287
supported SFPs 102.8 1-69 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-2
4-Fiber BLSR cross-connection rates 102.7 1-7
configuration PG.2 4-10 cross-connection types 102.7 1-7
overview 310.2 6-113 engineering rules 102.7 1-11
protection group provisioning 310.2 6-119 equipping rules 102.7 1-10
4-Fiber HERS latency 102.7 1-12
configuration PG.2 4-10 performance monitoring 102.7 1-8
overview 310.2 6-113 replacing 545 2-44
protection group provisioning 310.2 6-119 supported SFPs 102.7 1-7
4-Fiber MS-SPRing technical specifications 102.7 1-11
configuration PG.2 4-10 testing 221 6-33
overview 310.2 6-113 4xGE EPL EFM circuit pack
protection group provisioning 310.2 6-119 replacing 545 2-44
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit pack 4xGE EPL SFP circuit pack
alarms 340 4-1 latency 170 1-156
changing battery 340 5-12 4xOPS circuit pack 102.1 5-2
client and line ports 340 1-10 alarms 102.1 5-11
Crypto daughtercard 340 1-18 equipping rules 102.1 5-12
encryption features 340 1-10 optical interface, ordering 151 3-91
initial setup 340 1-18 optical specifications PG.3 8-311
inspecting 340 5-7 performance monitoring 102.1 5-8
installation summary 340 3-3, 340 3-4 technical specifications 102.1 5-12
MyCryptoTool 5100/5200 and 6500
access mode 340 3-1 interworking PG.4 9-320
private IP solution 340 3-46 6.312 MHz
removing 340 5-15 electrical specifications PG.3 8-346
reseating 340 5-19 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-2
returning 340 5-38 alarms 102.2 1-5
Site Manager procedures 340 3-1 cross-connection rates 102.2 1-5
tamper evident seals 340 1-18 cross-connection types 102.2 1-5
transport and enterprise segregation 340 1-22 equipping rules 102.2 1-7
transport summary 340 3-3, 340 3-4 latency 102.2 1-22
USB port 340 1-12 performance monitoring 102.2 1-5
4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-58 replacing 545 2-91

Master index 5-11
64 kHz Composite Clock (64K CC) 6500 CLI (continued)

electrical specifications PG.3 8-346 retrieving
6500 forwarding database entries 301 11-20
commissioning for Waveserver 165 3-1 NSAP address 301 11-23
"install create" commands 165 3-4, 165 security 301 11-3
3-19 starting a session 301 11-12
adding Waveserver node(s) to the SPLI tab completion 301 11-5
list 165 3-53 telnet 301 11-24
connecting inter-site fibers 165 3-55 6500 command line interface (6500 CLI),
connecting intra-site fibers overview PG.2 5-35
Line Amp nodes 165 3-42 6500 installation 165 2-1
Terminal nodes 165 3-42 6500 installation for Waveserver 165 2-1
connecting to the shelf 165 3-31 6500 Photonic
Line Amp nodes 165 3-39 application PG.2 4-42
link budgets 165 3-6 6500 shelf
minimum channel count 165 3-5 installing 2-slot shelf 201.1 1-7
overview-other than ROADM 165 3-4 6500 TL1 Gateway
overview-ROADM 165 3-3 TIDc member shelf GNE support PG.4 9-76
performing additional provisioning for 6500-7 packet-optical shelf
Terminal and Line Amp nodes 165 3-55 installing 201.2 1-1
prerequisites 165 3-17 6500-7 shelf
roadmap for ROADM configurations 165 equipping rules 151 1-106
3-58 6500-7 shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-81
site testing 6500-7 shelf fans
Line Amp nodes 165 3-42 hardware PG.1 3-81
Terminal nodes 165 3-42 6-slot passive Photonic chassis 102.6 1-412
Standard and Extended reach 165 3-5 6-Slot Passive Photonic Chassis
Terminal nodes 165 3-33 configuring and installing filter modules 201.5
testing the 6500 photonic link 165 3-55 1-22
general introduction PG.1 1-2 installing 201.5 1-10
services PG.1 3-144 7-slot shelf
shelf PG.1 3-5 equipping rules 151 1-101
6500 14-slot shelf 7-slot shelf access panel
installing 201.3 1-12 replacing 545 2-172
6500 2-slot shelves 7-slot shelf components PG.1 3-32, PG.1 3-39
installing 201.1 1-1 7-slot shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-79
6500 7-slot shelf 7-slot shelf fans
installing 201.2 1-1, 201.2 1-9 hardware PG.1 3-79
6500 7-slot Type 2 shelf 7-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK509CPE6
installing 201.2 1-32 installing 201.2 1-271
6500 CLI 7-slot&6500-7 shelves
commands 301 11-20, 301 11-24 connecting a terminal 201.2 1-280
customizing 301 11-18 802.1ab LLDP topology discovery PG.1 2-190
help 301 11-5 84xDS1 TM circuit pack
keystroke navigation 301 11-6 optical specifications PG.3 8-268
modes 301 11-4 protection 310.2 6-10
notational conventions 301 11-4 provisioning
remote login 301 11-16 automatically 310.1 1-101
manually 310.1 1-105

5-12 Master index
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-47 ACO button

alarms 102.3 1-55 lamp test 543.1 2-41
cross-connection rates 102.3 1-52 activating
cross-connection types 102.3 1-52 incremental expansion pack load 301 9-17
equipping rules 102.3 1-57 active alarms PG.2 5-25
latency 102.3 1-59 active disabled alarms PG.2 5-25
performance monitoring 102.3 1-54 retrieving 543.1 2-19
supported SFPs 102.3 1-53 sorting 543.1 2-19
technical specifications 102.3 1-58 updating 543.1 2-19
8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-100 active users PG.2 5-31
alarms 102.3 1-107 forcing out 301 2-49
cross-connection rates 102.3 1-104 retrieving 301 2-48
cross-connection types 102.3 1-104 AD facility
equipping rules 102.3 1-110 parameters 102.5 3-106, 310.1 1-623
latency 102.3 1-112 adapter cleaning 201.0 5-11
performance monitoring 102.3 1-107 adapter kits, installing 201.0 4-12
supported SFPs 102.3 1-105 add/drop filter
technical specifications 102.3 1-111 inserting 221 5-49
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-1 adding
alarms 102.5 5-20 ARP proxy entry 310.1 3-28
cross-connection rates 102.5 5-11 ARP table entry 310.1 3-28
cross-connection types 102.5 5-11 BMD2 module 221 4-46
equipping rules 102.5 5-24 CCMD12 circuit pack 221 4-58
latency 102.5 5-27, 170 1-83 CCMD8x16 circuit pack 221 4-61
performance monitoring 102.5 5-19 CMD44 module 221 4-46
supported SFPs 102.5 5-11 co-routed SNC 330 9-61
technical specifications 102.5 5-25 CXM-Band Type 1 221 4-61
database replication entry 310.1 3-28
A DCN settings entry 310.1 3-28
ETH facility to LAG 310.1 1-179
abbreviations
ETH100 facility to LAG 310.1 1-179
alarm 543.1 2-1, 543.1 4-1, 543.2 5-1
ETH10G facility to LAG 310.1 1-179
PM 520 1-1, 520 2-1, 520 3-1, 520 4-1, 520 5-1
EVPL connections 320.1 6-8
Absolute Route Diversity
facility 310.1 1-140
SNC 330 3-13, 330 6-14, 330 9-20
facility to equipment 310.1 1-140
access control list 301 2-24
G.8032 ERP group list range 320.3 25-5
access panel 102.1 3-67
GNE entry 310.1 3-28
alarms 102.1 3-81
GRE entry 310.1 3-28
cables, ordering 151 4-14
IISIS circuit entry 310.1 3-28
IISIS router entry 310.1 3-28
installing 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, 201.3 1-12,
invalid password list entry 301 2-55
201.4 1-8
IP entry 310.1 3-28
IP Static Route entry 310.1 3-28
accessing
LAN entry 310.1 3-28
SNMP MIBs 740 1-133
login profile
accessories, ordering 151 2-2
Site Manager session, over craft Ethernet
account dormancy 301 2-26
connection 301 1-46
editing defaults 301 2-44
Site Manager session, over direct cable
ACL 301 2-24, PG.4 9-370
(RS-232) connection 301 1-55

Master index 5-13
login profile (continued) adding (continued)

Site Manager session, over modem resilient packet ring protection 320.2 16-11
connection 301 1-51 reverse port NAT 310.1 3-28
Site Manager session, over network RPR 320.2 16-7
connection 301 1-41 SCMD4 circuit pack 221 4-54
terminal session, over craft Ethernet shelf 301 4-78
connection 301 1-49 SNC 330 3-27, 330 6-21, 330 9-34
terminal session, over direct cable (RS-232) SNMP alarmModelTable row 740 2-52
connection 301 1-58 SNMP community name 740 2-41
terminal session, over modem SNMP group mapping 740 2-37
connection 301 1-54 SNMP user group 740 2-39
terminal session, over network SNMP USM user 740 2-31
connection 301 1-44 SNMP view 740 2-35
lower layer DCC/GCC entry 310.1 3-28 SPLI entries 301 4-91
maintenance association 320.3 27-19 static entries 320.2 19-13
maintenance domain 320.3 27-12 static NAT entry 310.1 3-28
maintenance end point 320.3 27-32 time of day servers 301 4-87
maintenance intermediate point 320.3 27-27 TODR profile 330 11-7
member shelf to a consolidated node 301 4-81 transponder connections 320.1 4-21
member SNC upper layer DCC entry 310.1 3-28
co-routed SNC 330 9-72 user account 301 2-33
NAT entry 310.1 3-28 VEP 330 6-41
node to a login profile 301 1-64 adding a channel
node to navigation tree 301 1-76 passive OTS network 221 5-47
OMD4 module 221 4-50 ADJ (TXRX) facility
OMX module 221 4-50 editing 310.1 1-187
optical channel to a stretched span 221 7-52 ADJ/ADJ-Line/ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX/ADJ-Fiber facility
optical channels 221 7-3, 221 7-20 parameters 165 7-51, 310.1 1-578, 310.1
optical connection 301 5-24 1-578
OSPF circuit entry 310.1 3-28 adjacencies
OSPF router entry 310.1 3-28 provisioning 221 3-25
OSRP cascaded route 330 2-13 Adjacency Discovery Unreliable alarm 543.1 4-22
OSRP instance 330 1-12, 330 4-8, 330 7-15 adjacency facility
OSRP LAG group 330 10-6 expected far end address 310.1 1-604
OSRP line 330 4-21 Adjacency Far End Not Discovered alarm 165
OSRP link 330 4-15, 330 7-24 10-10, 543.1 4-24
OSRP non-viable routing list 330 2-22 Adjacency Mismatch alarm 165 10-14, 543.1
OSRP route 330 2-8, 330 5-6, 330 8-6 4-29
OSRP routing list 330 2-17, 330 5-10, 330 8-10 Adjacency Provisioning Error alarm 543.1 4-33
OTN connections 102.8 1-187, 320.1 7-16 ADJ-FIBER facility
OTS 310.2 7-14, 310.2 13-23, 310.2 13-26 editing 310.1 1-187
passive components 221 5-4 ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX facility
path connections 320.1 3-50 editing 310.1 1-187
Photonic connection 301 5-24 administration
Photonic connections 320.1 5-17 backup 301 7-3
PKT SNC 330 10-9 backup and restore 301 7-2
port filter 310.1 3-28 CommLog 301 10-1
remote maintenance end point 320.3 27-41 General Broadcast tool 301 10-1
remote NE to span of control 301 4-94 login banner 301 1-5
resilient packet ring 320.2 16-7 release management 301 8-1

5-14 Master index
administration (continued) alarm (continued)

SSH 301 1-4 alarm details, retrieving 543.1 2-14
TL1 Command Builder 301 10-1 alarm hold-off 543.1 1-31
upgrade management 301 9-1 alarm management procedures 543.1 2-11
user account administration 301 2-1 alarm monitoring procedures 543.1 2-11
user account management 301 2-1 alarm parameters 543.1 2-2
administrative weight environmental alarms 543.1 2-3
SNC 330 3-12, 330 6-13, 330 9-18 external controls 543.1 2-2
Advanced security settings PG.2 5-32 alarm point status
aging disabling 543.1 2-23
passwords 301 2-5 enabling 543.1 2-23
AINS alarm profiles 543.1 1-30
default period, editing 301 4-58 procedures 543.1 2-11
PM collection 520 1-39 alarm provisioning
AINS support on facilities 102.5 1-133, 310.1 procedures 543.1 2-11
1-299, 310.1 1-303 alarm source, identifying 543.1 2-40
air filter alarm unit 543.1 1-15
replacement timer audible alarms
resetting 301 4-73 clearing 301 6-13
replacing 545 2-231 audible alarms, clearing 543.1 2-41
air flow direction terminology 201.0 3-4 disabled alarms, viewing 543.1 1-32
air flow directions PG.1 3-68 environmental alarm
air plenum labels 543.1 2-3
grounding 201.3 1-12 environmental alarm attributes,
installing 201.3 1-12 provisioning 543.1 2-44
airflow, front exhaust considerations 201.0 3-7 events
AIS (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-227 autonomous messages 543.1 2-4
AIS (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-234 details, retrieving 543.1 2-16
AIS (E1) alarm 543.1 4-258 filtering 543.1 2-16
AIS (E3) alarm 543.1 4-234 retrieving 543.1 2-16
AIS (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-270 sorting 543.1 2-16
AIS (ESI) alarm 543.1 4-308 updating 543.1 2-16
AIS (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-419 external alarm provisioning
AIS (OC-48/STM-16, OC-192/STM-64, OC-768/ overview 543.1 1-33
STM-256) alarm 543.2 5-421 procedures 543.1 2-11
AIS (OTUTTP, STTP) alarm 543.2 5-421 external control relay
AIS (STS/HO VC) alarm 543.2 5-420 procedures 543.1 2-11
AIS (VT/LO VC) alarm 543.2 5-420 external control relays
alarm labels 543.1 2-2
abbreviations 543.1 2-1, 543.1 4-1, 543.2 5-1 operating 543.1 2-46
active alarms overview 543.1 1-33
AINS 543.1 1-28 provisioning 543.1 2-46
color-coded alarm severity 543.1 1-26 releasing 543.1 2-46
filtering 543.1 2-14 fault clearing priority 543.1 1-13
retrieving 165 10-5, 543.1 2-14 hierarchy 543.1 3-3
sorting 543.1 2-14 20G L2SS circuit pack 543.1 3-32
updating 543.1 2-14 20G MOTR circuit pack 543.1 3-32
viewing 543.1 1-25, 543.1 1-27 20L2SS gateway circuit pack 543.1 3-32
active events, viewing 543.1 1-30 40G MUX OCI 10GbE WAN 543.1 3-28
alarm clearing strategy 543.1 1-11 8b10B 543.1 3-33, 543.1 3-34

Master index 5-15
hierarchy (continued) alarm (continued)

DS1 service module (DSM) 543.1 3-13 profiles
DS3 facility, coax to optics direction 543.1 changing 165 10-8
3-14 editing 543.1 2-23
DS3 facility, optics to coax direction 543.1 retrieving 165 10-6, 543.1 2-22
3-15 setting 165 10-6
E1 hardware 543.1 3-16 setting active 543.1 2-28
E1 line 543.1 3-16 setting default 543.1 2-26
E3, coax to optics direction 543.1 3-17, security alarms, clearing 543.1 2-21
543.1 3-20 severity 543.1 1-13, 543.1 3-1, 545 3-2
E3, optics to coax direction 543.1 3-18 color-coded 543.1 1-26
EC-1 543.1 3-19 editing 543.1 2-23
EFM alarms 543.1 3-31 source
equipment, circuit packs 543.1 3-8 identifying circuit pack 543.1 2-40
equipment, provisioned pluggables 543.1 identifying facility 543.1 2-40
3-11 identifying pluggable module/port 543.1
equipment, shelf 543.1 3-12 2-40
equipment, unprovisioned pluggables 543.1 alarm and event management PG.2 5-24
3-11 alarm banner 195 3-10
ETH 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 setting view options 195 3-27
ETH100 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 alarm clearing strategy 543.1 1-11
FC100/FC200/FC400 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 alarm control cables (DSM), connecting 201.3
Fiber Channel 543.1 3-33, 543.1 3-34 2-98, 201.4 2-104
GE 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 alarm indicators 195 3-12
L2SS circuit pack 543.1 3-32 alarm labels 195 3-12
L2SS gateway circuit pack 543.1 3-32 alarm notification in Navigation tab (Site Manager
LAN/WAN EPL 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 window) 195 3-7
OC-n facility 543.1 3-32 alarm profiles PG.2 5-26
OTM2 mapping facility 543.1 3-63 Alarm Provisioning Near Limit alarm 543.1 4-36
OTM4 facility 543.1 3-61 alarms per circuit pack
OTM4 mapping facility 543.1 3-62 (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-20
overall 543.1 3-7 (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-92
PDH gateway circuit pack 543.1 3-32 100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit
Photonic Optical Signal facility 543.1 3-66 pack 102.4 2-262
pluggable I/O carriers 543.1 3-10 100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-160
pluggable I/O panels 543.1 3-10 100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-59
RPR 543.1 3-70 100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-24
RPR LAN port 543.1 3-71 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
shelf equipment 543.1 3-12 2-59
STM-1e 543.1 3-67, 543.1 3-68, 543.1 3-69, 100G WaveLogic 3e OTR circuit pack 102.4
543.1 3-71 2-330
STM-m facility 543.1 3-32 100G WaveLogic 3n MOTR circuit pack 102.4
TCM facility 543.1 3-64, 543.1 3-65 2-373
WAN 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 100G WaveLogic 3n OTR circuit pack 102.4
lamp test, performing 543.1 2-41 2-350
list of alarms 543.1 4-7, 543.2 5-5 100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8
Photonic system procedures 543.1 2-12 1-122
procedures 543.1 2-11 100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8
profile details, retrieving 543.1 2-22 1-104
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-160

5-16 Master index
alarms per circuit pack (continued) alarms per circuit pack (continued)
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 CMD96module 102.6 1-335
4-8 cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-29
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-9 DSCM module 102.6 1-394
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-24 DSM 102.2 1-64
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-35 eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-91
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-21 ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-121
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-222 FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-404
10x10G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-86 FIM Type 1 module 102.6 1-383
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-222 FIM Type 2 module 102.6 1-383
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-57 FIM Type 3 module 102.6 1-383
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-72 FIM Type 4 module 102.6 1-383
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-51 FIM Type 5 module 102.6 1-383
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-18 FIM Type 6 module 102.6 1-383
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-17 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-51
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-9 Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
200G (2x100G/5x40G) MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-59
2-299 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-37 2-59
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-33 Flex4 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-39 2-59
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-27 GMD10 module 102.6 1-364
2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-210 ISS C-Band circuit pack 102.4 1-135
2-Port OPM Flex C-Band circuit pack 102.6 L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-55
1-210 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-7
2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-49 LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-81
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-41 maintenance interface card (MIC) 102.1 3-86
2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-9 MBMD2 module 102.6 1-359
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-67 MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-37
40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-43 MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-56
40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-11 MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-69
40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-8 OMD4 100 GHz module 102.6 1-343
40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-96 OMX module 102.6 1-278
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-82 OSC Filter (1516.9 nm) module 102.6 1-389
48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-71 OSIC circuit pack 102.4 1-127
4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-82 PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-21
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-9 Photonic passive equipment 102.6 1-452
4xOPS circuit pack 102.1 5-11 RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-115
63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-5 SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-121
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-55 SCMD4 circuit pack 102.6 1-220
8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-107 shelf processor circuit pack 102.1 1-26
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-20 SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-25
access panel 102.1 3-81 SLIC Idler circuit pack 102.4 1-146
BMD2 module 102.6 1-349 SLIC10 Flex circuit pack 102.4 1-146
CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-239 SMD Flex 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-231
CCMD8x16 circuit pack 102.6 1-253 SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-96
checking, clearing, provisioning (Nodal SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-23
SLAT) 221 2-74 TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-6
CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-306 Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 102.1 4-13
CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-324 UBMD2 module 102.6 1-354

Master index 5-17
alarms per circuit pack (continued) amplifiers

Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit replacing 165 10-164, 545 2-100
pack 102.4 1-11 AMPMON facility
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 parameters 310.1 1-577
1-146 applications PG.2 4-1
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 circuit pack 102.6 100G circuit pack PG.2 4-37
1-156 40G circuit pack PG.2 4-35
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6 6500 Photonics PG.2 4-42
1-132 Control Plane PG.2 4-42
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack PG.2
1-198 4-37
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack PG.2
1-171 4-37
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 20x1 circuit intra-office PG.2 4-16
pack 102.6 1-184 NGM PG.2 4-29
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit OMX PG.2 4-18
pack 102.6 1-171 orderwire PG.2 4-43
XLA circuit pack 102.6 1-105 PDH PG.2 4-17
alarms & controls PG.2 5-26 Submarine PG.2 4-42
alarms cut-off PG.2 5-25 applying
alarms per circuit pack BLSR
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit ring configuration files 320.1 1-22
pack 340 4-1 HERS
All Provisioned RADIUS Accounting Servers ring configuration files 320.1 1-22
Unavailable alarm 543.1 4-37 MS-SPRing
All Provisioned RADIUS Servers Unavailable ring configuration files 320.1 1-22
alarm 543.1 4-39 slot upgrade 301 9-15
All Provisioned RADIUS Accounting Servers APR
Unavailable alarm 165 10-16, 543.1 4-37 overview 543.1 1-179
All Provisioned RADIUS Servers Unavailable APS provisioning
alarm 165 10-18, 543.1 4-39 requirements 320.1 2-8
allowing ARD
database change events 543.1 2-20 SNC 330 3-13, 330 6-14, 330 9-20
inventory display 543.1 2-20 ARP proxy 310.1 3-11
log display 543.1 2-20 adding entry 310.1 3-28
ALS deleting entry 310.1 3-30
overview 543.1 1-179 parameters 310.1 3-69
ALS Disabled alarm 543.1 4-40 ARP table
ALS Triggered - Laser is shutdown alarm 543.1 adding entry 310.1 3-28
4-41 deleting entry 310.1 3-30
ALSO editing 310.1 3-22
AMP facility ASNCP
editing 310.1 1-187 overview 310.2 6-126
parameters 165 7-66, 310.1 1-560 switch criteria 310.2 6-127
amplifier TODR profiles 330 11-1
Photonic assigning
gain settings 543.1 2-52 PM profile, default 520 1-80
amplifier output power, measuring 543.1 2-55 PM threshold profile 520 1-87
default 520 1-80

5-18 Master index
assigning (continued) backplane bandwidth defragmentation 320.1

TODR profiles 330 11-2 3-37
authentication Backplane bandwidth engineering rules 320.1
centralized 301 2-9 3-38
challenge/response 301 2-7 Backplane bandwidth fragmentation 320.1 3-36
local user 301 2-7 Backplane Bandwidth Query toolset 320.1 3-37
user account 301 2-7 Backplane ID Module 1 Failed alarm 543.1 4-58
auto concatenation Backplane ID Module 2 Failed alarm 543.1 4-58
SONET/SDH 320.1 3-11 backup and restore 301 7-2
auto equipping provisioning data
enabling/disabling 301 6-22 backup details, retrieving 301 7-9
Auto Protection Switch Acknowledge Time Out restoring 301 7-15
alarm 543.1 4-51 saving 301 7-10
autodiscovery PG.1 2-184 provisioning data files
auto-equipping file name parameters 301 7-6
disabling (Advanced SAT) 221 2-42 URL formats 301 7-4
enabling (Advanced SAT) 221 2-42 backups
automated backup 301 7-3 forwarding database files 320.2 19-9
Automatic In-Service (AINS) backwards defect indicators 543.1 1-10
default period, editing 301 4-58 Band splitter 100 GHz modules 102.6 1-436
automatic laser shutdown bandwidth allocation
overview 543.1 1-179 displaying 320.2 17-3
automatic line shut off bandwidth defragmentation
overview 543.1 1-181 performing 310.1 1-232
automatic power reduction bandwidth lockout 330 1-6, 330 7-7
overview 543.1 1-179 Bandwidth Oversubscribed alarm 543.1 4-60
Automatic Power Reduction Active alarm 165 bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-1, PG.2 5-14
10-19, 543.1 4-42 creating 320.2 12-6
Automatic Shutoff alarm 543.1 4-47 deleting 320.2 12-11
Automatic Shutoff Compromised alarm 543.1 editing 320.2 12-8
4-48 parameters 320.2 12-13
Automatic Shutoff Disabled alarm 165 10-24, retrieving 320.2 12-5
543.1 4-49 setting a default 320.2 12-12
autonomous messages 543.1 2-4 bandwidth profiles parameters 320.2 12-13
autoprovisioning 301 6-22 bandwidth threshold 330 7-6
Autoprovisioning Mismatch - Pluggable banner
alarm 165 10-28, 543.1 4-55, 543.1 4-57 editing 301 4-38
Autoprovisioning Mismatch alarm 165 10-26, batch file
543.1 4-53 building 301 10-6
Autoprovisioning power and wavelength PG.1 editing 301 10-11
2-185 loading 301 10-10
Autoprovisioning TTI PG.1 2-191 running 301 10-13
Autoroute disable 330 1-4 battery cables, non-oxidizing compound,
applying 201.0 3-7
B battery input and return terminals, non-oxidizing
compound, applying 201.0 3-7
backplane PG.1 3-59
Battery Low alarm 340 4-2, 543.1 4-61
Backplane bandwidth allocation algorithms 320.1
3-38

Master index 5-19
bay BMD-2 module

equipping rules 151 1-84 replacing 545 2-149
bays BMD2 module 102.6 1-346
configurations PG.1 2-92 adding 221 4-46
ordering 151 2-2 alarms 102.6 1-349
BDI 543.1 1-10 equipping rules 102.6 1-349
BER installing 201.1 1-120, 201.2 1-215, 201.3
measuring raw BER (OTM2) 520 1-100 1-149, 201.4 1-121
Bipolar Violations (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-227 optical specifications PG.3 8-305
Bipolar Violations (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-234 replacing 165 10-158, 545 2-119
Bipolar Violations (E1) alarm 543.1 4-258 technical specifications 102.6 1-350
Bipolar Violations (E3) alarm 543.1 4-234 brackets, ordering 151 2-33
blocked nodes breaker interface panel 102.1 3-2
SNC 330 1-18, 330 4-12, 330 7-19 cables, ordering 151 4-21
BLSR equipping rules 102.1 3-16
APS configuration file technical specifications 102.1 3-20
editing 320.1 1-1 breaker interface panel (1U)
APS provisioning 320.1 2-1 installing 201.0 4-51
requirements 320.1 2-8 breaker interface panel (2U)
configuration PG.2 4-9 installing 201.0 4-32
editing 320.1 2-14 testing input power 201.0 4-32
extra traffic 320.1 3-30 Broadband circuit packs
full VT 320.1 3-30 optical interface, ordering 151 3-29
path connection Broadband interface circuit packs
bidirectional 320.1 3-85 slots PG.1 2-155
linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-89 broadband network SLAT 221 9-1
subtending UPSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-93 broadcasting
ring configuration files messages to users 301 10-16
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22 building
creating 320.1 1-7 script 301 10-6
deleting 320.1 1-23 building-integrated timing supply
editing 320.1 1-14 operations 310.2 4-17
exporting 320.1 1-21 performance 310.2 4-16
retrieving 320.1 1-6 utilization of resources 310.2 4-17
saving 320.1 1-20 building-integrated timing supply (BITS) 310.2
ring configuration information 4-16
clearing 320.1 1-19 BW Lockout Configured alarm 543.1 4-63
retrieving 320.1 2-9
ring configurations
creating 320.1 1-7
C
cable
data, loading from a network element 320.1
alarm control (DSM) 201.3 2-98, 201.4 2-104
1-12
communication (DSM) 201.3 2-98, 201.4
ring map 320.1 2-2
2-104
creating 320.1 2-13
DS1 201.3 2-111, 201.4 2-117
deleting 320.1 2-19
electrical cables 201.3 1-200
Ethernet RJ-45 201.0 6-3
switch criteria 310.2 6-109, 310.2 6-117
ground
VT-accessed 320.1 3-29
air plenum 201.3 1-12
BLSR/MS-SPRing
VT/LO VC assignment 320.1 3-29

5-20 Master index
ground (continued) centralized security administration PG.2 5-32

cooling unit 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, 201.2 attributes
1-32, 201.3 1-12, 201.4 1-8 authentication settings, provisioning 301
shelf 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, 201.2 1-32, 2-66
201.3 1-12, 201.4 1-8 details, retrieving 301 2-65
RS-232 null modem 201.0 6-2 RADIUS proxy server
cable and connector details 201.0 6-1 provisioning 301 2-77
cable pinout RADIUS server
Ethernet RJ-45 cable 201.0 6-3 provisioning 301 2-67
RS-232 null modem cable 201.0 6-2 shared secret, changing 301 2-74
Cable Trace Compromised alarm 543.1 4-64 Certificate About to Expire alarm 340 4-4, 543.1
cables 4-68
ordering 151 4-1 Certificate Expired alarm 340 4-5, 543.1 4-69
cables, non-oxidizing compound, applying 201.0 certification
3-7 IBM protocols PG.1 2-211
calculated shelf power, calculating 301 4-69 CFP module
calculating cleaning 201.0 5-23
calculated shelf power 301 4-69 optical specifications 180 6-1, PG.3 8-256
challenge/response reply 301 2-87 ordering 151 3-119
Calibration Required alarm 543.1 4-66 CFP2 module
canceling optical specifications PG.3 8-264
user intervention/flash test 301 6-13 ordering 151 3-121
Cat 5E cable assemblies 151 4-59 challenge/response 301 2-7, 301 2-66
category 5e cable authentication 301 2-76
routing 201.3 1-187 reply, calculating/generating 301 2-87
CCM Error alarm 543.1 4-67 challenge/response calculator PG.2 5-33
CCMD12 C-Band circuit pack changing
replacing 545 2-141 alarm profile 165 10-8
CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-234 password 301 2-51
adding 221 4-58 Raman password 301 2-52
alarms 102.6 1-239 shared secret
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-238 RADIUS server 301 2-74
cross-connection types 102.6 1-238 test access session (TAS) mode 310.2 5-25
equipping rules 102.6 1-240 changing battery
optical specifications PG.3 8-303 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit
performance monitoring 102.6 1-239 pack 340 5-12
technical specifications 102.6 1-240 Channel Contention alarm 543.1 4-70
CCMD8x16 C-Band 1xCXM circuit pack Channel Controller: Failure Detected alarm 543.1
replacing 545 2-141 4-72
CCMD8x16 circuit pack 102.6 1-242 Channel Controller: Unexpected Loss Detected
adding 221 4-61 alarm 543.1 4-77
alarms 102.6 1-253 Channel degrade alarm 543.1 4-83
equipping rules 102.6 1-255 Channel Opacity Error alarm 543.1 4-87
optical specifications PG.3 8-304 channelized loopback
performance monitoring 102.6 1-251 operating 310.2 5-32
technical specifications 102.6 1-256 releasing 310.2 5-32
CDC ROADM retrieving 310.2 5-30
testing 221 4-92 test access 310.2 5-7

Master index 5-21
CHC facility circuit pack (continued)

editing 310.1 1-187 40G XCIF 102.4 1-78
parameters 310.1 1-610 48xGE PKT I/F 102.8 1-64
checking 4x10G OTR 102.5 1-58
NE software release 221 2-16 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) 340 1-10
checking, clearing, provisioning 4xGE EPL 102.7 1-2
alarms (Nodal SLAT) 221 2-74 4xOPS 102.1 5-2
circuit pack 545 2-110 63xE1 102.2 1-2
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR 102.5 5-1 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 102.3 1-47
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n 102.3 1-78 8xOC-n/STM-n 102.3 1-100
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX 102.4 2-252 8xOTN Flex MOTR 102.5 5-1
100G OCI 102.4 2-145 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-8
100G OCLD 102.4 2-2 CCMD12 102.6 1-234
100G PKT/OTN XCIF 102.8 1-18 CCMD8x16 102.6 1-242
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD 102.4 2-2 changing battery
100G WaveLogic 3e OTR 102.4 2-320 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit
100G WaveLogic 3n MOTR 102.4 2-356 pack 340 5-12
100G WaveLogic 3n OTR 102.4 2-340 common, ordering 151 3-5
100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F 102.8 1-113 cross-connect 102.1 2-1
100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F 102.8 1-98 deleting 310.1 1-113
100GE OCI 102.4 2-145 details, retrieving 310.1 1-85
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT 102.5 4-2 editing, primary state 310.1 1-109
10G OTR 102.5 1-2 electrical interface, ordering 151 3-122
10G OTSC 102.5 1-16 eMOTR 102.7 2-64
10G OTU2 WT 102.5 4-29 ESAM 102.6 1-110
10GEL WT 102.5 4-15 FGA 102.6 1-399
10x10G MUX 102.4 2-195 FLEX MOTR 102.7 1-39
10x10G PKT/OTN I/F 102.8 1-76 Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD 102.4 2-2
10x10GE MUX 102.4 2-195 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD 102.4 2-2
16xFLEX OTN I/F 102.8 1-50 Flex3 WL3e OCLD (NTK539QS/NTK539QV
16xOC-n/STM-n 102.3 1-60 variants) 340 1-14
16xSTM-1e 102.2 1-47 Flex4 WaveLogic 3 OCLD 102.4 2-2
1x10GE EPL 102.7 1-13 inserting 201.1 1-105, 201.2 1-200, 201.3
1xOC-192/STM-64 102.3 1-2 1-133, 201.4 1-104
2.5G MOTR 102.5 2-1 inspecting
200G (2x100G/5x40G) MUX 102.4 2-288 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit
20G L2SS 102.7 2-26 pack 340 5-7
24x10/100BT EPL 102.7 1-23 Flex3 WL3e OCLD (NTK539QS/NTK539QV
24xDS3/E3 102.2 1-34 variants) circuit packs 340 5-7
24xDS3/EC-1 102.2 1-22 installing 201.1 1-96, 201.2 1-189, 201.3
2-Port OPM 102.6 1-202 1-120, 201.4 1-90
2-Port OPM Flex C-Band 102.6 1-202 interface PG.1 3-83
2x10G OTR 102.5 1-33 ISS C-Band 102.4 1-131
2xOC-48/STM-16 102.3 1-33 L2 MOTR 102.7 2-42
2xOSC 102.6 1-4 L2SS 102.7 2-2
40G MUX OCI 102.4 1-55 LEDs 543.1 1-15
40G OCI 102.4 1-29 LIM 102.6 1-75
40G OCLD 102.4 1-2 MLA 102.6 1-30
40G OTN XCIF 102.8 1-3 MLA2 102.6 1-46
40G UOCLD 102.4 1-90 MLA2 w/VOA 102.6 1-46

5-22 Master index
circuit pack (continued) replacing (continued)

MLA3 102.6 1-64 DSM 84xDS1 TM circuit pack 545 2-94
NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G eMOTR circuit pack 545 2-55
DWDM PG.3 7-13 FGA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-100
OSIC 102.4 1-124 Fiber Interconnect Module 545 2-132
overview PG.1 3-1 L2SS circuit pack 545 2-48
path connection compatibility 320.1 3-4 LIM amplifier circuit pack 545 2-100
PDH gateway 102.7 2-14 MLA amplifier circuit pack 165 10-164, 545
primary state, editing 310.1 1-109 2-100
provisioning OC-48/STM-16 DPO module 545 2-36
automatically 310.1 1-86 optical interface circuit pack 545 2-13
manually 310.1 1-91, 310.1 1-97 OTN XC I/F circuit pack 545 2-67
rebooting 543.1 2-30 Passive Mux/Demux modules 545 2-127
reconfiguration PDH circuit pack 545 2-48
40/43G OCI circuit pack 545 2-291 RASMAN amplifier 545 2-100
40G OCI circuit pack 545 2-291 RPR circuit pack 545 2-52
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 545 2-291 SCMD4 circuit pack 545 2-141
SMD circuit pack 545 2-299 shelf processor 545 2-163
WSS w/OPM circuit pack 545 2-294 SLA amplifier circuit pack 165 10-164, 545
removing 201.1 1-105, 201.2 1-200, 201.3 2-100
1-133, 201.4 1-104 SMD circuit pack 545 2-110
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit SRA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-105
pack 340 5-15 WSS 50GHz w/OPM C-band circuit
Flex3 WL3e OCLD (NTK539QS/NTK539QV pack 545 2-110
variants) circuit packs 340 5-15 reseating 545 2-7
replacing 545 2-246 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 545 2-91 pack 340 5-19
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 545 2-44 Flex3 WL3e OCLD (NTK539QS/NTK539QV
20G L2SS circuit pack 545 2-48 variants) circuit packs 340 5-19
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 545 2-61 restarting 543.1 2-30
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 545 2-41 returning
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 545 2-41 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit
2xOC-48/STM-16 DPO carrier circuit pack 340 5-38
pack 545 2-31 Flex3 WL3e OCLD (NTK539QS/NTK539QV
2xOSC circuit pack 545 2-98 variants) circuit packs 340 5-38
40/43G OCI circuit pack 545 2-115 RPR 102.7 2-110
40G OCI circuit pack 545 2-115 SAM 102.6 1-110
40G XCIF circuit pack 545 2-67 SCMD4 100 GHz 102.6 1-213
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 545 2-115 shelf assignment 310.1 1-275
48 channel Trans Mux circuit pack 545 2-64 shelf processor 102.1 1-1
4xGE EPL circuit pack 545 2-44 SLA 102.6 1-18
4xGE EPL EFM circuit pack 545 2-44 SLIC10 102.4 1-140
4xOPS C-Band 1xOPSM2 circuit pack 165 SLIC10 Flex 102.4 1-140
10-168 slot numbering 151 1-2
63xE1 circuit pack 545 2-91 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 102.6 1-223
amplifiers 165 10-164, 545 2-100 SMD Flex 8x1 102.6 1-223
amplifiers 545 2-100 SRA 102.6 1-87
CCMD12 C-Band circuit pack 545 2-141 SuperMux 102.5 3-1
CCMD8x16 C-Band 1xCXM circuit supported CFP 180 6-1
pack 545 2-141 supported pluggable modules PG.3 7-3

Master index 5-23
circuit pack (continued) Circuit Pack Unknown alarm 165 10-41, 543.1
supported SFP/XFP/DPO modules PG.3 7-4 4-123
testing Circuit Pack Upgrade Failed alarm 165 10-44,
16xSTM-1e 221 6-25 543.1 4-127
1x10GE EPL 221 6-68 circuit packs, handling, safety guidelines 201.0
20G L2SS 221 6-47 1-44, 221 10-44, 545 1-44
24x10/100BT 221 6-40 circuitless IP interface PG.4 9-402
4xGE EPL 221 6-33 class of service
DS3/E3 221 6-21 overview 320.2 8-2, 320.2 9-2
DS3/EC-1 221 6-21 parameters 320.2 10-8
E1 221 6-17 parameters, displaying 320.2 10-4
L2SS 221 6-47 parameters, editing 320.2 10-5
PDH 221 6-55 class of service scheduler PG.2 5-13
RPR 221 6-64 overview 320.2 10-1
SuperMux 221 6-71 parameters 320.2 10-8
TMUX 221 6-29 CLE PG.1 3-149
TMUX 102.2 2-1 CLE hardware PG.1 3-149
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD 102.4 1-2 cleaning
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 102.6 1-136 adapter 201.0 5-11
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 102.6 1-150 CFP 201.0 5-23
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 102.6 1-126 fiber 201.0 5-4
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 102.6 1-188 MPO connectors 201.0 5-30
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 102.6 1-159 optical connectors 201.0 5-11
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 20x1 102.6 1-177 optical interface internal connectors 201.0 5-4
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 9x1 102.6 1-159 QSFP+ 201.0 5-23
XLA 102.6 1-101 SFP 201.0 5-23
Circuit pack 3rd Party - Pluggable alarm 165 XFP/SFP+ 201.0 5-23
10-29, 543.1 4-119 cleaning connectors 201.0 5-1, 201.3 1-1
Circuit pack Configuration Save Failed clear security alarms PG.2 5-25
alarm 543.1 4-88 clearing
Circuit Pack Failed - Pluggable alarm 165 10-33, audible alarms 301 6-13, 543.1 2-41
543.1 4-95 DOC alarms 310.2 8-11
Circuit Pack Failed - Sync alarm 543.1 4-97 DOC logs 310.2 8-10
Circuit Pack Failed - Traffic alarm 543.1 4-97 operational measurements counts 520 1-77
Circuit Pack Failed alarm 165 10-30, 543.1 4-89 performance monitoring counts
Circuit Pack Latch Open alarm 543.1 4-99 current 520 1-63
Circuit Pack Mate Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-100 history 520 1-63
Circuit Pack Mismatch - Pluggable alarm 165 PM counts
10-36, 543.1 4-108 untimed 520 1-65
Circuit Pack Mismatch alarm 165 10-34, 543.1 untimed OTU 520 1-91
4-102 ring configuration information 320.1 1-19
Circuit Pack Missing - Pluggable alarm 165 security alarms 543.1 2-21
10-40, 543.1 4-118 CLI
Circuit Pack Missing alarm 165 10-37, 543.1 overview 301 11-1
4-109 syntax conventions 165 1-23
Circuit Pack Operational Capability Exceeded CLI, see 6500 CLI and SAOS-based CLI
alarm 543.1 4-120 CLI, see command line interface
Circuit Pack Unknown - Pluggable alarm 543.1 Client Service Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-129
4-126 CLLI
editing 301 4-41

5-24 Master index
closing COLAN-A OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 165

CommLog terminal session 301 10-15 10-106, 543.2 5-228
General Broadcast tool 301 10-16 COLAN-A Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-55
Site Manager 195 3-21 COLAN-X OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 165
terminal session 301 3-6, 301 3-7 10-106, 543.2 5-228
TL1 Command Builder 301 10-3 COLAN-X Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-55
CM96 module Cold Restart Required: FPGA Changed
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-333 alarm 165 10-46, 543.1 4-133
CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-299 collector nodes
alarms 102.6 1-306 test access 310.2 5-6
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-306 Colorless Direct Attach configuration (COADM
cross-connection types 102.6 1-306 OTS connected to 1x9 or 1x2 WSS)
equipping rules 102.6 1-307 testing 221 4-138
technical specifications 102.6 1-308 Colorless Direct Attach configurations (CCMD12
CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-309 connected to 1x20 WSS)
alarms 102.6 1-324 testing 221 4-162
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-322 Colorless OADM
cross-connection types 102.6 1-322 testing 221 4-130
equipping rules 102.6 1-324 command line interface (6500), see 6500 CLI
performance monitoring 102.6 1-322 command line interface (SAOS-based), see
technical specifications 102.6 1-325 SAOS-based CLI
CMD44 module commercial and regulatory specifications PG.3
adding 221 4-46 8-361
installing 201.1 1-120, 201.2 1-215, 201.3 commissioning 6500 for Waveserver
1-149, 201.4 1-121 "install create" commands 165 3-4, 165 3-19
optical specifications PG.3 8-299 adding Waveserver node(s) to the SPLI
reconfiguration 545 2-317 list 165 3-53
replacing 165 10-158, 545 2-119 connecting intra-site fibers
CMD96 module 102.6 1-326 Line Amp nodes 165 3-42
alarms 102.6 1-335 Terminal nodes 165 3-42
cross-connection types 102.6 1-333 connecting to the shelf 165 3-31
equipping rules 102.6 1-335 Line Amp nodes 165 3-39
installing 201.2 1-215 link budgets 165 3-6
optical specifications PG.3 8-300 minimum channel count 165 3-5
performance monitoring 102.6 1-333 overview-other than ROADM 165 3-4
replacing 165 10-158 overview-ROADM 165 3-3
technical specifications 102.6 1-336 performing additional provisioning for Terminal
CMF UPI Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-131 and Line Amp nodes 165 3-55
CN-100-x4L and CN-100-x4H 4-channel Optical prerequisites 165 3-17
Mux/Demux Filter (OMDF4) 100 GHz roadmap for ROADM configurations 165 3-58
modules 102.6 1-415 site testing
CN-100-x80 8-channel Optical Mux/Demux Filter Line Amp nodes 165 3-42
(OMDF8) 100 GHz modules 102.6 1-418 Terminal nodes 165 3-42
CN-51S-00 Optical Service Channel Filter (1-Ch Standard and Extended reach 165 3-5
OSCF CWDM 1511 nm) 102.6 1-442 Terminal nodes 165 3-33
COLAN testing the 6500 photonic link 165 3-55
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-53 commissioning and testing PG.2 5-4
COLAN comms commissioning, network element using Advanced
DCN SP redundancy PG.4 9-65 SAT 221 2-36

Master index 5-25
CommLog 301 10-1 Configuration Mismatch - Adv BW Limit

content, printing 301 10-15 alarm 543.1 4-138
terminal session Configuration Mismatch - BW Lockout
closing 301 10-15 alarm 543.1 4-139
starting 301 10-15 Configuration Mismatch - BW Threshold
common circuit packs alarm 543.1 4-140
access panel 151 3-5 Configuration Mismatch - Common ID
cross-connect 151 3-19 alarm 543.1 4-141
filler cards and panels 151 3-21 Configuration Mismatch - Concatenation
Maintenance Interface Card 151 3-15 alarm 543.1 4-142
power input cards 151 3-8 Configuration Mismatch - Link ID alarm 543.1
shelf processor kits 151 3-16 4-143
Wire wrap adapters 151 3-7 Configuration Mismatch - Node alarm 543.1
common equipment 4-144
overview PG.1 3-1 Configuration Mismatch - OVPN ID alarm 543.1
comms setting management options 310.1 3-41 4-145
communication and control cables, Configuration Mismatch - Primary State
connecting 201.1 1-85, 201.2 1-177, alarm 543.1 4-146
201.3 1-99, 201.4 1-83 Configuration Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-137
communication cables (DSM), connecting 201.3 configurations
2-98, 201.4 2-104 1+1 ETS PG.2 4-8
communications management 310.1 3-1 1+1 linear PG.2 4-6
components 1+1 OTN PG.2 4-8
DSCM drawer 1+1 TPT PG.2 4-8
DSCM into drop-in plate assembly 201.4 14-slot shelf cooling PG.1 3-72
2-31 2-Fiber BLSR PG.2 4-9
Fiber Manager 2-Fiber MS-SPRing PG.2 4-9
DSCM into drop-in plate assembly 201.1 2-slot shelf cooling PG.1 3-82
1-130, 201.2 1-227, 201.3 1-159 32-slot shelf cooling PG.1 3-77
compression lugs, non-oxidizing compound, 4-Fiber BLSR PG.2 4-10
applying 201.0 3-7 4-Fiber HERS PG.2 4-10
Config Mismatch - LCAS alarm 543.1 4-135 4-Fiber MS-SPRing PG.2 4-10
configuration files 6500-7 shelf cooling PG.1 3-81
BLSR 7-slot shelf cooling PG.1 3-79
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22 bay PG.1 2-92
creating 320.1 1-7 BLSR PG.2 4-9
editing 320.1 1-14 cooling PG.1 3-68
retrieving 320.1 1-6 encryption 340 2-1
HERS Ethernet point-to-point PG.2 4-13
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22 Layer 2 multipoint-to-multipoint PG.2 4-14
creating 320.1 1-7 Layer 2 point-to-point PG.2 4-14
editing 320.1 1-14 MSP linear PG.2 4-6
retrieving 320.1 1-6 MS-SPRing PG.2 4-9
MS-SPRing SNCP PG.2 4-12
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22 summary PG.1 2-176
creating 320.1 1-7 unidirectional, supporting unidirectional path
editing 320.1 1-14 connections 320.1 3-8
retrieving 320.1 1-6 unprotected PG.2 4-2
UPSR PG.2 4-12

5-26 Master index
configuring connecting the DS1 service module to the 14-slot

100GHz CMD44 point-to point terminal 221 shelf 201.3 2-119, 201.4 2-125
4-251 connecting to the 2-slot shelf 201.3 1-381
MyCryptoTool access mode 340 3-1 connecting to the 32-slot shelf 201.4 1-193
OMD4 point-to-point terminal 221 4-255 connection and bandwidth management PG.2
OMX point-to-point terminal 221 4-255 5-9
remote CMD44 terminal 221 4-274 count path connections, count path
user account password requirements 301 2-46 connections PG.2 5-10
connecting connection blocking 320.1 3-10
air plenum ground cable 201.3 1-12 connection data
alarm control cables (DSM) 201.3 2-98, 201.4 adding 301 5-24
2-104 deleting 301 5-24
communication cables (DSM) 201.3 2-98, filtering 301 5-24
201.4 2-104 connection ID
cooling unit ground cable 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, Photonic connections 320.1 5-12
201.2 1-32, 201.3 1-12, 201.4 1-8 connection identifier
DS1 cables to the DSM 201.3 2-108, 201.4 SNC 320.1 3-39, 330 6-15
2-114 connection status 195 3-11
fiber-optic cable to the optical interface 102.6 Connection Validation PG.2 5-20
2-12, 201.1 1-143, 201.2 1-251, 201.3 connection validation summary
1-213, 201.4 1-153 retrieving 310.2 12-10
inter-NE fibers 221 4-245 connections
intra-NE fibers for Colorless Direct Attach path 320.1 3-1
configuration (CCMD12 connected to 1x20 connectivity
WSS) 221 4-151 external DCN
intra-NE fibers for Colorless Direct Attach external IPv4 address model PG.4 9-68
configuration (COADM OTS connected to external IPv6 address model PG.4 9-86
1x9 or 1x2 WSS) 221 4-138 OAM parameters, provisioning 320.2 18-5
intra-NE fibers for TOADM/ROADM/DGFF/DIA/ parameters, viewing 320.2 18-4
Colorless OADM 221 4-5 private DCN
MPO cables to the optical interface 102.6 2-12, private IP address model PG.4 9-69
201.2 1-251, 201.3 1-213, 201.4 1-153 public DCN
network element to DCN 221 2-75 public IP address model PG.4 9-68
OMX 16CH DWDM equipment drawers 201.1 connectivity provisioning PG.2 5-15
2-34, 201.2 2-34, 201.3 2-33, 201.4 2-41 IP parameters 320.2 18-11
OMX 4CH equipment drawers 201.1 2-28, OAM parameters 320.2 18-10
201.2 2-28, 201.3 2-28, 201.4 2-35 overview 320.2 18-1
output power cables to 1U BIP/FIP 201.1 1-57, parameters 320.2 18-10, 320.2 18-11
201.2 1-144, 201.3 1-71 connectivity testing
power cables to DSM shelf (OAM HW Rel 5 or IP address, editing 320.2 18-9
earlier) 201.3 2-79, 201.4 2-85 connector, pinouts 102.1 3-88, PG.3 8-104
power cables to DSM shelf (OAM HW Rel 6 or consolidated Alarms 543.1 2-14
later) 201.3 2-87, 201.4 2-93 consolidated alarms PG.2 5-24
rack ground to office ground 201.0 4-27 consolidated craft mode 195 1-26
shelf ground cable 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, 201.2 consolidated node 301 1-2, 301 4-18, 301 4-21
1-32, 201.3 1-12, 201.4 1-8 adding member shelf 301 4-81
terminal 201.3 1-381, 201.4 1-193 deleting member shelf 301 4-84
terminal to 7-slot&6500-7 shelves 201.2 1-280 member shelf
connecting craft PC 221 2-12 primary state, changing 301 4-82

Master index 5-27
control and communication cables, cooling unit assembly (continued)

connecting 201.1 1-85, 201.2 1-177, installing 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, 201.2 1-32,
201.3 1-99, 201.4 1-83 201.3 1-12, 201.4 1-8
control frame profile cooling unit shelf assembly on a 14-slot shelf
20G L2SS 310.1 1-420 replacing 545 2-206
L2SS 310.1 1-420 cooling, air flow direction terminology 201.0 3-4
PDH gateway 310.1 1-420 copying
RPR 310.1 1-421 DOC logs 310.2 8-7
Control Mode Conversion Failed alarm 543.1 inventory information 310.1 2-6
4-147 PM profiles 520 1-83
Control Mode Conversion in Progress PM threshold profiles 520 1-83
alarm 543.1 4-147 copying table data 195 3-33
Control Mode Provisioning mismatch alarm 543.1 co-routed SNC 330 9-24
4-147 engineering guidelines 330 9-26
Control Plane PG.2 5-22 shared attributes 330 9-25
application PG.2 4-42 Co-Routed SNC Degraded alarm 543.1 4-150
connection identifier 330 6-15 Co-Routed SNC Unavailable alarm 543.1 4-151
co-routed SNC 330 9-24 co-routed SNC, see CR-SNC
engineering guidelines 330 9-26 co-routed sub-network connection, see CR-SNC
shared attributes 330 9-25 Corrupt Inventory Data alarm 165 10-47, 543.1
connection identifier, SONET/SDH 320.1 3-39 4-152
data communications PG.4 9-104 count path connections 320.1 3-36
datacomm considerations PG.4 9-103 parameters 320.1 3-220
in-band communications PG.4 9-103 CP Loss of Host Timing Ref. alarm 543.1 4-157
out-of-band communications PG.4 9-104 CPE Discovery Protocol Fail alarm 543.1 4-155
PKT/OTN cross-connect CPL and 6500
datacomm considerations PG.4 9-106 interworking PG.4 9-313
link aggregation 330 4-15, 330 7-24
OTN CPS parameter 330 1-4
features 330 7-2 CPU2 Unreachable alarm 543.1 4-158
Photonic CPU2 Warm Restart Required alarm 543.1 4-159
maintenance mode 330 1-4 Craft Load Missing alarm 165 10-50, 543.1 4-160
OOB 330 1-5 Craft Load Unpacking Aborted - Low Disk Space
span loss exceeded 330 1-6 alarm 543.1 4-161
support for CDC equipment 330 1-4 creating
Control Plane Operations Blocked alarm 543.1 bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-6
4-147 BLSR
Control Plane System mismatch alarm 543.1 ring configuration files 320.1 1-7
4-149 ring configurations 320.1 1-7
converged shelf components PG.1 3-14 BLSR ring map 320.1 2-13
converting equipment group 102.7 2-176, 310.1 1-118
1+1 linear with DSM endpoint to UPSR 310.2 HERS
6-157 ring configuration files 320.1 1-7
cooling by forced air, working with systems 201.0 ring configurations 320.1 1-7
1-30, 221 10-30, 545 1-30 HERS ring map 320.1 2-13
cooling configurations PG.1 3-68 MS-SPRing
cooling fan module, replacing 545 2-199 ring configuration files 320.1 1-7
cooling unit assembly ring configurations 320.1 1-7
grounding 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, 201.2 1-32, MS-SPRing ring map 320.1 2-13
201.3 1-12, 201.4 1-8 OTS instance 310.2 13-8

5-28 Master index
creating (continued) cross-connection rates (continued)

passive configuration on 2-slot shelf 221 5-11 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
passive OTS, amplifier 221 5-10 2-57
passive OTS, channel access 221 5-10 100G WaveLogic 3e OTR circuit pack 102.4
queue group drop profiles 320.3 22-5 2-329
queue group profiles 320.3 21-6 100G WaveLogic 3n MOTR circuit pack 102.4
queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 23-5 2-369
receive class of service profiles 320.2 8-6 100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8
ring map 320.1 2-13 1-121
ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-19, 320.3 100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8
26-25 1-103
ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-13 100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-156
ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-36, 320.3 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5
26-46 4-6
ringlet, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-31 10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-7
script 301 10-6 10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-21
test access session (TAS) 310.2 5-19 10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-33
transmit class of service profiles 320.2 9-6 10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-19
tunnel endpoint 320.2 13-33 10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-215
tunnel endpoint map 320.2 14-32 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-82
tunnel segment 320.2 13-28 10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-215
VCE 320.2 13-18 16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-53
VCS 320.2 13-11 16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-68
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 13-18 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-51
virtual circuit endpoint map 320.2 14-16 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-16
virtual circuit segment 320.2 13-11 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-17
cross-connect (XC) circuit pack 102.1 2-1 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-5
latency 170 1-149 20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-34
alarms 102.1 2-29 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-31
compatibility 320.1 3-4 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-38
equipping rules 102.1 2-34 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-26
latency 102.1 2-44 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-43
protection 310.2 6-3 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-40
reconfiguration 545 2-251 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-61
replacing 545 2-81 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-40
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.1 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-11
2-46 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-7
technical specifications 102.1 2-42 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-96
Cross-connect Error alarm 543.1 4-166 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-82
Cross-connection Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-162 4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-73
cross-connection rates 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-7
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-11 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-5
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-87 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-52
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit 8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-104
pack 102.4 2-259, 102.4 2-297, 102.4 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-11
2-349 CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-238
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-156 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-306
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-57 CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-322
100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-24 CMD96 module 102.6 1-333
DSM 102.2 1-63

Master index 5-29
cross-connection rates (continued) cross-connection rates (continued)

ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-115 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-82
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-43 10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-215
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-53
2-57 16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-67
Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-50
2-57 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-16
Flex4 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-16
2-57 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-5
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-49 200G (2x100G/5x40G) MUX circuit pack 102.4
L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-6 2-297, 102.4 2-349
LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-78 20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-33
MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-34 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-31
MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-52 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-38
MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 102.6 1-52 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-26
MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-68 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-43
multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-39
pack 102.1 2-27 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-61
PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-19 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-40
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-113 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-11
SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-115 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-7
SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-218 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-96
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-22 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-82
SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-90 4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-73
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-16 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-7
TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-6 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-5
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-52
pack 102.4 1-11 8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-104
cross-connection types 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-11
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-11 CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-238
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-87 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-306
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-322
pack 102.4 2-259 CMD96 module 102.6 1-333
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-156 DSM 102.2 1-63
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-57 ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-115
100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-24 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-43
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
2-57 2-57
100G WaveLogic 3e OTR circuit pack 102.4 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
2-329 2-57
100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 Flex4 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
1-102 2-57
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-156 L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-49
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-6
4-6 LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-78
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-7 MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-34
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-21 MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-52
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-33 MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 102.6 1-52
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-19 MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-68
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-215

5-30 Master index
cross-connection rates (continued) data services endpoint management

multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit overview 320.2 14-1
pack 102.1 2-27 data services endpoint mappings
PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-19 overview 320.2 15-1
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-113 data services Ethernet OAM provisioning
SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-115 overview 320.3 27-1
SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-217 data services G.8032 ERP management
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-22 overview 320.3 26-1
SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-90 data services queue group drop profiles
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-15 overview 320.3 22-1
TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-6 data services queue group profiles
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit overview 320.3 21-1
pack 102.4 1-11 data services segment management
Crossed Fibers Suspected alarm 543.1 4-167 overview 320.2 13-1
CSA 301 2-66 database
details, retrieving 301 2-65 change events, allowing 543.1 2-20
RADIUS proxy server change events, inhibiting 543.1 2-20
provisioning 301 2-77 forwarding 320.2 19-1
RADIUS server Database Auto Save in Progress alarm 543.1
provisioning 301 2-67 4-169
shared secret, changing 301 2-74 database backup 301 7-3
customer visible logs Database Commit Failed alarm 543.1 4-182
Debug data collection using Card Logs 840 4-1 Database Integrity Fail - CPU2 alarm 543.1 4-171
introduction 840 1-1 Database Integrity Fail alarm 165 10-51, 543.1
troubleshooting DOC logs 840 2-1 4-170
customizing Database Not Recovered For Slot alarm 165
6500 CLI session 301 11-18 10-52, 543.1 4-172
CWDM pluggable optics (SFP) 180 3-4 Database Recovery Incomplete alarm 543.1
CXM C-Band Type 1 4-173
optical specifications PG.3 8-304 database replication
CXM C-Band Type 1 module 102.6 1-242 adding entry 310.1 3-28
CXM-Band Type 1 deleting entry 310.1 3-30
adding 221 4-61 editing 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27
database replication service PG.4 9-119
D parameters 310.1 3-89
Database Restore Failed alarm 165 10-56, 543.1
Dark Fiber Loss Measurement Disabled
4-178
alarm 543.1 4-168
Database Restore in Progress alarm 165 10-53,
data circuit packs
543.1 4-175
optical interface, ordering 151 3-25
Database Save Failed alarm 165 10-54, 543.1
4-176
5-33, 102.7 1-66, 102.8 1-140
Database Save in Progress alarm 165 10-59,
data communication channel, see DCC
543.1 4-184
data communications PG.2 5-27
date
data communications, see DCN
editing 301 4-41
data services PG.2 5-12
DBRS
data services activation setup
IP routing protocols PG.4 9-119
overview 320.2 11-1
DCC
data services bandwidth profiles
protection PG.4 9-306
overview 320.2 12-1

Master index 5-31
DCC interworking DCN (continued)

IP-managed network elements PG.4 9-303 GNE parameters 310.1 3-72
OSI-managed network elements PG.4 9-303, GRE parameters 310.1 3-74
PG.4 9-304 GRE provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-58
DCC Link Fail alarms 543.1 4-185 HTTP/HTTPS, parameters 310.1 3-91
DCC transparency 310.1 3-13, PG.4 9-310 IISIS circuit parameters 310.1 3-44
interworking requirements PG.4 9-311 IISIS circuit provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-38
limitations PG.4 9-311 IISIS router parameters 310.1 3-46
DCN IISIS router provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-37
4x10G OTR IISIS routing table parameters 310.1 3-66
encryption PG.4 9-371 interfaces 310.1 3-5
FIPS Security Policy PG.4 9-371 IP addressing PG.4 9-399
6500 NE IP masks PG.4 9-399
data communication interfaces PG.4 9-4 IP parameters 310.1 3-74
host-only mode IP routing table parameters 310.1 3-66
internal routing protocols PG.4 9-37 IP static route parameters 310.1 3-48
internal SNTP Client/Server PG.4 9-51 IP static route provisioning guidelines PG.4
IPv4 addressing PG.4 9-29, PG.4 9-34 9-47
IPv4 supported protocols PG.4 9-51 ip version configuration, parameters 310.1
IPv6 PG.4 9-28 3-92
IPv6 supported protocols PG.4 9-60 IPv6 PG.4 9-395
secure HTTP PG.4 9-51 IPv6 provisioning PG.4 9-95
single public IP PG.4 9-29 LAN parameters 310.1 3-77
6500 service metrics PG.4 9-395 LAN ports provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-5
ARP proxy 310.1 3-11 link local parameters 310.1 3-92
ARP proxy parameters 310.1 3-69 lower layer DCC/GCC parameters 310.1 3-78
ARP table parameters 310.1 3-70 migration from IPv4 to IPv6 PG.4 9-397
communication interfaces for accessing remote NAT, parameters 310.1 3-93
sites PG.4 9-11 Non-routing mode provisioning
database replication service, guidelines PG.4 9-37
parameters 310.1 3-89 options 310.1 3-41
design examples PG.4 9-131 OSPF circuit parameters 310.1 3-52
DHCP parameters 310.1 3-90 OSPF circuit provisioning guidelines PG.4
DHCP provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-52 9-43
DSM OAM comms 310.1 3-11 OSPF router parameters 310.1 3-57
DSM OAM link parameters 310.1 3-71 OSPF router provisioning guidelines PG.4
encryption PG.4 9-371 9-42
encryption OTR key management OSPFv3 guidelines PG.4 9-49
communications PG.4 9-371 overview 310.1 3-1
engineering guidelines PG.4 9-382 planning PG.4 9-1
design bandwidth requirements PG.4 9-384 port filter, parameters 310.1 3-60
external connectivity PPP parameters 310.1 3-84
external IPv4 address model PG.4 9-68 PPP provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-57
external IPv6 address model PG.4 9-86 preserve comms data option PG.4 9-420
FIPS Security Policy PG.4 9-371 private connectivity
firewalls PG.4 9-364 private IP address model PG.4 9-69
FTP parameters 310.1 3-90 provisioning 310.1 3-1
FTP provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-53 public connectivity
gateway network element, provisioning PG.4 public IP address model PG.4 9-68
9-92 RADIUS gateway PG.4 9-71

5-32 Master index
DCN (continued) DCN examples (continued)

Reverse Port NAT PG.4 9-71 standalone ARP GNE with numbered ILAN
reverse port NAT, parameters 310.1 3-51 interface PG.4 9-180
secure shell PG.4 9-53 standalone private IP addressing PG.4
security PG.4 9-368 9-208
serial/RS-232 parameters 310.1 3-86 standalone private IP with COLAN-X and
serial/RS-232 ports COLAN-A enabled using IPDGD PG.4
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-10 9-222
settings standalone static GNE configuration PG.4
adding an entry 310.1 3-28 9-134
deleting an entry 310.1 3-30 6500 Photonics and MSPP with OM3500
editing 310.1 3-22 (OSPF and iISIS) PG.4 9-258
retrieving 310.1 3-19 6500/HDX interworking using HDX DCC
SFTP PG.4 9-53 transparency and multiple OSI
Shelf IP redistribution guidelines PG.4 9-47 areas PG.4 9-274
SP redundancy PG.4 9-63 auto-tunneling PG.4 9-271
COLAN comms PG.4 9-65 DBRS use in a mesh network PG.4 9-285
craft communications PG.4 9-65 DCN LAN drop to every shelf PG.4 9-288
ssh/telnet, parameters 310.1 3-93 IPv6 IPv6 redundant OSPF GNEs with IPv4
static NAT 310.1 3-11 redundant OSPF PG.4 9-300
static NAT parameters 310.1 3-51 IPv6 ND Proxy GNE configuration PG.4 9-296
TARP 310.1 3-11 management of 6500 through non-6500
Telnet provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-58 network element PG.4 9-247
test-ping parameters 310.1 3-95 management of OM3500 through 6500 PG.4
TL1 gateway connections parameters 310.1 9-252
3-87 management of OM3500 through 6500 using
tools 310.1 3-35 GRE tunnel PG.4 9-266
trace route parameters 310.1 3-96 management of OM4000 through 6500 with IP
troubleshooting PG.4 9-380 only external DCN PG.4 9-241
upper layer DCC parameters 310.1 3-62 statically routed GNE configuration PG.4
visible NE information parameters 310.1 3-64 9-292
DCN examples using OSPF with two 6500 gateway network
6500 GNE configuration elements connected to OSPF backbone
individual LAN drops from customer with collocated CPL network
DCN PG.4 9-142 elements PG.4 9-276
redundant ARP GNE configuration PG.4 using single 6500 GNE with IISIS through 6500
9-184 network to reach remote 6130 network
redundant NAT GNE configuration PG.4 elements PG.4 9-229
9-193 using single 6500 GNE with IISIS to reach
redundant OSPF GNE configuration (each remote 6130 network elements in a SNCP/
GNE in different OSPF area) PG.4 9-148 UPSR ring configuration with generic
redundant OSPF GNE configuration (GNEs SDH/SONET equipment PG.4 9-235
in same OSPF area) PG.4 9-155 voice over IP orderwire PG.4 9-281
redundant OSPF GNE configuration (using DCN provisioning rules
tunnels on DCN) PG.4 9-164 general PG.4 9-87
redundant private IP addressing PG.4 IPv4 route redistribution and
9-215 summarization PG.4 9-88
standalone ARP GNE configuration PG.4 IPv6 route redistribution PG.4 9-90
9-173 DCN scalability PG.4 9-118

Master index 5-33
deactivating deleting (continued)

incremental expansion pack load 301 9-17 maintenance intermediate point 320.3 27-28
Debug Port in Use alarm 543.1 4-191 member shelf from a consolidated node 301
debug port login 4-84
authentication settings 301 2-64 member SNC
defect co-routed SNC 330 9-76
displaying 320.3 27-49 MS-SPRing
defining ring configuration files 320.1 1-23
modem settings 301 1-39 MS-SPRing ring map 320.1 2-19
site address for a DSM 310.1 1-108 MyCryptoTool access mode setting 340 3-23
delay NAT entry 310.1 3-30
SNC 330 9-19 node from a login profile 301 1-69
Delay Measurement Enabled on Slave Node node to navigation tree 301 1-76
alarm 543.1 4-192 optical channels 221 7-34, 221 7-40
Delay Measurement Mismatch Capability optical connection 301 5-24
alarm 543.1 4-193 OSPF circuit entry 310.1 3-30
delay measurements 520 1-43 OSPF router entry 310.1 3-30
deleting OSRP cascaded route 330 2-16
ARP proxy entry 310.1 3-30 OSRP LAG group 330 10-8
ARP table entry 310.1 3-30 OSRP line 330 4-27, 330 7-41
bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-11 OSRP link 330 4-20, 330 7-35
BLSR OSRP non-viable routing list 330 2-26
ring configuration files 320.1 1-23 OSRP route 330 2-12, 330 5-9, 330 8-9
BLSR ring map 320.1 2-19 OSRP routing list 330 2-21, 330 5-14, 330 8-14
circuit pack 310.1 1-113 OTN connections 320.1 7-19
co-routed SNC 330 9-77 OTS instance 310.2 7-8
database replication entry 310.1 3-30 path connection 320.1 3-61
DCN settings entry 310.1 3-30 Photonic connection 301 5-24
equipment group 310.1 1-122 Photonic connections 320.1 5-21
ETH facility from LAG 310.1 1-202 pluggable 310.1 1-113
ETH100 facility from LAG 310.1 1-202 port filter 310.1 3-30
ETH10G facility from LAG 310.1 1-202 queue group drop profiles 320.3 22-8
EVPL connections 320.1 6-11 queue group profiles 320.3 21-13
expansion pack load 301 8-35 queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 23-9
facility from equipment 310.1 1-195 receive class of service profiles 320.2 8-9
GNE entry 310.1 3-30 release server 301 8-30
GRE entry 310.1 3-30 remote maintenance end point 320.3 27-43
HERS remote NE from span of control 301 4-96
ring configuration files 320.1 1-23 resilient packet ring 320.2 16-10
HERS ring map 320.1 2-19 resilient packet ring protection 320.2 16-14
IISIS circuit entry 310.1 3-30 reverse port NAT 310.1 3-30
IISIS router entry 310.1 3-30 ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-21, 320.3
invalid password list entry 301 2-56 26-27
IP Static Route entry 310.1 3-30 ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-17
LAN entry 310.1 3-30 ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-40, 320.3
login profile 301 1-61 26-48
lower layer DCC/GCC entry 310.1 3-30 ringlet, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-34
maintenance association 320.3 27-23 RPR 320.2 16-10
maintenance domain 320.3 27-15 RPR protection 320.2 16-14
maintenance end point 320.3 27-37 shelf provisioning, all 301 4-74

5-34 Master index
deleting (continued) disabling

SNC 330 3-40, 330 6-33, 330 9-58 alarm point status 543.1 2-23
SNMP alarmModelTable row 740 2-56 auto-equipping 301 6-22
SNMP community name 740 2-49 auto-equipping (Advanced SAT) 221 2-42
SNMP group mapping 740 2-37 intrusion attempt handling 301 2-62
SNMP trap destinations 740 2-27 IP access control list 301 2-85
SNMP user group 740 2-39 local user 301 2-6
SNMP USM user 740 2-31 MyCryptoTool access mode 340 3-22
SNMP view 740 2-35 RADIUS accounting servers 301 2-71
software load 301 8-25 SNMP agent 740 2-23
SPLI entries 301 4-93 SNMP authentication traps 740 2-66
static entries 320.2 19-14 SNMP proxy 740 2-23
static NAT entry 310.1 3-30 synchronization status message (SSM) 310.2
time of day server 301 4-87 4-10
TODR profile 330 11-11 user account 301 2-6, 301 2-43
transmit class of service profiles 320.2 9-9 disabling, performance monitoring 520 1-38
transponder connections 320.1 4-27 disconnecting
tunnel endpoint 320.2 13-37, 320.2 14-30 fiber-optic cable from the optical
tunnel endpoint map 320.2 14-36, 320.2 15-11 interface 102.6 2-12, 201.1 1-143, 201.2
tunnel segment 320.2 13-31 1-251, 201.3 1-213, 201.4 1-153
upper layer DCC entry 310.1 3-30 from a network element 301 1-75
user account 301 2-41 MPO cables from the optical interface 102.6
VCE 320.2 13-24, 320.2 14-14 2-12, 201.2 1-251, 201.3 1-213, 201.4
VCS 320.2 13-16 1-153
VEP 330 6-45 Disk 75 percent Full alarm 165 10-60, 543.1
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 13-24, 320.2 4-194
14-14 Disk 90 percent Full alarm 165 10-60, 543.1
virtual circuit endpoint map 320.2 14-21, 320.2 4-194
15-6 Disk Full alarm 165 10-61, 543.1 4-195
virtual circuit segment 320.2 13-16 Disk Full alarms 165 10-60, 543.1 4-194
deprovisioning DISP facility
test access channel (TAC) 310.2 5-18 editing 310.1 1-187
test access port (TAP) 310.2 5-16 parameters 310.1 1-619
DGFF dispersion range, displaying 310.1 1-231
testing 221 4-207 dispersion scan, manual 310.1 1-229
DHCP displaying 320.2 10-4
parameters 310.1 3-90 DCN settings 310.1 3-19
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-52 defect information 320.3 27-49
DIA dispersion ranges 310.1 1-231
testing 221 4-122 DOC, logs 310.2 8-5
dialup connectivity facility inventory 310.1 2-4
remote support PG.4 9-363 forwarding database information 320.2 19-5
differential provisioning PG.2 5-20 G.8032 ERP node information 320.3 24-4
editing entries 310.2 10-5 intrusion attempt handling details 301 2-61
overview 310.2 10-1 invalid password 301 2-54
retrieving 310.2 10-4 lane powers 310.1 1-230
Direction Independent Access. See DIA link trace information 320.3 27-45
login banner 301 4-35

Master index 5-35
displaying (continued) DOC Consecutive Re-Opt Threshold Crossed

member shelf information of a consolidated alarm 543.1 4-213
node 301 4-80 DOC Domain Not Optimized alarm 543.1 4-216
MyCryptoTool access mode using Site DOC Invalid Photonic Domain alarm 543.1 4-218
Manager 340 3-20 DOC Power Audit Failed alarm 543.1 4-223
nodal member parameters 301 4-35 documentation, ordering 151 5-24
nodal shelf parameters 301 4-35 Domain Optical Controller
nodal system parameters 301 4-35 customer visible logs
node information 301 4-35 Debug data collection using Card Logs 840
optical power ranges 310.1 1-231 4-1
OTDR trace 310.2 14-8 introduction 840 1-1
ring information 320.2 17-3 troubleshooting 840 2-1
RPR fairness details 320.2 16-5 Domain Optical Controller (DOC) PG.2 5-19
RPR protection (span) details 320.2 16-5 Domain Optical Controller Disabled alarm 543.1
RPR quality of service details 320.2 16-5 4-226
shelf inventory 310.1 2-3 Dormant Account Detected alarm 165 10-62,
Shelf Level View 301 6-7 543.1 4-243
test access channel (TAC) 310.2 5-12 downloading
test access port (TAP) 310.2 5-12 SAOS MIB files 301 8-9
test access session (TAS) 310.2 5-12 SOR files 310.2 14-6
time of day parameters 301 4-35 DPO module 180 7-1
TR control (OTM2) 310.1 1-227 supported, by circuit pack 180 7-5, 180 8-48,
user account details 301 2-32 PG.3 7-4
wavelength ranges 310.1 1-231 drop-and-continue
DOC path connection
channel parameters 310.2 8-22 BLSR 320.1 3-97
clearing alarms 310.2 8-11 HERS 320.1 3-97
clearing logs 310.2 8-10 MS-SPRing 320.1 3-97
copying logs 310.2 8-7 DS1
displaying logs 310.2 8-5 electrical specifications PG.3 8-347
editing setting 310.2 8-19 installation
overview 310.2 8-1 installing and removing DS1 front
power audit 310.2 8-13 cover 201.3 2-122, 201.4 2-128
re-optimizing channels 310.2 8-12 DS1 broadcast
resetting TCA baselines 310.2 8-8 path connection
retrieving summary 310.2 8-4 provisioning 320.1 3-145
settings parameters 310.2 8-28, 310.2 13-29 DS1 cable PG.3 8-132
stopping action 310.2 8-16 pinout PG.3 8-133
summary parameters 310.2 8-21 routing 201.3 2-111, 201.4 2-117
viewing DOC Trail 310.2 8-17 DS1 cables 102.2 1-78
viewing NE Trail 310.2 8-18 ordering 151 4-53
DOC Action Failed: Add alarm 543.1 4-198 pinout 102.2 1-79
DOC Action Failed: Delete alarm 543.1 4-201 DS1 facility
DOC Action Failed: Monitor alarm 543.1 4-204 editing 310.1 1-187
DOC Action Failed: Optimize alarm 543.1 4-207 parameters 310.1 1-422
DOC Action: Channel Add In Progress DS1 mapping 320.1 3-14
alarm 543.1 4-196 DS1 Receive alarms 543.1 4-227
DOC Action: Channel Delete In Progress DS1 service module
alarm 543.1 4-197 testing 221 6-13
DOC Action: Fault Detected alarm 543.1 4-210

5-36 Master index
DS1 service module (DSM) DSM (continued)

alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-13 fan module
DS1DS3 facility replacing 545 2-212
parameters 310.1 1-430 installation
DS1WAN facility connecting power cables to DSM shelf (OAM
parameters 310.1 1-435 HW Rel 5 or earlier) 201.3 2-79, 201.4
DS3 2-85
electrical specifications PG.3 8-348 connecting power cables to DSM shelf (OAM
DS3 cables 102.2 1-33, 102.2 1-45, PG.3 8-134 HW Rel 6 or later) 201.3 2-87, 201.4 2-93
ordering 151 4-53 installing the DSM shelf 201.3 2-71, 201.4
DS3 facility 2-77
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-14, 543.1 3-15 ordering 151 3-126
editing 310.1 1-187 performance monitoring 102.2 1-64
parameters 310.1 1-426, 310.1 1-430 provisioning
DS3 Receive alarms 543.1 4-234 automatically 310.1 1-101
DS3/E3 circuit pack manually 310.1 1-105
testing 221 6-21 technical specifications 102.2 1-74
DS3/E3/EC-1 DSM 84xDS1 termination module (TM)
I/O panels 102.2 1-86 inserting 201.3 2-112, 201.4 2-118
DS3/E3/EC-1 I/O panel removing 201.3 2-112, 201.4 2-118
replacing 545 2-175 replacing 545 2-94
DS3/EC-1 circuit pack DSM breaker interface panel
protection 310.2 6-4 installing 201.3 2-64, 201.4 2-70
testing 221 6-21 DSM OAM comms 310.1 3-11
DS3WAN facility DSM OAM link
parameters 310.1 1-435 editing 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27
DSCM 102.6 1-443 parameters 310.1 3-71
See also PECs DSM shelf 102.2 1-58
installing into DSCM drawer 201.4 2-31 DSM-Host Misconnection alarm 543.1 4-244
installing into Fiber Manager 201.1 1-130, DSM-OAM adapter module, replacing 545 2-195
201.2 1-227, 201.3 1-159 Duplicate Adjacency Discovered alarm 543.1
DSCM circuit pack 4-247
latency 170 1-154 Duplicate IP Address alarm 165 10-63, 543.1
DSCM drawer 4-248
installing DSCM into 201.4 2-31 Duplicate IPv6 Address alarm 543.1 4-250
DSCM module 102.6 1-391 Duplicate Primary Shelf alarm 543.1 4-252
alarms 102.6 1-394 Duplicate Shelf Detected alarm 165 10-64, 543.1
equipping rules 102.6 1-394 4-254
latency 102.6 1-397 Duplicate Site ID alarm 543.1 4-256
optical specifications PG.3 8-308 DWDM pluggable optics (DPO) 180 7-1
replacing 545 2-154, 545 2-158 DWDM pluggable optics (SFP) 180 3-4
technical specifications 102.6 1-395 DWDM pluggable optics (XFP) 151 3-97, 180 2-1
DSM dynamic entries 320.2 19-16
alarms 102.2 1-64 Dynamic NAT provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221
cross-connection rates 102.2 1-63 2-58
defining site address 310.1 1-108
editing site address 310.1 1-108

Master index 5-37
E echotest
operating or releasing OAM messages 320.2
E1
18-7
electrical specifications PG.3 8-347, PG.3
eCMD44 module
8-349, PG.3 8-350
installing 201.1 1-120, 201.2 1-215, 201.3
I/O panel 102.2 1-80
1-149, 201.4 1-121
port mappings PG.3 8-130
replacing 165 10-158, 545 2-119
E1 cable PG.3 8-123, 102.2 1-14
editing 320.2 10-5
120 ohm pinout PG.3 8-129
account dormancy defaults 301 2-44
75 ohm pinout 102.2 1-17, PG.3 8-126
ADJ (TXRX) facility 310.1 1-187
ordering 151 4-51
ADJ-FIBER facility 310.1 1-187
E1 circuit pack
ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX facility 310.1 1-187
protection 310.2 6-4
alarm profiles 543.1 2-23
testing 221 6-17
alarm severity 543.1 2-23
E1 facility
AMP facility 310.1 1-187
editing 310.1 1-187
ARP table 310.1 3-22
parameters 310.1 1-428
Automatic In-Service (AINS) default
E1 hardware
period 301 4-58
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-16
bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-8
E1 I/O module in a Metro front electrical shelf,
banner 301 4-38
replacing 545 2-183
banner type 301 4-38
E1 I/O panel, replacing 545 2-185
BLSR
E1 line
ring configuration files 320.1 1-14
BLSR configuration 320.1 2-14
E1 mapping 320.1 3-14
CHC facility 310.1 1-187
E1 Receive alarms 543.1 4-258
communications settings 310.1 3-22
E1 Transmit alarms 543.1 4-263
co-routed SNC 330 9-63
E1DS3 facility
database replication 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27
date and time 301 4-41
E1WAN facility
differential provisioning entries 310.2 10-5
DISP facility 310.1 1-187
E3
DOC setting 310.2 8-19
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-17, 543.1 3-18, 543.1
DS1 facility 310.1 1-187
3-20
DS3 facility 310.1 1-187
E3 cables 102.2 1-33, 102.2 1-45, PG.3 8-134
DSM OAM link 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27
ordering 151 4-53
E1 facility 310.1 1-187
E3 facility
EC-1 facility 310.1 1-187
encryption components
E3 Receive alarms 543.1 4-234
using Site Manager 340 3-10
E3, electrical specifications PG.3 8-348
equipment group 310.1 1-121
E3WAN facility
equipment mode 310.1 1-123
equipment profile 310.1 1-123
EC-1 cables 102.2 1-33, 102.2 1-45, PG.3 8-134
ETH10G facility 310.1 1-187
ordering 151 4-53
Ether type, L2 MOTR equipment 310.1 1-139
EC-1 facility
Ethernet facility 310.1 1-187
EVPL connections 320.1 6-10
editing 310.1 1-187
facility parameters 310.1 1-187
facility primary state 310.1 1-182
EC-1 Receive alarms 543.1 4-270
FLEX facility 310.1 1-187
EC-1, electrical specifications PG.3 8-348
FTP 310.1 3-22

5-38 Master index
editing (continued) editing (continued)

HCCS reference attribute 520 1-93 OTS parameters 310.2 7-18
HERS OTS slot sequence 310.2 13-12
ring configuration files 320.1 1-14 OTU HCCS reference attribute 520 1-93
HERS configuration 320.1 2-14 password 301 2-51
HTTP/HTTPS 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27 defaults 301 2-44
I/O carrier, 20G L2SS circuit pack 310.1 1-137 path connection 320.1 3-58
IP 310.1 3-22 path trace 310.1 1-242
LAN 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27 PM profiles 520 1-81
login banner 301 4-38 PM threshold profiles 520 1-81
login profile 301 1-60 PPP 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27
lower layer DCC/GCC 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27 protection parameters
maintenance association 320.3 27-21 electrical equipment 310.2 6-156
maintenance domain 320.3 27-13 optical equipment 310.2 6-149
maintenance end point 320.3 27-35 optical facilities 310.2 6-149
map mode protection scheme
10/100BT EPL circuit pack 310.1 1-135 electrical equipment 310.2 6-153
20G L2SS circuit pack 310.1 1-137 optical equipment 310.2 6-137
member shelf, primary state 301 4-82 optical facilities 310.2 6-137
monitor mode 520 1-88 provisioned PEC 310.1 1-123
MS-SPRing provisioning mode 310.1 1-123
ring configuration files 320.1 1-14 queue group drop profiles 320.3 22-6
MS-SPRing configuration 320.1 2-14 queue group profiles 320.3 21-8
NAT 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27 queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 23-6
network element Raman password 301 2-52
CLLI 301 4-41 receive class of service profiles 320.2 8-7
name 301 4-41 resilient packet ring 320.2 16-8
TID 301 4-41 resilient packet ring protection 320.2 16-13
network element mode 301 4-41 ring map 320.1 2-14
nodal shelf parameters 301 4-60 ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-20, 320.3
nodal system parameters 301 4-50 26-26
node in a login profile 301 1-67 ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-15
OC3 (DS1TM) facility 310.1 1-187 ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-38, 320.3
OCn facility 310.1 1-187 26-47
OPTMON facility 310.1 1-187 ringlet, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-32
OSC facility 310.1 1-187 RPR 320.2 16-8
OSRP cascaded route 330 2-15 RPR protection 320.2 16-13
OSRP instance 330 1-16, 330 4-11, 330 7-18 script 301 10-11
OSRP LAG group 330 10-7 section trace 310.1 1-235
OSRP line 330 1-23, 330 4-24, 330 7-38 signal label 310.1 1-242
OSRP link 330 1-20, 330 4-18, 330 7-29 simultaneous login limit defaults 301 2-44
OSRP node 330 1-18, 330 4-12, 330 7-19 site address for a DSM 310.1 1-108
OTN bandwidth threshold defaults 330 7-23 SNC 330 3-13, 330 3-33, 330 6-14, 330 6-26,
OSRP non-viable routing list 330 2-24 330 9-22, 330 9-44
OSRP route 330 2-11, 330 5-8, 330 8-8 SNMP community name 740 2-30, 740 2-46
OSRP routing list 330 2-19, 330 5-12, 330 8-12 SNMP community string 740 2-62
OTMn facility 310.1 1-187 SNMP group mapping 740 2-37
OTN connections 320.1 7-18 SNMP trap destinations 740 2-27
OTS instance 102.6 2-23, 310.2 7-6, 310.2 SNMP user group 740 2-39
13-9, 310.2 13-11

Master index 5-39
editing (continued) electrical specifications PG.3 8-346

SNMP USM user 740 2-31 2.048 MHz PG.3 8-346
SNMP version 740 2-62 6.312 MHz PG.3 8-346
SNMP view 740 2-35 64 kHz Composite Clock (64K CC) PG.3 8-346
SPLI entries 301 4-92 DS1 PG.3 8-347
SSH 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27 DS3 PG.3 8-348
STMn facility 310.1 1-187 E1 PG.3 8-347, PG.3 8-349, PG.3 8-350
system MIB parameters 740 2-59 E3 PG.3 8-348
telnet 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27 EC-1 PG.3 8-348
TID slot sequence 310.2 13-18 STM-1e PG.3 8-349
time of day electromagnetic specifications PG.3 8-357
polling interval 301 4-86 eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ circuit pack
server 301 4-87 optical specifications PG.3 8-197
status 301 4-86 eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP circuit pack
TL1 commands 301 10-4 optical specifications PG.3 8-197
TL1 gateway parameters 301 4-85 eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-64
TODR profile 330 11-9 alarms 102.7 2-91
TR control (OTM2) 310.1 1-227 engineering rules 102.7 2-96
trail trace 310.1 1-238 equipping rules 102.7 2-94
transmit class of service profiles 320.2 9-7 latency 102.7 2-97, 170 1-88
transponder connections 320.1 4-25 operational measurements 520 2-234
tunnel endpoint 320.2 13-35, 320.2 14-28 performance monitoring 102.7 2-90
tunnel endpoint map 320.2 14-34, 320.2 15-9 replacing 545 2-55
tunnel segment 320.2 13-29, 320.2 14-38 supported SFPs/SFP+s/XFPs 102.7 2-82
user account 301 2-37 technical specifications 102.7 2-96
user defaults 301 2-44 enabling
user profile 301 2-37 alarm point status 543.1 2-23
user defaults 301 2-44 auto-equipping 301 6-22
VCE 320.2 13-21, 320.2 14-11 auto-equipping (Advanced SAT) 221 2-42
VCS 320.2 13-13, 320.2 14-23 intrusion attempt handling 301 2-62
VEP 330 6-44 IP access control list 301 2-85
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 13-21, 320.2 RADIUS accounting servers 301 2-71
14-11 SNMP agent 740 2-23
virtual circuit segment 320.2 13-13, 320.2 SNMP authentication traps 740 2-66
14-23 SNMP proxy 740 2-23
WAN configuration, 20G L2SS circuit user account 301 2-42
pack 310.1 1-137 enabling the DHCP server on the craft IPv6
WAN facility 310.1 1-187 port 221 2-75
warning message 301 4-38 enabling, performance monitoring 520 1-38
EFM remote loopback 310.1 1-203 encryption
electrical cables, routing 201.3 1-200 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit
Electrical circuit packs pack 340 1-10
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.2 building a customized network 340 1-8
1-97 carrier managed service model 340 2-9
electrical I/O cable components 340 1-6
routing 201.3 1-187 deployment solutions 340 2-1
electrical I/O hardware, installing 201.3 1-171 FIPS 340 1-9
electrical interface area Flex3 WL3e OCLD (NTK539QS/NTK539QV
hardware variants) circuit packs 340 1-14
ordering 151 3-123 GNE 340 2-20

5-40 Master index
encryption (continued) engineering rules (continued)

ITU-T G.709 Frame Structure 340 1-24 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-12
key management OMX 151 1-157
non-segregated (L3) solution PG.4 9-371 PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-25
provisioning PG.4 9-377 RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-118
segregated (L2) solution PG.4 9-372 Enhanced Trunk Switch (ETS) 102.1 4-19
MyCryptoTool access equipping rules 102.1 4-30
provisioning summary specifications PG.3 8-339
non-segregated mode 340 2-5 technical specifications 102.1 4-30
overview 340 1-6 entries
private IP 340 3-46 dynamic 320.2 19-16
provisioning overview 340 3-1 flushing from forwarding databases 320.2 19-7
redundant GCC2 340 2-19 static 320.2 19-16, 320.2 19-22
scenarios 340 2-1 static, adding to forwarding database 320.2
segregated mode 340 2-14 19-13
single enterprise model 340 2-2 static, deleting from forwarding database 320.2
TIDc 340 2-20 19-14
Encryption Authentication Material Missing ENUT
alarm 340 4-6, 543.1 4-275 protection switching 310.2 6-110
Encryption Configuration Mismatch alarm 340 environmental specifications PG.3 8-351
4-8, 543.1 4-277 equalizing
Encryption Failure alarm 340 4-11, 543.1 4-280 passive layer network 221 5-12
Encryption Keying Authentication Failure thin terminal 221 4-261
alarm 340 4-13, 543.1 4-281 equipment 151 3-92
Encryption Keying Communication Failure alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-12
alarm 340 4-16, 340 4-18, 543.1 4-284 circuit packs
endpoint management PG.2 5-14 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-8
endpoint map details, retrieving 310.1 1-85
tunnel, creating 320.2 14-32 editing
tunnel, deleting 320.2 14-36, 320.2 15-11 provisioned PEC 310.1 1-123
tunnel, editing 320.2 14-34, 320.2 15-9 facility
virtual circuit, creating 320.2 14-16 adding 310.1 1-140
virtual circuit, deleting 320.2 14-21 delete from equipment 310.1 1-195
endpoint mapping PG.2 5-15 management 310.1 1-6
parameters 320.2 15-13 non-provisionable 310.1 1-6
tunnel parameters 320.2 14-62, 320.2 15-20 parameters 165 7-44, 165 7-48, 165 7-50,
virtual circuit parameters 320.2 14-48 310.1 1-275, 310.1 1-288
engineering guidelines primary state 165 7-44, 310.1 1-286
DCN PG.4 9-382 protection 310.2 6-2
design bandwidth requirements PG.4 9-384 provisionable 310.1 1-6
synchronization mixed timing 310.2 4-17 secondary state 165 7-45, 310.1 1-287
TID consolidation PG.4 9-98 equipment and facility provisioning
engineering rules overview 310.1 1-1
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-20 equipment and traffic protection PG.2 5-33
20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-40 Equipment Configuration Mismatch alarm 543.1
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-36 4-287
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-11 equipment group
eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-96 creating 102.7 2-176, 310.1 1-118
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-55 deleting 310.1 1-122
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-59

Master index 5-41
equipment group (continued) equipping rules (continued)

details, retrieving 310.1 1-117 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-19
editing 310.1 1-121 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-21
SAOS-based CLI 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-11
commands 301 11-28 200G (2x100G/5x40G) MUX circuit pack 102.4
equipment management PG.2 5-6 2-302
equipment mode 20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-39
editing 310.1 1-123 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-35
parameters 310.1 1-292 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-41
Equipment OOS with Subtending Facilities IS 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-29
alarm 543.1 4-290 2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-210
equipment profile 2-Port OPM Flex C-Band circuit pack 102.6
editing 310.1 1-123 1-210
Equipment Reconfiguration In Progress 2-slot shelf 151 1-98
alarm 165 10-66, 543.1 4-292 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-44
equipping rules 2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-10
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR with XFP circuit 32-slot shelf 151 1-147
pack 102.5 5-24 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-72
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-96 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-46
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-14
pack 102.4 2-265 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-10
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-162 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-99
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-61 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-86
100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-26 48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-72
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit
2-61 pack 340 5-27
100G WaveLogic 3e OTR circuit pack 102.4 4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-88
2-333 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-10
100G WaveLogic 3n MOTR circuit pack 102.4 4xOPS circuit pack 102.1 5-12
2-378 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-7
100G WaveLogic 3n OTR circuit pack 102.4 6500-7 shelf 151 1-106
2-351 7-slot shelf 151 1-101
100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-57
1-125 8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-110
100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-24
1-108 access panel 102.1 3-82
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-162 bay 151 1-84
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 BMD2 module 102.6 1-349
4-10 breaker interface panel 102.1 3-16
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-11 CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-240
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-37 CCMD8x16 circuit pack 102.6 1-255
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-23 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-307
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-225 CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-324
10x10G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-89 CMD96 module 102.6 1-335
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-225 cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-34
14-slot shelf 151 1-113 DSCM module 102.6 1-394
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-61 DSM 102.2 1-67
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-75 eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-94
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-54 Enhanced Trunk Switch (ETS) 102.1 4-30
1U AC rectifier 102.1 3-65 ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-122

5-42 Master index
equipping rules (continued) equipping rules (continued)

FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-405 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
FIM Type 1 module 102.6 1-384 pack 102.4 1-14
FIM Type 2 module 102.6 1-384 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6
FIM Type 3 module 102.6 1-384 1-147
FIM Type 5 module 102.6 1-384 1-157
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-55 1-133
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6
2-61 1-199
Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6
2-61 1-172
Flex3 WL3e OCLD (NTK539QS/NTK539QV WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 20x1 circuit
variants) circuit packs 340 5-29 pack 102.6 1-185
Flex4 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit
2-61 pack 102.6 1-172
fuse interface panel 102.1 3-16 XLA circuit pack 102.6 1-106
GMD10 module 102.6 1-364 error alarms (Ethernet) 543.1 4-293
ISS C-Band circuit pack 102.4 1-136 error alarms (OC/STM) 543.1 4-299
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-59 error alarms (STS/HO VC) 543.1 4-299
L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-11 error alarms (VT/LO VC) 543.1 4-299
LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-82 error alarms (WAN) 543.1 4-293
maintenance interface card (MIC) 102.1 3-87 error alarms FLEX 543.1 4-293
MBMD2 module 102.6 1-359 ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-110
MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-38 alarms 102.6 1-121
MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-57 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-115
MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-70 cross-connection types 102.6 1-115
OMD4 100 GHz module 102.6 1-344 equipping rules 102.6 1-122
OMX module 102.6 1-278 optical specifications PG.3 8-290
OSC Filter (1516.9 nm) module 102.6 1-389 performance monitoring 102.6 1-117
OSIC circuit pack 102.4 1-127 technical specifications 102.6 1-124
PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-24 ESCON SFP module
Photonic passive equipment 102.6 1-452 optical specifications PG.3 8-236
power input cards 102.1 3-59 ESI alarms 543.1 4-308
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-117 ETH
SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-122 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2
SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-220 ETH facility
shelf 151 1-84, 151 1-97 adding to LAG 310.1 1-179
shelf processor circuit pack 102.1 1-29 delete from LAG 310.1 1-202
site 151 1-84, 151 1-92 deleting from LAG 310.1 1-202
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-26 parameters 310.1 1-316
SLIC Idler circuit pack 102.4 1-147 ETH LAN Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-56
SLIC10 Flex circuit pack 102.4 1-147 ETH100
SMD Flex 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-232 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2
SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-97 ETH100 facility
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-28 adding to LAG 310.1 1-179
TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-8 deleting from LAG 310.1 1-202
Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 102.1 4-13 parameters 310.1 1-316
UBMD2 module 102.6 1-354

Master index 5-43
ETH10G facility EVPL connections (continued)

adding to LAG 310.1 1-179 parameters 320.1 6-12
delete from LAG 310.1 1-202 retrieving 320.1 6-6
editing 310.1 1-187 Excessive Error Rate (STS/HO VC) 543.1 4-302
parameters 310.1 1-316 Excessive Error Rate (VT/LO VC) 543.1 4-302
ETH40G facility Excessive Error Ratio (ETH) alarm 543.1 4-293
parameters 310.1 1-316 Excessive Error Ratio (ETH100) alarm 543.1
Ethernet drop-and-continue 4-293
path connection Excessive Error Ratio (ETH10G) 543.1 4-293
1+1/MSP linear 320.1 3-81 Excessive Error Ratio (FC1200) 543.1 4-293
dual feed (add/drop) 320.1 3-131 Excessive Error Ratio (FC800) 543.1 4-293
UPSR/SNCP 320.1 3-112 Excessive Error Ratio (FC800) alarm 543.1 4-293
Ethernet facility Excessive Error Ratio (FLEX) 543.1 4-293
editing 310.1 1-187 Excessive Error Ratio (WAN) alarm 543.1 4-293
Ethernet OAM maintenance associations Excessive Input Power alarm 543.1 4-315
retrieving 320.3 27-17 Excessive Pointer Adjustments (EC-1)
Ethernet OAM maintenance domains alarm 543.1 4-270
retrieving 320.3 27-10 executing
Ethernet OAM maintenance end points script 301 10-13
retrieving 320.3 27-30 TL1 commands 301 10-4
Ethernet OAM maintenance intermediate points exerciser
retrieving 320.3 27-25 allowing to run as scheduled 310.2 6-176
Ethernet OAM provisioning PG.2 5-18 inhibiting to run as scheduled 310.2 6-176
Ethernet OAM remote maintenance end points retrieving schedule 310.2 6-175
retrieving 320.3 27-39 running manually 310.2 6-176
Ethernet point-to-point configuration PG.2 4-13 scheduling 310.2 6-172
Ethernet RJ-45 cable exhaust, front, considerations 201.0 3-7
assembly 201.0 6-3 expansion pack load
pinout 201.0 6-3 deleting 301 8-35
ETTP facility retrieving 301 8-13
parameters 102.7 2-245, 310.1 1-545 transferring
event from repository to SP 301 8-31
active events, viewing 543.1 1-25, 543.1 1-30 expected far end address
autonomous messages 543.1 2-4 adjacency facility 310.1 1-604
details, retrieving 543.1 2-16 exponential backoff period
filtering 543.1 2-16 SNC 330 3-12, 330 6-13, 330 9-20
procedures 543.1 2-11 exporting
retrieving 543.1 2-16 BLSR
sorting 543.1 2-16 ring configuration files 320.1 1-21
updating 543.1 2-16 CVS file, Visualization tool view 301 5-21
Event Log full alarm 543.1 4-314 HERS
EVPL connection ring configuration files 320.1 1-21
types 320.1 6-3 MS-SPRing
EVPL connections PG.2 5-11 ring configuration files 320.1 1-21
2WAY bidirectional 320.1 6-3
adding 320.1 6-8 express deleting optical channels 221 7-49
deleting 320.1 6-11 extended temperature solution overview and
editing 320.1 6-10 description PG.1 3-51
overview 320.1 6-1 external 151 3-92

5-44 Master index
external alarm provisioning PG.2 5-26 facility (continued)

procedures 543.1 2-11 FC1200 parameters 310.1 1-527
external control PG.2 5-27 FTTP parameters 102.7 2-247, 310.1 1-549
external control relays 543.1 1-33 IDLER parameters 310.1 1-575
procedures 543.1 2-11 LAG parameters 310.1 1-412
external equipment 151 3-92 LOC parameters 310.1 1-613
overview PG.1 3-1 loopbacks, operating/releasing 310.1 1-203
external synchronization input (ESI) management 310.1 1-9
parameters 310.2 4-47 NMCC parameters 310.1 1-614
provisioning 310.2 4-25 OC-3 (DS1TM) parameters 310.1 1-425
external synchronization output (ESO) OCn parameters 310.1 1-307
parameters 310.2 4-49 ODU parameters 102.4 2-550, 102.5 5-70,
provisioning 310.2 4-37 310.1 1-517
references, provisioning 310.2 4-39 ODUCTP parameters 310.1 1-554
extra traffic 320.1 3-30 ODUTTP parameters 102.7 2-247, 310.1
1-550
F OPTMON parameters 102.1 5-41, 165 7-70,
310.1 1-567
facility
OSC parameters 165 7-71, 310.1 1-618
AD parameters 102.5 3-106, 310.1 1-623
OSIC OTM2 parameters 102.4 1-237, 310.1
adding 310.1 1-140
1-474
adding to equipment 310.1 1-140
OTM parameters 310.1 1-437
ADJ/ADJ-Line/ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX/ADJ-Fiber
OTM1 parameters 310.1 1-446
parameters 165 7-51, 310.1 1-578
AMP parameters 165 7-66, 310.1 1-560
applicability 310.1 1-463, 310.1 1-465,
AMPMON parameters 310.1 1-577
310.1 1-468
CHC parameters 310.1 1-610
deleting from equipment 310.1 1-195
applicability 310.1 1-490
details, retrieving 310.1 1-85
OTM4 parameters 102.4 2-540, 310.1 1-494
DISP parameters 310.1 1-619
OTMC2 parameters 310.1 1-509
DS1 parameters 310.1 1-422
OTUTTP parameters 102.7 2-244, 310.1
DS1DS3 parameters 310.1 1-430
1-541
DS1WAN parameters 310.1 1-435
parameters 165 7-44, 310.1 1-275
DS3 parameters 310.1 1-426, 310.1 1-430
parameters, editing 310.1 1-187
DS3 WAN parameters 310.1 1-435
PC parameters 310.1 1-570
E1 parameters 310.1 1-428
PM parameters 520 1-21
E1DS3 parameters 310.1 1-430
primary state 165 7-44, 310.1 1-286
E1E3 parameters 310.1 1-430
editing 310.1 1-182
E1WAN parameters 310.1 1-435
PTP parameters 102.7 2-242, 310.1 1-530
E3 parameters 310.1 1-429, 310.1 1-430
RAMAN parameters 310.1 1-571
E3WAN parameters 310.1 1-435
secondary state 165 7-46, 310.1 1-296
EC-1 parameters 310.1 1-427
STM1E parameters 310.1 1-315
editing primary state 310.1 1-182
STMn parameters 310.1 1-307
ETH, parameters 310.1 1-316
STTP parameters 310.1 1-548
ETH100, parameters 310.1 1-316
TCMCTP parameters 102.4 2-553, 310.1
ETH100G, parameters 310.1 1-316
1-558
TCMTTP parameters 102.4 2-553, 310.1
1-558
ETTP parameters 102.7 2-245, 310.1 1-545
TELEMETRY parameters 310.1 1-573
FC100/200/400 parameters 310.1 1-529

Master index 5-45
facility (continued) features summary (continued)

VOA parameters 310.1 1-621 Release 10.1/10.11 software PG.1 2-22
WAN parameters 310.1 1-378 Release 11.1 hardware PG.1 2-4
facility inventory Release 11.1 software PG.1 2-8
displaying 310.1 2-4 Release 11.2 hardware PG.1 2-2
facility loopback 310.1 1-203 Release 11.2 software PG.1 2-4
facility management PG.2 5-7 Release 5.0 to Release 5.3 hardware and
facility PM attributes PG.2 5-29 software PG.1 2-64
facility PM query PG.2 5-29 Release 6.0 to Release 8.1 hardware and
Facility Reconfiguration In Progress alarm 543.1 software PG.1 2-53
4-316 Release 9.0 to Release 9.32 hardware and
Facility Reconfiguration Required 543.1 4-317 software PG.1 2-39
fairness FGA amplifier
details, displaying 320.2 16-5 replacing 545 2-100
Fan Failed (DSM) alarm 543.1 4-323 FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-399
Fan Failed alarm 543.1 4-318 alarms 102.6 1-404
Fan Housing Missing alarm 543.1 4-324 equipping rules 102.6 1-405
Fan Incompatible alarm 543.1 4-326 optical specifications PG.3 8-288
Fan Missing (DSM) alarm 543.1 4-328, 543.1 performance monitoring 102.6 1-402
fans fiber
hardware PG.1 3-68 cleaning 201.0 5-4
replacing 545 2-199, 545 2-212 connecting to the optical interface 102.6 2-12,
Far End Client Signal Fail alarm 543.1 4-330 201.1 1-143, 201.2 1-251, 201.3 1-213,
Far End Protection Line Fail alarm 543.1 4-333 201.4 1-153
fault clearing strategy disconnecting from the optical interface 102.6
alarm 2-12, 201.1 1-143, 201.2 1-251, 201.3
priority 543.1 1-13 1-213, 201.4 1-153
severity 543.1 1-13 inspecting 201.0 5-4
FC100/200/400 facility routing channel PG.1 3-65
parameters 310.1 1-529 routing in the 1U Bulk Fiber Management Tray
FC100/FC200/FC400 174-0094-900 201.5 1-55
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 routing in the fiber manager
FC1200 facility 174-0094-900 201.1 2-52, 201.2 2-54,
parameters 310.1 1-527 201.3 2-54, 201.4 2-60
FCC routing in the fiber manager NT0H57BB 201.1
connections 320.1 7-14, 320.1 7-20, 320.1 2-48, 201.2 2-49, 201.3 2-49, 201.4 2-55
7-22, 320.1 7-23 Fiber Channel
object 320.1 7-2 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-33, 543.1 3-34
rows 320.1 7-25, 320.1 7-26 Fiber Channel Link Not operational alarm 543.1
FDB 4-334
entries, retrieving 301 11-20 Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM)
features and benefits installing 201.2 1-231, 201.3 1-163, 201.4
modular architecture PG.1 1-16 1-131
features summary Fiber Interconnect modules
Release 1.2 to Release 4.01 hardware and replacing 545 2-132
software PG.1 2-75 Fiber Loss Detection Disabled alarm 543.1 4-335
Release 10.0/10.05 hardware PG.1 2-25 Fiber Manager
Release 10.0/10.05 software PG.1 2-31 installing DSCM into 201.1 1-130, 201.2 1-227,
Release 10.1/10.11 hardware PG.1 2-17 201.3 1-159

5-46 Master index
fiber manager FIM Type 4 module 102.6 1-366

hardware PG.1 3-66 alarms 102.6 1-383
ordering 151 2-58 equipping rules 102.6 1-384
fiber manager 174-0094-900 optical specifications PG.3 8-307
routing fiber 201.1 2-52, 201.2 2-54, 201.3 technical specifications 102.6 1-385
2-54, 201.4 2-60 FIM Type 5 module 102.6 1-366
fiber manager NT0H57BB alarms 102.6 1-383
routing fiber 201.1 2-48, 201.2 2-49, 201.3 equipping rules 102.6 1-384
2-49, 201.4 2-55 optical specifications PG.3 8-307
fiber manager, ordering 151 2-33 technical specifications 102.6 1-385
fiber riser kits, installing 201.0 4-12 FIM Type 6 module 102.6 1-366
fiber topology 301 6-42 alarms 102.6 1-383
Fiber Type Manual Provisioning Required equipping rules 102.6 1-384
alarm 543.1 4-336 optical specifications PG.3 8-307
fiber work technical specifications 102.6 1-385
preparing for work on Photonic system 543.1 firewalls PG.4 9-364
2-52 Flash Banks Mismatch alarm 165 10-67, 543.1
fiber-optic cables 4-339
routing on the 6500 20slot shelf 201.1 1-134 FLEX facility
routing on the 6500 shelf 201.2 1-239, 201.3 editing 310.1 1-187
1-200, 201.4 1-139 FLEX facility for 10x10G MUX
filler card PG.1 3-149 parameters 310.1 1-520
filter modules FLEX facility for 2x10G OTR
installation parameters 310.1 1-520
installing filter modules in 2150 (3-slot) FLEX facility for 40G MUX OCI
chassis 201.5 1-47 parameters 310.1 1-520
installing filter modules in 2150 (6-slot) FLEX facility for 4x10G OTR
chassis 201.5 1-7 parameters 310.1 1-520
Filter Replacement Timer Expired alarm 543.1 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-39
4-337 alarms 102.7 1-51
filtering cross-connection rates 102.7 1-43
active alarms 543.1 2-14 cross-connection types 102.7 1-43
events 543.1 2-16 engineering rules 102.7 1-55
optical connection 301 5-24 equipping rules 102.7 1-55
Photonic connection 301 5-24 latency 102.7 1-57, 170 1-74
FIM Type 1 module 102.6 1-366 operational measurements 520 2-232
equipping rules 102.6 1-384 supported SFPs/XFPs 102.7 1-43
optical specifications PG.3 8-307 technical specifications 102.7 1-55
technical specifications 102.6 1-385 Flex2 circuit pack
FIM Type 2 module 102.6 1-366, 102.6 2-8 latency 170 1-18
alarms 102.6 1-383 Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-2
optical specifications PG.3 8-307 applications PG.2 4-37
technical specifications 102.6 1-385 cross-connection rates 102.4 2-57
FIM Type 3 module 102.6 1-366 cross-connection types 102.4 2-57
alarms 102.6 1-383 equipping rules 102.4 2-61
equipping rules 102.6 1-384 latency 102.4 2-144

Master index 5-47
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack (continued) forcing out

performance monitoring 102.4 2-58 active users 301 2-25, 301 2-49
technical specifications 102.4 2-132 forwarding database PG.2 5-16
Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-2 backing up files 320.2 19-9
alarms 102.4 2-59 dynamic entries 320.2 19-16
applications PG.2 4-37 entries, retrieving 301 11-20
cross-connection rates 102.4 2-57 overview 320.2 19-1
cross-connection types 102.4 2-57 parameters 320.2 19-16
equipping rules 102.4 2-61 parameters, Backup tab 320.2 19-21
latency 102.4 2-144 parameters, Entries tab 320.2 19-16
optical specifications PG.3 8-177 settings, editing 320.2 19-15
performance monitoring 102.4 2-58 static entries 320.2 19-16
technical specifications 102.4 2-132 static entries parameters 320.2 19-22
Flex3 WL3e OCLD (NTK539QS/NTK539QV static entries, adding 320.2 19-13
variants) circuit packs static entries, deleting 320.2 19-14
Crypto daughtercard 340 1-18 forwarding databases
encryption features 340 1-14 displaying 320.2 19-5
initial setup 340 1-18 entries, flushing 320.2 19-7
inspecting 340 5-7 FPGA upgrade 301 9-4
line port 340 1-14 Frame Format Mismatch (DS3) alarm 543.1
removing 340 5-15 4-235
reseating 340 5-19 frame hole opening and spacing 201.0 3-2
returning 340 5-38 freerun mode
tamper evident seals 340 1-18 synchronization 310.2 4-8
transport and enterprise segregation 340 1-22 Frequency Out of Range (DS1) alarm 543.1
Flex4 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-2 4-228
alarms 102.4 2-59 Frequency Out of Range (DS3) alarm 543.1
cross-connection rates 102.4 2-57 4-235
cross-connection types 102.4 2-57 Frequency Out of Range alarm 543.1 4-340
equipping rules 102.4 2-61 Frequency Provisioning Mismatch alarm 543.1
latency 102.4 2-144 4-341
optical specifications PG.3 8-177 Front I/O panel (Multi-Service)
performance monitoring 102.4 2-58 20G L2SS 102.7 2-29
technical specifications 102.4 2-132 FTP
floor, preparing for installation 201.0 4-7 editing 310.1 3-22
flushing parameters 310.1 3-90
entries from forwarding databases 320.2 19-7 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-53
force deleting optical channels 221 7-46 FTP/FTAM Bridge (File Transfer Translation
Forced Ring Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-332 Device) PG.4 9-307
forced switch FTTP facility
operating parameters 102.7 2-247, 310.1 1-549
facility/equipment/path 310.2 6-165 full VT/LO VC 320.1 3-30
facility/equipment/path 310.2 6-165 functions
synchronization 310.2 6-180 40/43G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-113
releasing 40G circuit packs 102.4 1-112
facility/equipment/path 310.2 6-169 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-114
synchronization 310.2 6-182 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-113
Forced Switch Active alarm 165 10-122, 543.2 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-112
5-332 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-115
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-114

5-48 Master index
functions (continued) path connection (continued)

40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-113 dual feed (redundant) 320.1 3-124
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit GE 1+1 linear protection
pack 102.4 1-112 overview 310.2 6-37
fuse interface panel 102.1 3-2 GE circuit pack
equipping rules 102.1 3-16 operational measurements 520 2-209
technical specifications 102.1 3-20 GE electrical cables
fuse interface panel (1U) ordering 151 4-59
installing 201.0 4-51 GE protection
testing 221 6-33
G GE/FC100/FC200/FC400 optical
specifications PG.3 8-151
G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-2
General Broadcast tool 301 10-1
overview 310.2 6-130, PG.2 4-15
closing 301 10-16
ring 320.3 26-2
messages, receiving/viewing 301 10-16
ring port 320.3 26-2
messages, sending 301 10-16
ringlet 320.3 26-2
general DCN
ringlet port 320.3 26-2
route redistribution and summarization PG.4
G.8032 ERP configuration
9-88, PG.4 9-90
provisioning 310.2 6-131
General tab 301 4-41
G.8032 ERP group list PG.2 5-17
generating
overview 320.3 25-1
challenge/response reply 301 2-87
Generic Framing Procedure (GFP) 320.1 3-15
parameters, displaying 320.3 25-4
global support PG.2 5-5
G.8032 ERP group list range
network element mode differences 301 4-3
adding 320.3 25-5
port mode differences 310.1 1-75
removing 320.3 25-6
GMD10 module 102.6 1-361
G.8032 ERP management PG.2 5-17
alarms 102.6 1-364
G.8032 ERP node information PG.2 5-17
displaying 320.3 24-4
installing 201.2 1-215, 201.3 1-149, 201.4
overview 320.3 24-1
1-121
G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protocol (G.8032
ERP) PG.1 1-13, PG.1 1-17
replacing 545 2-119
Gateway NE 301 4-94, 301 4-96
gateway network element
GNE
DCN provisioning PG.4 9-92
adding entry 310.1 3-28
gateway node
deleting entry 310.1 3-30
secure modem 301 3-3, 301 3-5
Gauge Threshold Crossing Alert Summary
golden database
alarm 165 10-68, 543.1 4-342
restoring 221 2-75
GCC0 Link Fail alarm 543.1 4-346
setting up 221 2-75
GCC0 OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-228
graphical PMs 520 1-34
GCC1 Link Fail alarm 543.1 4-346
GRE
GE
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-58
path connection
ground cable
dual feed 320.1 3-118
air plenum 201.3 1-12
dual feed (add/drop) 320.1 3-131

Master index 5-49
ground cable (continued) HERS

cooling unit 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, 201.2 1-32, APS configuration file
201.3 1-12, 201.4 1-8 editing 320.1 1-1
shelf 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, 201.2 1-32, 201.3 APS provisioning 320.1 2-1
1-12, 201.4 1-8 requirements 320.1 2-8
ground terminal, non-oxidizing compound, configuration
applying 201.0 3-7 editing 320.1 2-14
grounding connection
air plenum 201.3 1-12 subtending UPSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-93
cooling unit 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, 201.2 1-32, extra traffic 320.1 3-30
201.3 1-12, 201.4 1-8 path connection
OMX equipment drawer 201.1 2-5, 201.2 2-5, bidirectional 320.1 3-85
201.3 2-5, 201.4 2-6 linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-89
rack 201.0 4-27 ring configuration files
shelf 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, 201.2 1-32, 201.3 applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
1-12, 201.4 1-8 creating 320.1 1-7
grounding requirements deleting 320.1 1-23
bonding topologies 201.0 1-32, 221 10-32, 545 editing 320.1 1-14
1-32 exporting 320.1 1-21
consequences of incorrect grounding 201.0 retrieving 320.1 1-6
1-33, 221 10-33, 545 1-33 saving 320.1 1-20
working with power 201.0 1-31, 221 10-31, 545 ring configuration information
1-31 clearing 320.1 1-19
group list parameters retrieving 320.1 2-9
ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-7 ring configurations
Group Loss of Signal alarm 543.1 4-349 creating 320.1 1-7
data, loading from a network element 320.1
H 1-12
ring map 320.1 2-2
hairpin connections 320.1 4-13
creating 320.1 2-13
hardware PG.1 3-149
deleting 320.1 2-19
14-slot shelf electrical interface area PG.1
3-22
hexadecimal value
14-slot shelf fans PG.1 3-72
SNMP 740 2-16
hierarchy
alarm 543.1 3-3, 543.1 3-7
6500-7 shelf fans PG.1 3-81
20G L2SS 543.1 3-32
20L2SS gateway 543.1 3-32
architecture PG.1 3-4
8b10B 543.1 3-33, 543.1 3-34
fans PG.1 3-68
circuit packs 543.1 3-8
fiber/cable routing hardware PG.1 3-65
DS1 service module (DSM) 543.1 3-13
shelf cover PG.1 3-61
DS3 facility 543.1 3-14, 543.1 3-15
synchronization PG.1 3-63
E1 hardware 543.1 3-16
hardware locations
E1 line 543.1 3-16
I/O panels 102.2 1-93
E3 543.1 3-17, 543.1 3-18, 543.1 3-20
HCCS reference attribute 520 4-136
EC-1 543.1 3-19
editing 520 1-93
EFM alarms 543.1 3-31
retrieving 520 1-92
equipment 543.1 3-8

5-50 Master index
hierarchy I/O panel

ETH 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 10/100BT 102.7 1-28
ETH100 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 E1 102.2 1-80
FC100/FC200/FC400 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 STM-1e 102.2 1-90
GE 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 I/O Panel Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-47
L2MOTR 543.1 3-32 I/O Panel Missing alarm 543.2 5-49
L2SS 543.1 3-32 I/O Panel Unknown alarm 543.2 5-51
L2SS gateway 543.1 3-32 I/O panels
LAN/WAN EPL 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 DS3/E3/EC-1 102.2 1-86
OC-n 543.1 3-32 hardware locations 102.2 1-93
OTM2 mapping facility 543.1 3-63 I/O protection module, replacing 545 2-193
OTM4 facility 543.1 3-61 IBM protocols
OTM4 mapping facility 543.1 3-62 certification PG.1 2-211
PDH gateway 543.1 3-32 IBM protocols certification PG.1 2-211
Photonic Optical Signal facility 543.1 3-66 identifying
RPR 543.1 3-70 alarm source 543.1 2-40
RPR LAN port 543.1 3-71 IDLER facility
shelf equipment 543.1 3-12 parameters 310.1 1-575
STM-1e 543.1 3-67, 543.1 3-68, 543.1 3-69, IISIS circuit
543.1 3-71 adding entry 310.1 3-28
STM-m 543.1 3-32 deleting entry 310.1 3-30
TCM facility 543.1 3-64, 543.1 3-65 parameters 310.1 3-44, 310.1 3-45
WAN 543.1 3-29, 545 3-2 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-38
synchronization 310.2 4-14 IISIS router
synchronization violations 310.2 4-16 adding entry 310.1 3-28
High Fiber loss alarm 543.1 4-351 deleting entry 310.1 3-30
High Optical Power alarm 543.1 4-360 parameters 310.1 3-46, 310.1 3-47
High Received Span loss alarm 165 10-72, 543.1 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-37
4-362 IISIS router parameters
High Temperature alarm 543.1 4-364 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-52
High Temperature Warning alarm 543.1 4-368 IISIS routes distribution
historical fault browser PG.2 5-25 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-66
holdover mode IISIS routing table, parameters 310.1 3-66
synchronization ILAN
310.2 4-8 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-47
Home Path Not defined alarm 543.1 4-373 ILAN-IN OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 165
HTTP server 10-106, 543.2 5-229
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-70 ILAN-IN Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-55
HTTP/HTTPS ILAN-OUT OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 165
editing 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27 10-106, 543.2 5-229
parameters 310.1 3-91 ILAN-OUT Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-56
HTTPS server Incomplete Channel Topology alarm 543.2 5-18
provisioning (Advanced SLAT) 221 2-70 Incomplete Software Lineup alarm 165 10-74,
543.2 5-19
I incremental expansion pack 301 8-4
incremental expansion pack load
I/O Module Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-43
activating 301 9-17
I/O Module Missing alarm 543.2 5-44
deactivating 301 9-17
I/O Module Unknown alarm 543.2 5-45

Master index 5-51
independent timing group installing (continued)

timing mode 14-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit
provisioning 310.2 4-31 NTK509CZ 201.3 1-303
timing references 14-slot Shelf Front Cover Kit W/ Extended Depth
provisioning 310.2 4-31 NTK509CD for 14-slot converged optical
inhibiting shelf NTK503ADE5 201.3 1-320
database change events 543.1 2-20 14-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK509CCE6 for
inventory display 543.1 2-20 14-slot converged optical/rear electrical
local user 301 2-6 shelf NTK503CDE5 201.3 1-278
log display 543.1 2-20 2110 shelf 201.1 2-62, 201.2 2-64, 201.3
user account 301 2-6 2-124, 201.4 2-130
inhibiting, PM 520 1-38 2110-Tx-xxxx DCM 201.1 2-66, 201.2 2-68,
initializing 201.3 2-128, 201.4 2-134
PM physical baseline power level 520 1-70 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-slot) 201.5
initiating 1-37
user intervention/flash test 301 6-13 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer
Input Loss Of Signal alarm 543.2 5-21 Chassis 201.5 1-1
inserting 2-slot 6500 shelf 201.1 1-7
add/drop filter 221 5-49 2-slot shelf front cover 201.1 1-152
inserting, circuit pack 201.1 1-105, 201.2 1-200, 32-slot shelf 201.4 1-8
201.3 1-133, 201.4 1-104 32-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK609CAE5 201.4
in-service rollover 1-173
all connections on port 320.1 3-67 32-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK609CZ 201.4
individual path connection 320.1 3-74 1-180
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs 545 2-347 32-slot shelves 201.4 1-1
path connections 320.1 3-33 6500 14-slot shelf 201.3 1-12
In-Service Traffic Roll Over Provisioning tool 6500 2-slot shelves 201.1 1-1
rolling over path connections 6500 7-slot shelf 201.2 1-9
all connections on port 320.1 3-67 6500 7-slot Type 2 shelf 201.2 1-32
inspecting 6500-7 packet-optical shelf 201.2 1-1
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit 7-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK509CPE6 201.2
pack 340 5-7 1-271
fiber 201.0 5-4 access panel 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, 201.3 1-12,
Flex3 WL3e OCLD (NTK539QS/NTK539QV 201.4 1-8
variants) circuit packs 340 5-7 adapter kits 201.0 4-12
optical interface internal connectors 201.0 5-4 air plenum 201.3 1-12
installation, preparing 201.0 3-1 BMD2 201.1 1-120, 201.2 1-215, 201.3 1-149,
materials list 201.0 3-15 201.4 1-121
power requirements 201.0 3-4 breaker interface panel (1U) 201.0 4-51
tools and materials list 201.0 3-15 breaker interface panel (2U) 201.0 4-32
installing circuit packs 201.1 1-96, 201.2 1-189, 201.3
14-slot front cover extension kit 1-120, 201.4 1-90
NTK509CX 201.3 1-373 CMD44 201.1 1-120, 201.2 1-215, 201.3
14-slot front cover extension kit 1-149, 201.4 1-121
NTK509CY 201.3 1-233 CMD96 201.2 1-215
14-slot packet-optical shelf front cover kit with cooling unit assembly 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9,
extended depth NTK509CD onto a 201.2 1-32, 201.3 1-12, 201.4 1-8
NTK503SA shelf (new installations DS1 front cover 201.3 2-122, 201.4 2-128
only) 201.3 1-341 DS1 service module 201.3 2-1, 201.4 2-1
DSCM into DSCM drawer 201.4 2-31

5-52 Master index
installing (continued) installing (continued)

DSCM into Fiber Manager 201.1 1-130, 201.2 shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP-2)
1-227, 201.3 1-159 w2xOSC 2xSFP 201.2 1-32
DSM breaker interface panel 201.3 2-64, 201.4 UBMD2 201.1 1-120, 201.2 1-215, 201.3
2-70 1-149, 201.4 1-121
DSM shelf 201.3 2-71, 201.4 2-77 USB flash storage device 301 7-23
eCMD44 201.1 1-120, 201.2 1-215, 201.3 XFP module 201.1 1-108, 201.2 1-203, 201.3
1-149, 201.4 1-121 1-136, 201.4 1-108
electrical I/O hardware 201.3 1-171 installing 6500 7-slot shelf 201.2 1-1
Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) 201.2 1-231, installing and upgrading network element
201.3 1-163, 201.4 1-131 software PG.2 5-23
fiber manager equipment drawer 201.1 2-23, installing equipment racks and power to the
201.2 2-23, 201.3 2-23, 201.4 2-26 rack 201.0 4-1
filler 201.1 1-96, 201.2 1-189, 201.3 1-120, installing fiber riser kits 201.0 4-12
201.4 1-90 installing PPC6 201.5 1-1
filter modules in 2150 (6-slot) chassis 201.5 instance numbering
1-7 SDH payload 320.1 3-29
fuse interface panel (1U) 201.0 4-51 Integrated test set PG.2 5-8
GMD10 201.2 1-215, 201.3 1-149, 201.4 integrated test set
1-121 performing a test 310.1 1-220
maintenance interface card in 14-slot Integrated Test Set Configured alarm 543.2 5-25
shelf 201.3 1-56 Intercard Suspected - Pluggable alarm 165
MBMD2 201.1 1-120, 201.2 1-215, 201.3 10-79, 543.2 5-32
1-149, 201.4 1-121 Intercard Suspected - Pluggable I/O Carrier 1
OMD4 201.1 1-120, 201.2 1-215, 201.3 1-149, alarm 543.2 5-33
201.4 1-121 Intercard Suspected - Pluggable I/O Carrier 2
OMX 201.1 2-1, 201.2 2-1, 201.3 2-1, 201.4 alarm 543.2 5-33
2-1 Intercard Suspected alarm 165 10-76, 543.2 5-27
OMX equipment drawer 201.1 2-5, 201.2 2-5, Interface circuit packs
201.3 2-5, 201.4 2-6 slots, 6500 14-slot shelf PG.1 2-131
pluggable module 201.1 1-108, 201.2 1-203, slots, 6500 2-slot shelf PG.1 2-119
201.3 1-136, 201.4 1-108 slots, 6500 32-slot shelf PG.1 2-142
power input cards slots, 6500 7-slot shelf PG.1 2-123
14-slot shelf 201.2 1-113 slots, 6500-7 shelf PG.1 2-123
2-slot Type 2 shelf 201.1 1-48 interface circuit packs PG.1 3-83
3x60A breakered/fused (32-slot shelf Interface circuit packs and modules PG.1 2-109
NTK603AB) 201.4 1-44 slots PG.1 2-117
4x60A breakered/fused (32-slot shelf interfaces
NTK603AB) 201.4 1-58 DCN 310.1 3-5
7-slot shelf 201.2 1-113 Internal Database Synch in Progress alarm 543.2
power input cards and power cables, 32-slot 5-35
shelf NTK603AB 201.4 1-44, 201.4 1-58 Internal Mgmt Comms Suspected alarm 165
power input cards and power cables, 7-slot Type 10-80, 543.2 5-37
2 shelf 201.2 1-120 international gateway 310.1 1-75
preparing the floor 201.0 4-7 path connections 320.1 3-28
rack extenders 201.0 4-12 inter-NE fibers
Shelf Front Cover NTK509CCE6 for 14-slot connecting 221 4-245
optical shelf NTK503ADE5 201.3 1-259 interworking
shelf processor 201.1 1-76, 201.1 1-96, 201.2 5100/5200 and 6500 PG.4 9-320
1-189, 201.3 1-120, 201.4 1-76 CPL and 6500 PG.4 9-313

Master index 5-53
interworking (continued) IP access control list (continued)

DWDM PG.1 2-211 enabling 301 2-85
internal DCN architectures PG.4 9-316 provisioning 301 2-81
Optical Long Haul 1600G and 6500 PG.4 IP address
9-359 configuration
other vendors’ portfolio PG.1 2-211 rules, general PG.4 9-29
interworking, SLAT considerations 221 1-4 editing for connectivity testing 320.2 18-9
intra-NE fibers IP dead gateway detection (IPDGD) 310.1 3-13
connecting for Colorless Direct Attach IP masks PG.4 9-399
configuration (CCMD12 connected to 1x20 IP networks, addressing, and masks
WSS) 221 4-151 dotted decimal notation PG.4 9-400
connecting for Colorless Direct Attach IP routing protocols PG.4 9-403
configuration (COADM OTS connected to ARP PG.4 9-403
1x9 or 1x2 WSS) 221 4-138 DBRS PG.4 9-119
connecting for TOADM/ROADM/DGFF/DIA/ opaque LSAs PG.4 9-117
Colorless OADM 221 4-5 OSPF Opaque Filter parameter PG.4 9-117
intra-office application PG.2 4-16 OSPF PG.4 9-404
Intrusion Attempt alarm 165 10-82, 543.2 5-39 proxy ARP PG.4 9-404
intrusion attempt handling 301 2-20, PG.2 5-32 route preference PG.4 9-413
details, displaying 301 2-61 static and default routes PG.4 9-414
disabling 301 2-62 TARP PG.4 9-404
enabling 301 2-62 IP routing table, parameters 310.1 3-66
source address, unlocking 301 2-63 IP Static Route
User-ID Based Intrusion Detection (UBID) 301 adding entry 310.1 3-28
2-21 deleting entry 310.1 3-30
invalid password IP static route
displaying 301 2-54 adding entry 310.1 3-28
invalid password list deleting entry 310.1 3-30
adding entry 301 2-55 parameters 310.1 3-48
deleting entry 301 2-56 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-47
Invalid Site Topology alarm 543.2 5-41 ip version configuration
inventory parameters 310.1 3-92
copying information 310.1 2-6 IPv6 301 1-2, 301 2-8, 301 4-19, PG.4 9-28
inventory display DCN provisioning PG.4 9-95
allowing 543.1 2-20 engineering guidelines PG.4 9-395
inhibiting 543.1 2-20 migration from IPv4 PG.4 9-397
invoking ISIS-based auto-discovery (IIH) PG.1 2-189
slot upgrade 301 9-15 Isolated Station alarm 543.2 5-53
IP ISS C-Band circuit pack 102.4 1-131
adding entry 310.1 3-28 alarms 102.4 1-135
addressing PG.4 9-399 equipping rules 102.4 1-136
editing 310.1 3-22 optical specifications PG.3 8-175
parameters 310.1 3-74 performance monitoring 102.4 1-134
parameters for RPR connectivity technical specifications 102.4 1-137
tools 310.1 3-35
IP access control 301 2-24, PG.4 9-370
K
keyboard shortcuts 195 3-11
IP access control list
disabling 301 2-85

5-54 Master index
L LAN ports
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-5
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-42
LAN/WAN EPL
alarms 102.7 2-55
LAN-15 Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-56
laser emission, safety specifications PG.3 8-361
engineering rules 102.7 2-59
Laser Failed alarm 543.2 5-58
Laser Off Far End Failure Triggered (ETH10G,
latency 102.7 2-61, 170 1-72
ETH10G) alarm 543.2 5-421
Laser Off Far End Failure Triggered (FC1200,
FC800) alarm 543.2 5-421
supported SFPs/XFPs 102.7 2-50
Laser Off Far End Failure Triggered (OC-192/
STM-64, OC-768/STM-256) alarm 543.2
L2 MOTR equipment
5-421
editing
Laser Off Far End Failure Triggered (OTM)
Ether type 310.1 1-139
alarm 543.2 5-421
L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-2
latency
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5
alarms 102.7 2-7
5-27, 170 1-85
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-99
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit
engineering rules 102.7 2-12
pack 102.4 2-287
100G circuit pack 170 1-18
100G circuit packs 102.4 2-385
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-194
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-144
reconfiguration 545 2-262
100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-31,
replacing 545 2-48
170 1-103
supported SFPs 102.7 2-6
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
system testing 221 8-19
2-144
100G WaveLogic 3e OTR circuit pack 102.4
testing 221 6-47
2-339
L2SS equipment protection
100G WaveLogic 3n MOTR circuit pack 102.4
testing 221 6-59
2-383
L2SS gateway circuit pack
100G WaveLogic 3n OTR circuit pack 102.4
2-355
LACP Failed alarm 543.2 5-54
100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8
LAG facility
1-129
100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8
lamp test
1-110
performing 301 6-13, 543.1 2-41
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-194
performing (Advanced SAT) 221 2-44
10G NGM WT circuit pack 170 1-3
LAN
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5
4-14
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-15, 170 1-3
editing 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-30, 170 1-3
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-40
LAN alarms 543.2 5-55
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-27
LAN Link Failure alarm 543.2 5-56
10x10G 170 1-121
LAN Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-56
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-251

Master index 5-55
latency (continued) latency (continued)

10x10G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-91 Flex4 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-251 2-144
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-63, 170 L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-61, 170 1-72
1-97 OCn/STMn/PDH/TMUX circuit pack 170 1-150
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-77 OTN FLEX MOTR function in 2-slot
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-57 NTK503MAE5 shelf type 170 1-83
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-22, 170 OTN FLEX MOTR function in 2-slot
1-157 NTK503NAE5 shelf type 170 1-83
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-32 OTN MOTR circuit pack 170 1-3
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-14 PKT I/F GE 48xSFP circuit pack 170 1-148
200G (2x100G/5x40G) MUX circuit pack 102.4 SNC 330 9-19
2-319 SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-39, 170 1-69
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-38, 170 TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-9
1-156 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-46 pack 102.4 1-28
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-33 launching
2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-55, 102.5 Visualization tool 301 5-3, 301 5-17
1-91, 170 1-5 launching, SLAT Assistant Tool 221 2-33
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-46 Layer 2 circuit packs
40G circuit pack 170 1-10 roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.7
40G circuit packs 102.4 1-153 2-119
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-77 Layer 2 multipoint-to-multipoint
40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-54 configuration PG.2 4-14
40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-28 Layer 2 point-to-point configuration PG.2 4-14
40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-13, 170 layer 2 resilient packet ring, see RPR
1-98 Layer 2 RPR PG.1 1-12
40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-111 Layer 2 switching PG.1 1-11
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-89, 170 1-153 Layer-0 auto-discovery PG.1 2-184
48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-75 Layer-2 auto-discovery PG.1 2-189
4x10G OTR circuit pack 170 1-8 LED
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-12 alarm unit 543.1 1-15
4xGE EPL SFP circuit pack 170 1-156 indications 543.1 1-15
63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-22 circuit pack LEDs 543.1 1-15
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-59 lamp test 543.1 1-24, 543.1 2-41
8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-112 LIM amplifier
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-27, replacing 545 2-100
170 1-83 LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-75
cross-connect (XC) circuit pack 170 1-149 alarms 102.6 1-81
cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-44 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-78
DSCM circuit pack 170 1-154 cross-connection types 102.6 1-78
DSCM module 102.6 1-397 equipping rules 102.6 1-82
eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-97, 170 1-88 optical specifications PG.3 8-279
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-57, 170 1-74 performance monitoring 102.6 1-79
Flex2 circuit pack 170 1-18 technical specifications 102.6 1-84
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 line (OC/STM) error alarms 543.1 4-299
2-144 Line A Input OTDR High Loss Detected
Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 alarm 543.2 5-60
2-144 Line A Input OTDR High Reflection Detected
alarm 543.2 5-61

5-56 Master index
Line adjacencies PG.1 2-184 locking tab 201.3 1-68

Line Adjacency Manual Provisioning Required locking the shelf 201.2 1-271
alarm 543.2 5-62 lockout
line amplifier node operating
testing 221 4-179 facility/equipment 310.2 6-165
Line DCC Link Failure alarm 543.1 4-185 synchronization 310.2 6-180
LINE DCC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 releasing
5-228 facility/equipment 310.2 6-169
Line Flapping alarm 330 7-5, 543.2 5-63 synchronization 310.2 6-182
line interface module circuit pack Lockout Active alarm 165 10-122, 543.2 5-333
optical specifications PG.3 8-279 Lockout of Protection Active alarm 543.2 5-333
Link Aggregation Group Fail alarm 543.2 5-66 Lockout of Working Active alarm 543.2 5-333
Link Aggregation Group Partial Fail alarm 543.2 Lockout Protection Active alarm 543.2 5-334
5-68 Lockout Protection Span Active alarm 543.2
link budget, NGM PG.2 4-33 5-335
Link Down alarm 543.2 5-69 Lockout Working Ring Active alarm 543.2 5-334
link local Lockout Working Span Active alarm 543.2 5-334
parameters 310.1 3-92 LOFEF
Link Pulse Missing alarm 543.2 5-73 description 221 9-9
link trace Log Collection In Progress alarm 165 10-83,
displaying 320.3 27-45 543.2 5-75
list of alarms 543.1 4-7, 543.2 5-5 log display
load adoption 301 8-3 allowing 543.1 2-20
loading inhibiting 543.1 2-20
BLSR Log Save In Progress alarm 165 10-84, 543.2
ring configuration data from a network 5-76
element 320.1 1-12 logging in
HERS network element
ring configuration data from a network account dormancy 301 2-26
element 320.1 1-12 authentication 301 2-7
login profile 301 1-62 automatically 301 1-70
MS-SPRing challenge/response 301 2-7
ring configuration data from a network manually 301 1-72
element 320.1 1-12 remote login, using 6500 CLI session 301
script 301 10-10 11-16
LOC facility simultaneous login limit 301 2-26
parameters 310.1 1-613 using a modem 301 1-14
Local Fault (ETH10G, ETH100G, FC800, FC1200) using direct cable (RS-232) 301 1-19
alarm 543.2 5-422 using remote network connection 301 1-9
Local Optical Controller Disabled alarm 543.2 using Remote TL1 Gateway connection 301
5-74 1-36
local user using shelf processor LAN port 301 1-24
authentication 301 2-7 remote network element
disabling 301 2-6 using shelf processor LAN port 301 1-29
inhibiting 301 2-6 logging out
locating network element 301 1-74
reflective event 543.1 2-48 logical shelf number
locked mode provisioning 301 4-78
synchronization logical shelf number, provisioning 301 4-78
310.2 4-8

Master index 5-57
login banner 301 1-5, 301 4-3 Loss of Channel alarm 543.2 5-85
displaying 301 4-35 Loss of Clock alarm 543.2 5-88
editing 301 4-38 Loss Of Data Synch alarm 543.2 5-93
Login Banner tab 301 4-38, 301 4-40 Loss of Extra Traffic alarm 543.2 5-97
login profile Loss of Frame (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-228
adding a node 301 1-64 Loss of Frame (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-235
deleting 301 1-61 Loss of Frame (E1) alarm 543.1 4-258
deleting a node 301 1-69 Loss of Frame (E3) alarm 543.1 4-235
editing 301 1-60 Loss of Frame (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-270
editing a node 301 1-67 Loss of Frame (ESI) alarm 543.1 4-308
loading from navigation tree 301 1-62 Loss of Frame (ETH100G) alarm 543.2 5-102,
Site Manager session over craft Ethernet 543.2 5-103
connection, adding 301 1-46 Loss of Frame (ETH10G) alarm 543.2 5-102,
Site Manager session over direct cable 543.2 5-103
(RS-232) connection, adding 301 1-55 Loss of Frame (FC1200) alarm 543.2 5-102,
Site Manager session over modem connection, 543.2 5-103
adding 301 1-51 Loss of Frame (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-102
Site Manager session over network connection, Loss of Frame (OC-192/STM-64, OC-48/
adding 301 1-41 STM-16) 543.2 5-102
terminal session over craft Ethernet connection, Loss of Frame (OTM1) alarm 543.2 5-103
adding 301 1-49 Loss of Frame (OTM2) alarm 543.2 5-102, 543.2
terminal session over direct cable (RS-232) 5-103
connection, adding 301 1-58 Loss of Frame (OTM3) alarm 543.2 5-102, 543.2
terminal session over modem connection, 5-103
adding 301 1-54 Loss of Frame (OTM4) alarm 543.2 5-103
terminal session over network connection, Loss of Frame Delineation alarm 543.2 5-98
adding 301 1-44 Loss of Lane Alignment alarm 543.2 5-113
login sessions 301 1-2 Loss of Lock alarm 543.2 5-115
logs Loss of Multiframe - VCAT alarm 543.2 5-127
customer visible Loss of Multiframe (E1) alarm 543.1 4-259
Debug data collection using Card Logs 840 Loss of Multiframe (OTM1) alarm 543.2 5-107
4-1 Loss of Multiframe (OTM2) alarm 543.2 5-102,
introduction 840 1-1 543.2 5-107
troubleshooting 840 2-1 Loss of Multiframe (OTM3) alarm 543.2 5-102,
DOC 543.2 5-107
troubleshooting 840 1-1, 840 4-1 Loss of Multiframe (OTM4) alarm 543.2 5-107
security 840 3-1 Loss of Multiframe (WAN) alarm 543.2 5-126
transient conditions 840 3-1 Loss of Pointer alarm 543.2 5-128
loopback 310.1 1-203 Loss of Sequence - VCAT alarm 543.2 5-131
EFM remote 310.1 1-203 Loss of Service Delineation alarm 543.2 5-133
facility 310.1 1-203 Loss of Signal (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-228
path connections 320.1 3-10 Loss of Signal (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-236
Photonic connections 320.1 5-12 Loss of Signal (E1) alarm 543.1 4-259
Loopback Active - Facility alarm 543.2 5-78 Loss of Signal (E3) alarm 543.1 4-236
Loopback Active - Terminal alarm 543.2 5-80 Loss of Signal (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-271
Loopback Active alarm 543.2 5-77 Loss of Signal (ESI) alarm 543.1 4-308
Loopback Traffic Detected alarm 543.2 5-82 Loss Of Signal (ETH) alarm 543.2 5-139
loopbacks PG.2 5-7 Loss Of Signal (ETH100G) alarm 543.2 5-140
operating/releasing 310.1 1-203 Loss Of Signal (ETH10G) alarm 543.2 5-140
Loss of Alignment - VCAT alarm 543.2 5-83 Loss Of Signal (ETH40G) alarm 543.2 5-140

5-58 Master index
Loss Of Signal (Ethernet) alarm 543.2 5-135 maintenance association (continued)

Loss Of Signal (FC) alarm 543.2 5-139 editing 320.3 27-21
Loss Of Signal (FC100/FC200/FC400, maintenance domain
FC800,FC1200,FLEX) alarm 543.2 adding 320.3 27-12
5-140 deleting 320.3 27-15
Loss Of Signal (FLEX) alarm 543.2 5-139 editing 320.3 27-13
Loss Of Signal (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-139 maintenance end point
Loss Of Signal (OC-48/STM-16, OC-192/STM-64, adding 320.3 27-32
OC-768/STM-256) alarm 543.2 5-140 deleting 320.3 27-37
Loss of Signal (OPTMON, VOA) alarm 165 editing 320.3 27-35
10-85, 543.2 5-149 loopback
Loss Of Signal (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-139 operating 320.3 27-46
Loss of Signal (OTM1) alarm 543.2 5-141 releasing 320.3 27-46
Loss of Signal (OTM2) alarm 543.2 5-141 maintenance end point loopback
Loss of Signal (OTM3) alarm 543.2 5-141 operating 320.3 27-46
Loss of Signal (OTM4) alarm 543.2 5-141 releasing 320.3 27-46
Low Optical Return Loss at Input alarm 543.2 maintenance interface card (MIC) 102.1 3-86
5-154 alarms 102.1 3-86
Low Optical Return Loss at Output alarm 543.2 equipping rules 102.1 3-87
Low Order Bandwidth Near Limit alarm 543.2 maintenance interface card in 14-slot shelf,
5-161 installing 201.3 1-56
low order facility (LO VC3, VT1.5/VC11, VT2/ maintenance intermediate point
VC12) adding 320.3 27-27
PM parameters 520 1-21 deleting 320.3 27-28
Low Received Span Loss alarm 543.2 5-162 Make Before Break 330 7-2
Low Voltage (DSM) alarm 543.2 5-164 managed keys PG.2 5-32
lower layer DCC/GCC management
adding entry 310.1 3-28 equipment 310.1 1-6
deleting entry 310.1 3-30 facility 310.1 1-9
editing 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27 OAM comms 310.1 3-9
parameters 310.1 3-78 OTS 310.2 7-1
lugs, non-oxidizing compound, applying 201.0 manual adjacency discovery provisioning 310.1
3-7 1-52
Manual Area Address Dropped from area
M alarm 543.2 5-168
manual connection terminal 301 3-1
MAC Database Near Capacity alarm 543.2 5-165
manual dispersion scan 310.1 1-229
MAC Flapping Detected alarm 543.2 5-166
Manual Ring Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-335
MAC Status Defect alarm 543.2 5-167
manual switch
main fuse and indicator fuse
operating
replacing 545 2-222
facility/equipment/path 310.2 6-165
Main window status area 195 3-12
synchronization 310.2 6-180
maintenance 545 3-1, 545 3-2
releasing
battery on the 4x10G OTR, battery on the
facility/equipment 310.2 6-169
4x10G OTR 545 3-2
Manual Switch Active alarm 165 10-122, 543.2
shelf air filter, shelf air filter 545 3-1
5-336
maintenance association
manual tributary slot assignment 320.1 4-23,
adding 320.3 27-19
320.1 4-26
deleting 320.3 27-23

Master index 5-59
Manufacture discontinued items 151 7-1 mixed timing engineering guidelines

ordering 151 7-1 mixed timing in linear systems 310.2 4-18
map mode mixed timing in ring systems 310.2 4-17
10/100BT, editing 310.1 1-135 MLA amplifier
20G L2SS, editing 310.1 1-137 replacing 165 10-164, 545 2-100
mapping MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-30
service 320.1 3-16 alarms 102.6 1-37
Mapping Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-170 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-34
materials list 201.0 3-15 cross-connection types 102.6 1-34
Max Stations Exceeded alarm 543.2 5-173 equipping rules 102.6 1-38
MBMD2 module 102.6 1-356 optical specifications PG.3 8-272
installing 201.1 1-120, 201.2 1-215, 201.3 MLA/MLA2/MLA2 w/VOA/MLA3 amplifier
1-149, 201.4 1-121 reconfiguration 545 2-313
optical specifications PG.3 8-306 MLA/MLA2/MLA3 amplifier
technical specifications 102.6 1-360 reconfiguration 545 2-309
MD5 key MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-46
migrating 310.1 3-27 alarms 102.6 1-56
measuring cross-connection rates 102.6 1-52
amplifier output power 543.1 2-55 cross-connection types 102.6 1-52
raw BER (OTM2) 520 1-100 equipping rules 102.6 1-57
member shelf optical specifications PG.3 8-274
adding 301 4-81 performance monitoring 102.6 1-52
deleting 301 4-84 technical specifications 102.6 1-58
information, displaying 301 4-80 MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 102.6 1-46
primary state, changing 301 4-82 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-52
Member Shelf Misaligned alarm 543.2 5-174 cross-connection types 102.6 1-52
Member Shelf Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-175 performance monitoring 102.6 1-52
Member Shelf Unknown alarm 543.2 5-177 MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-64
Member Shelf Unreachable alarm 543.2 5-179 alarms 102.6 1-69
Menu bar 195 3-10 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-68
mesh restoration cross-connection types 102.6 1-68
SNC 330 3-7, 330 6-9, 330 9-13 equipping rules 102.6 1-70
Metro front electrical shelf components PG.1 optical specifications PG.3 8-277
MIB files technical specifications 102.6 1-71
downloading 301 8-9 modem
MIC defining settings 301 1-39
lamp test 543.1 2-41 module
replacing 545 2-229 Band splitter 100 GHz 102.6 1-436
midstage line amplifier 2 circuit pack BMD2 102.6 1-346
optical specifications PG.3 8-274 CMD44 100 GHz 102.6 1-299
midstage line amplifier 3 circuit pack CMD44 50 GHz 102.6 1-309
optical specifications PG.3 8-277 CMD96 102.6 1-326
midstage line amplifier circuit pack CN-100-x4L and CN-100-x4H 4-channel Optical
optical specifications PG.3 8-272 Mux/Demux Filter (OMDF4) 100
migrating GHz 102.6 1-415
MD5 key 310.1 3-27 CN-100-x80 8-channel Optical Mux/Demux
Minimum Gain alarm 543.2 5-182 Filter (OMDF8) 100 GHz 102.6 1-418

5-60 Master index
module (continued) MSPP services

CXM C-Band Type 1 102.6 1-242 G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protocol (G.8032
DSCM 102.6 1-391, 102.6 1-443 ERP) PG.1 1-13, PG.1 1-17
FIM Type 1 102.6 1-366 Layer 2 RPR PG.1 1-12
FIM Type 2 102.6 1-366, 102.6 2-8 Layer 2 switching PG.1 1-11
FIM Type 3 102.6 1-366 overview PG.1 1-7
FIM Type 4 102.6 1-366 point-to-point optical broadband services PG.1
FIM Type 5 102.6 1-366 1-10
FIM Type 6 102.6 1-366 TDM switching PG.1 1-11
GMD10 102.6 1-361 transport PG.1 1-9
MBMD2 102.6 1-356 MS-SPRing
OBB 2x2x2 102.6 1-426 APS configuration file
OBB 2x4x1 102.6 1-431 editing 320.1 1-1
OBMD 1x8 102.6 1-421 APS provisioning 320.1 2-1
OMD4 100 GHz 102.6 1-337 requirements 320.1 2-8
OMX 102.6 1-258 configuration PG.2 4-9
OPSM2 102.1 5-2 editing 320.1 2-14
OSC Filter (1516.9 nm) 102.6 1-386 extra traffic 320.1 3-30
overview PG.1 3-1 full LO VC 320.1 3-30
shelf assignment 310.1 1-275 path connection
UBMD2 102.6 1-351 bidirectional 320.1 3-85
Monitored VT Threshold Crossed alarm 543.2 linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-89
5-184 subtending SNCP (bidirectional) 320.1 3-93
MPO cables ring configuration files
connecting to the optical interface 102.6 2-12, applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
201.2 1-251, 201.3 1-213, 201.4 1-153 creating 320.1 1-7
disconnecting from the optical interface 102.6 deleting 320.1 1-23
2-12, 201.2 1-251, 201.3 1-213, 201.4 editing 320.1 1-14
1-153 exporting 320.1 1-21
MPO connectors retrieving 320.1 1-6
cleaning 201.0 5-30 saving 320.1 1-20
MRO circuit pack ring configuration information
reconfiguration 545 2-302 clearing 320.1 1-19
MS DCC Link Failure alarm 543.1 4-185 retrieving 320.1 2-9
MS DCC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 ring configurations
5-228 creating 320.1 1-7
MSP linear data, loading from a network element 320.1
configuration PG.2 4-6 1-12
overview 310.2 6-29 ring map 320.1 2-2
path connection creating 320.1 2-13
bidirectional 320.1 3-78 deleting 320.1 2-19
Ethernet drop-and-continue 320.1 3-81 retrieving 320.1 2-9
protection 310.2 6-29 switch criteria 310.2 6-109, 310.2 6-117
MSP linear APS alarms 543.1 4-19 VC-accessed 320.1 3-29
MSPP circuit packs Multiplexed Rate Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-187
optical interface, ordering 151 3-24 Multirate CWDM SFP module
MSPP interface circuit packs optical specifications PG.3 8-237
slots PG.1 2-150 Multirate DWDM SFP module
MSPP network SLAT 221 8-1 optical specifications PG.3 8-231

Master index 5-61
Multirate DWDM XFP module network element (continued)

optical specifications PG.3 8-211 date and time
Multi-rate DWDM/CWDM XFP module editing 301 4-41
optical specifications PG.3 8-211 disconnecting from 301 1-75
Multirate SFP module logging in
optical specifications PG.3 8-233 automatically 301 1-70
Multirate tunable DWDM XFP module manually 301 1-72
optical specifications PG.3 8-222 remote login, using 6500 CLI session 301
multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit pack 11-16
cross-connection rates 102.1 2-27 using a modem 301 1-14
cross-connection types 102.1 2-27 using direct cable (RS-232) 301 1-19
performance monitoring 102.1 2-29 using remote network connection 301 1-9
supported SFPs 102.1 2-27 using Remote TL1 Gateway connection 301
MXC circuit pack 1-36
replacing 545 2-85 using shelf processor LAN port 301 1-24,
301 1-29
N logging out 301 1-74
Mode parameter 301 4-3
name
editing 301 4-41
network element
name
displaying 301 4-35
editing 301 4-41
editing 301 4-41
node information, displaying 301 4-35
NAT
node setup solutions 221 2-3
NSAP address, retrieving 301 11-23
power cycle 543.1 1-34
editing 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27
powering up 221 2-12
provisioning data
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-57
backup details, retrieving 301 7-9
navigation tab 195 3-7
restoring 301 7-15
navigation tree
saving 301 7-10
adding a node 301 1-76
restoring to initial state 221 6-82
deleting a node 301 1-76
setting a hardware terminal loopback 221 6-79
loading login profile 301 1-62
shared secret, provisioning 301 2-76
navigation/window management area 195 3-8
software release, checking 221 2-16
selecting items 195 3-23
TID
setting view options 195 3-25
editing 301 4-41
ND Proxy
turning-up solutions 221 2-3
provisioning (Advanced SLAT) 221 2-55
turning-up using Node Setup (quick-start) 221
NDP
2-19
warning message
NE Mode Unknown alarm 165 10-88, 543.2
editing 301 4-38
5-189
replacing 301 4-40
network element
network element data 301 7-2
banner type
network element mode
editing 301 4-38
editing 301 4-41
CLLI
network level alarm correlation 543.1 1-7, PG.1
editing 301 4-41
2-185
commissioning using Advanced SAT 221 2-36
network management PG.1 1-18
connecting to DCN 221 2-75
network planning tools PG.1 1-19
network reconfiguration PG.2 4-44

5-62 Master index
network scalability node information (continued)

opaque LSAs PG.4 9-118 Login Banner tab 301 4-3
Network Trace Identifier Mismatch (FLEX) Member Information tab 301 4-81, 301 4-82,
alarm 543.2 5-190 301 4-84
new items in release Node Information tab 301 4-3
ordering PG.2 6-1 General sub-tab 301 4-3
NGM Member sub-tab 301 4-18
applications PG.2 4-29 Shelf sub-tab 301 4-17, 301 4-60, 301 4-74
improved link budget PG.2 4-33 System sub-tab 301 4-6
transparency PG.2 4-34 TL1 Gateway sub-tab 301 4-18
NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G DWDM parameters 301 4-97
circuit pack PG.3 7-13 SPLI tab 301 4-20
NGM WT circuit pack System tab 301 4-50, 301 4-69
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.5 Time of Day tab 301 4-19
4-44 TL1 Gateway tab 301 4-85
NGM WT circuit packs Node Setup
DWDM wavelengths 102.5 4-42 quick-start turning-up 221 2-19
NMCC facility supported configurations 221 2-6, 221 11-1
parameters 310.1 1-614 Node Setup application PG.2 5-4
NNCI 320.1 3-39 non-oxidizing compound, applying to compression
nodal general parameters lugs, cables, surfaces 201.0 3-7
editing 301 4-41 Non-routing mode
nodal login banner parameters provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-37
editing 301 4-38 NSAP address, retrieving 301 11-23
replacing 301 4-40 integrated Test Set Data Save In Progress
nodal manager 195 3-3 alarm 543.2 5-26
application view area 195 3-9 NTK503BDE5 14-slot converged optical/front
status area 195 3-10 electrical shelf, installing Shelf Front Cover
nodal parameters 301 4-3 NTK509DCE6 201.3 1-356
general 301 4-3 NTK503SA, installing Shelf Front Cover
member 301 4-18 NTK509CCE6 201.3 1-292
shelf 301 4-17 NTK509CD 14-slot Shelf Front Cover Kit W/
SPLI 301 4-20 Extended Depth, installing on 14-slot
system 301 4-6 converged optical shelf
time of day 301 4-19 NTK503ADE5 201.3 1-320
TL1 gateway 301 4-18 NTK509DCE6 Shelf Front Cover, installing onto a
nodal shelf parameters NTK503BDE5 14-slot converged optical/
displaying 301 4-35 front electrical shelf 201.3 1-356, 201.3
editing 301 4-60 1-373
provisioning, logical shelf number 301 4-78 Number of Level 1 NEs Exceeded alarm 543.2
nodal SLAT procedures 221 2-1 5-194
nodal system parameters numbering, slot 151 1-2
displaying 301 4-35
editing 301 4-50
Node ID Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-192
O
OAM
node information 301 4-1, 301 4-38, 301 4-40,
parameters for RPR connectivity
301 4-41, 301 4-78, 301 4-80, 301 4-86,
301 4-87, 301 4-90
OAM comms
displaying 301 4-35
management 310.1 3-9
General tab 301 4-41

Master index 5-63
OAM comms (continued) OAM&P (continued)

routing 310.1 3-9 data services, class of service scheduler PG.2
OAM messages 5-13
operating or releasing, echotest 320.2 18-7 data services, connectivity provisioning PG.2
OAM Not Available alarm 543.2 5-195 5-15
OAM parameters data services, endpoint management PG.2
connectivity, provisioning 320.2 18-5 5-14
OAM&P data services, endpoint mapping PG.2 5-15
alarm and event management PG.2 5-24 data services, Ethernet OAM
alarm and event management, active provisioning PG.2 5-18
alarms PG.2 5-25 data services, forwarding database PG.2 5-16
alarm and event management, active disabled data services, G.8032 ERP group list PG.2
alarms PG.2 5-25 5-17
alarm and event management, alarm data services, G.8032 ERP
profiles PG.2 5-26 management PG.2 5-17
alarm and event management, alarms & data services, G.8032 ERP node
controls PG.2 5-26 information PG.2 5-17
alarm and event management, alarms data services, queue group profiles PG.2 5-16
cut-off PG.2 5-25 data services, queue group scheduler
alarm and event management, clear security profiles PG.2 5-16
alarms PG.2 5-25 data services, receive class of service
alarm and event management, consolidated profiles PG.2 5-13
alarms PG.2 5-24 data services, RPR ring information PG.2 5-15
alarm and event management, external alarm data services, RPR ring management PG.2
provisioning PG.2 5-26 5-15
alarm and event management, external data services, segment management PG.2
control PG.2 5-27 5-14
alarm and event management, historical fault data services, service activation setup PG.2
browser PG.2 5-25 5-14
commissioning and testing PG.2 5-4 data services, transmit class of service
connection and bandwidth management PG.2 profiles PG.2 5-13
5-9, PG.2 5-11 equipment and traffic protection PG.2 5-33
connection and bandwidth management, count equipment and traffic protection, Traffic
path connections PG.2 5-10 protection exerciser PG.2 5-34
connection and bandwidth management, EVPL equipment management PG.2 5-6
connections PG.2 5-11 facility management PG.2 5-7
connection and bandwidth management, path installing and upgrading network element
connections PG.2 5-9 software PG.2 5-23
connection and bandwidth management, installing and upgrading network element
Photonic connections PG.2 5-10 software, release management PG.2
connection and bandwidth management, 5-23
transponder connections PG.2 5-10 installing and upgrading network element
control plane PG.2 5-22 software, upgrade management PG.2
Control Plane, OSRP provisioning PG.2 5-22 5-24
Control Plane, Routing Profiles PG.2 5-22 Node Setup application PG.2 5-4
Control Plane, Sub-Network Connection PG.2 Performance monitoring and operational
5-22 measurements PG.2 5-28
data communications PG.2 5-27 Performance monitoring and operational
data services PG.2 5-12 measurements, facility PM
data services, bandwidth profiles PG.2 5-14 attributes PG.2 5-29

5-64 Master index
OAM&P (continued) OAM&P (continued)

Performance monitoring and operational security and administration, challenge/response
measurements, facility PM query PG.2 calculator PG.2 5-33
5-29 security and administration, intrusion attempt
Performance monitoring and operational handling PG.2 5-32
measurements, operational security and administration, managed
measurements PG.2 5-28 keys PG.2 5-32
Performance monitoring and operational security and administration, security logs PG.2
measurements, performance 5-32
monitoring PG.2 5-28 security and administration, set shared
Performance monitoring and operational secret PG.2 5-31
measurements, PM graphing PG.2 5-29 security and administration, Syslog Server
Performance monitoring and operational Provisioning PG.2 5-33
measurements, PM profiles PG.2 5-29 shelf level view PG.2 5-5
Performance monitoring and operational SNMP PG.2 5-27
measurements, Round Trip Delay PG.2 span of control PG.2 5-24
5-31 synchronization management PG.2 5-21
Performance monitoring and operational synchronization protection PG.2 5-34
measurements, Supervisory Query and system parameters PG.2 5-5
Control PG.2 5-30 system parameters, global support PG.2 5-5
Photonic services PG.2 5-18 troubleshooting tools PG.2 5-7
Photonic services, Connection Validation PG.2 visualization tool PG.2 5-5
5-20 OBB 2x2x2 module 102.6 1-426
Photonic services, differential performance monitoring 102.6 1-428
provisioning PG.2 5-20 OBB 2x4x1 module 102.6 1-431
Photonic services, Domain Optical Controller OBMD 1x8 module 102.6 1-421
(DOC) PG.2 5-19 OC-12 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-144
photonic services, Optical Time Domain OC-12 optical specifications PG.3 8-146
Reflectometer PG.2 5-21 OC192 facility
Photonic services, OTDR Graph View PG.2 parameters, DWDM 310.1 1-311
5-21 OC-192 optical specifications PG.3 8-136
Photonic services, OTS management PG.2 OC-192/STM-64 circuit pack
5-19 DWDM wavelengths 102.3 1-29
Photonic services, Photonic Configuration OC-3 (DS1TM) facility
Management PG.2 5-18 parameters 310.1 1-425
Photonic services, SCMD cascading OC3 (DS1TM) facility
order PG.2 5-20 editing 310.1 1-187
Photonic services, shelf wavelength OC-3 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-144
topology PG.2 5-19 OC-3 optical specifications PG.3 8-146
SAOS command line interface (SAOS OC-48 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-144
CLI) PG.1 2-209 OC48 facility
SAOS-based command line interface (SAOS parameters, DWDM 310.1 1-311
CLI) PG.2 5-36 OC-48 optical specifications PG.3 8-140
security and administration PG.2 5-31 OC-48/STM-16 DPO module 180 7-3
security and administration, active users PG.2 OC-48/STM-16 DPO module, replacing 545 2-36
5-31 OC768 facility
security and administration, Advanced security parameters 310.1 1-311
settings PG.2 5-32 OCH Link data Retrieval In Progress alarm 543.2
security and administration, centralized security 5-198
administration PG.2 5-32

Master index 5-65
OCH Link data Save In Progress alarm 543.2 OMD4 point-to-point terminal
5-199 configuring 221 4-255
OC-n facility OME1110
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-32 ordering 151 7-106
OCn facility specifications PG.3 8-342
editing 310.1 1-187 OMX
parameters 310.1 1-307 application PG.2 4-18
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs engineering rules 151 1-157
in-service rollover 545 2-347 grounding 201.1 2-5, 201.2 2-5, 201.3 2-5,
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.3 201.4 2-6
1-113 installing equipment drawer 201.1 2-5, 201.2
OCn/STMn/PDH/TMUX circuit pack 2-5, 201.3 2-5, 201.4 2-6
latency 170 1-150 installing fiber manager equipment
ODU AIS (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-422 drawer 201.1 2-23, 201.2 2-23, 201.3
ODU BDI (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-423 2-23, 201.4 2-26
ODU facility optical specifications PG.3 8-329
parameters 102.4 2-550, 102.5 5-70, 310.1 ordering 151 2-58
1-517 OMX 16CH DWDM
ODU LCK (OTM2) alarm 543.2 5-423 connecting OMX 16CH DWDM equipment
ODU Loss of Frame and Multiframe alarm 543.2 drawers 201.1 2-34, 201.2 2-34, 201.3
5-424 2-33, 201.4 2-41
ODU OCI (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-424 routing fibers 201.1 2-43, 201.2 2-44, 201.3
ODU performance monitoring 520 1-22 2-44, 201.4 2-50
ODU Signal Degrade alarm 543.2 5-425 OMX 4CH
ODU Signal Fail alarm 543.2 5-425 connecting OMX 4CH equipment
ODU Skew Out Of Range alarm 543.2 5-200 drawers 201.1 2-28, 201.2 2-28, 201.3
ODU Trace Identifier Mismatch alarm 543.2 2-28, 201.4 2-35
5-202 routing fibers 201.1 2-39, 201.2 2-40, 201.3
ODUCTP facility 2-40, 201.4 2-46
parameters 310.1 1-554 OMX module 102.6 1-258
ODUFlex adding 221 4-50
SNC 330 9-12 alarms 102.6 1-278
ODUFlex connections 320.1 7-7 equipping rules 102.6 1-278
ODUFLEX payload replacing 545 2-119
resizing 330 9-88, 330 9-90, 330 9-92, 330 technical specifications 102.6 1-278
9-94, 330 10-14 OMX point-to-point terminal
ODUTTP facility configuring 221 4-255
parameters 102.7 2-247, 310.1 1-550 OnePlanner Capture PG.1 1-19
OMD4 100 GHz module 102.6 1-337 on-line help
alarms 102.6 1-343 displaying 195 3-42
equipping rules 102.6 1-344 navigating 195 3-43
technical specifications 102.6 1-345 printing 195 3-45
OMD4 circuit pack terminology 195 3-16
optical specifications PG.3 8-305 toolbar 195 3-14
OMD4 module OOB 330 1-5
adding 221 4-50 OOLFC PG.4 9-124
installing 201.1 1-120, 201.2 1-215, 201.3 opaque LSA
1-149, 201.4 1-121 engineering guidelines PG.4 9-118
replacing 545 2-119 network scalability PG.4 9-118

5-66 Master index
operating OPS interface circuit packs

channelized loopback 310.2 5-32 slots PG.1 2-173
maintenance end point OPSM2 circuit pack
loopback 320.3 27-46 performance monitoring 102.1 5-8
maintenance end point loopback 320.3 27-46 OPSM2 module 102.1 5-2
operating modes optical specifications PG.3 8-311
synchronization 310.2 4-8 replacing 545 2-161
operational measurements 520 1-27, PG.2 5-28 OPSM2 module, ordering 151 3-91
clearing 520 1-77 optical breakout patchcord, MPO (Female, 12
parameters Fiber connector)
10/100BT circuit pack 520 2-209 pinout 201.0 6-7
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit optical channel to a stretched span
pack 520 2-237 adding 221 7-52
100G circuit pack 520 2-239, 520 2-241 optical channels
100G circuit packs, OTN transport and adding 221 7-3, 221 7-20
switched services 520 2-243 deleting 221 7-34, 221 7-40
100G OCI circuit pack 520 2-237 express deleting 221 7-49
100G WL3e OTR circuit pack 520 2-237 force deleting 221 7-46
100GE OCI circuit pack 520 2-237 optical connector
10G OTR circuit pack 520 2-222 cleaning 201.0 5-11
10G OTSC circuit pack 520 2-222 removing from the optical interface 102.6 2-12,
10GE circuit pack 520 2-209 201.1 1-143, 201.2 1-251, 201.3 1-213,
10GEL WT circuit pack 520 2-222 201.4 1-153
20G L2SS circuit pack 520 2-212 optical fiber patch cords, ordering 151 4-2
2x10G OTR circuit pack 520 2-222 optical fibers
40G circuit packs, OTN transport and using optical fibers
switched services 520 2-243 handling optical fibers 201.0 1-28, 221
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 520 2-235 10-28, 545 1-28
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 520 2-235 repairing optical fibers 201.0 1-29, 221
4x10G OTR circuit pack 520 2-222 10-29, 545 1-29
definitions (Broadband circuit packs) 520 splicing optical fibers 201.0 1-29, 221
4-124 10-29, 545 1-29
definitions (eMOTR circuit packs) 520 4-132 optical interface
definitions (MSPP circuit packs) 520 4-117 hardware
definitions (OTN I/F circuit packs) 520 4-132 ordering 151 3-125
definitions (PKT I/F circuit packs) 520 4-132 optical interface circuit pack
eMOTR circuit pack 520 2-234 reconfiguration 545 2-265
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 520 2-232 replacing 545 2-13
GE circuit pack 520 2-209 optical interface internal connectors
L2 MOTR circuit pack 520 2-227 cleaning 201.0 5-4
L2SS circuit pack 520 2-212 inspecting 201.0 5-4
OTN FLEX MOTR circuit pack 520 2-232 Optical Line Fail alarm 165 10-89, 543.2 5-206
PDH gateway circuit pack 520 2-212 Optical Long Haul 1600G and 6500
RPR circuit pack 520 2-218 interworking PG.4 9-359
SuperMux circuit pack 520 2-225 optical loopback test
retrieving 520 1-72 overview 310.2 12-1
tables 520 2-1, 520 3-1, 520 4-1 optical loopback testing
OPM circuit pack performing, CCMD12 310.2 12-4
replacing 545 2-117 performing, CCMD8x16 310.2 12-8
opportunistic upgrade 301 9-4 Optical Network Manager AP 195 2-2

Master index 5-67
optical patchcord, MPO(F)-MPO(F), 24 Fiber optical specifications (continued)

pinout 201.0 6-6 CCMD8x16circuit pack PG.3 8-304
optical patchcord, MPO(F)-MPO(F), MM, 12 CFP 180 6-1
Fiber 201.0 6-8, 201.0 6-9 CFP module PG.3 8-256
Optical Power Monitor. See OPM CFP2 module PG.3 8-264
optical power ranges, displaying 310.1 1-231 CMD44 module PG.3 8-299
optical shelf components PG.1 3-8 CMD96 module PG.3 8-300
optical specifications CXM C-Band Type 1 PG.3 8-304
100Base PG.3 8-157 DPO 180 7-1
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit DSCM module PG.3 8-308
pack PG.3 8-196 eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ circuit pack PG.3
100G OCLD circuit pack PG.3 8-177 8-197
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack PG.3 eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP circuit
8-177 pack PG.3 8-197
100G WaveLogic 3 OTR circuit pack PG.3 ESAM circuit pack PG.3 8-290
8-187 ESCON SFP module PG.3 8-236
100G WL3n MOTR circuit pack PG.3 8-190 FGA circuit pack PG.3 8-288
100G WL3n OTR circuit pack PG.3 8-193 FIM Type 1 module PG.3 8-307
100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack PG.3 FIM Type 2 module PG.3 8-307
8-198 FIM Type 4 module PG.3 8-307
10G OTN circuit pack PG.3 8-160 FIM Type 5 module PG.3 8-307
10G OTR circuit pack PG.3 8-162 FIM Type 6 module PG.3 8-307
10G OTSC circuit pack PG.3 8-164 fixed gain amplifier circuit pack PG.3 8-288,
10G WT circuit pack PG.3 8-160 PG.3 8-289, PG.3 8-290, PG.3 8-291
10G XFP module PG.3 8-204 Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack PG.3
10GEG WT circuit pack PG.3 8-160 8-177
10x10G MUX circuit pack PG.3 8-195 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack PG.3
10x10GE MUX circuit pack PG.3 8-195, PG.3 8-177
8-196 Flex4 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack PG.3
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack PG.3 8-197 8-177
200G (2x100G/5x40G) MUX circuit pack PG.3 GE/FC100/FC200/FC400 PG.3 8-151
8-196 GMD10 module PG.3 8-307
2-Port OPM circuit pack PG.3 8-298 ISS C-Band circuit pack PG.3 8-175
2-Port OPM Flex C-Band circuit pack PG.3 LIM circuit pack PG.3 8-279
8-298 line interface module circuit pack PG.3 8-279
2x10G OTR circuit pack PG.3 8-163 MBMD2 module PG.3 8-306
2xOSC circuit pack PG.3 8-269 midstage line amplifier 2 circuit pack PG.3
2xOSC ports on shelf processor SPAP-2 w/ 8-274, PG.3 8-277
2xOSC PG.3 8-269 midstage line amplifier circuit pack PG.3 8-272
40/41/43G OCI circuit pack PG.3 8-170 MLA circuit pack PG.3 8-272
40/43G OCI circuit pack PG.3 8-170 MLA2 circuit pack PG.3 8-274
40G MUX OCI circuit pack PG.3 8-172 MLA3 circuit pack PG.3 8-277
40G OCI circuit pack PG.3 8-170 Multirate CWDM SFP module PG.3 8-237
40G OCLD circuit pack PG.3 8-166 Multirate DWDM XFP module PG.3 8-211
40G UOCLD circuit pack PG.3 8-172 Multi-rate DWDM/CWDM XFP module PG.3
4x10G OTR circuit pack PG.3 8-164 8-211
4xOPS circuit pack PG.3 8-311 Multirate DWDMSFP module PG.3 8-231
84xDS1 TM circuit pack PG.3 8-268 Multirate SFP module PG.3 8-233
BMD2 module PG.3 8-305 Multirate tunable DWDM XFP module PG.3
CCMD12 circuit pack PG.3 8-303 8-222

5-68 Master index
optical specifications (continued) optical specifications (continued)

OC-12/STM-4 CWDM PG.3 8-144 WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 9x1 circuit
OC-192/STM-64 PG.3 8-136 pack PG.3 8-296
OC-3/12/STM-1/4 SFP PG.3 8-146 XFP 180 2-1
OC-3/STM-1 CWDM PG.3 8-144 XLA circuit pack PG.3 8-291
OC-48/STM-16 PG.3 8-140 Optical Time Domain Reflectometer PG.2 5-21
OC-48/STM-16 CWDM PG.3 8-144 optical transceivers PG.3 7-1
OMD4 circuit pack PG.3 8-305 Optical VPN 330 7-3
OMX PG.3 8-329 optical/front electrical shelf components PG.1 3-9
OPSM2 module PG.3 8-311 optical/rear electrical shelf components PG.1
OSC Filter (1516.9 nm) module PG.3 8-308 3-10
OSIC circuit pack PG.3 8-174 Optimization Scanning in Progress alarm 543.2
PKT I/F GE 48xSFP circuit pack PG.3 8-198 5-214
PKT/OTN I/F 100G 10xXFP circuit pack PG.3 OPTMON facility
8-198 editing 310.1 1-187
PKT/OTN I/F 100G/2x40G 1xCFP2/2xQSFP+ parameters 102.1 5-41, 165 7-70, 310.1 1-567
circuit pack PG.3 8-198 OPU AIS (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-426
QSFP+ 180 4-1, 180 5-1 OPU Payload Type Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-215
QSFP+ module PG.3 8-251 ordering
QSFP28 module PG.3 8-254 OME1110 151 7-106
SAM circuit pack PG.3 8-290 10/100BT cable assemblies 151 4-59
SCMD4 circuit pack PG.3 8-301 16xGE front pluggable I/O panel 151 3-125
SFP 180 3-1 40G MSPP interface circuit packs 151 3-27
SFP+ 180 4-1, 180 5-1 4xOPS interface circuit pack 151 3-91
SFP+ module PG.3 8-238 access panel cables 151 4-14
single line amplifier circuit pack PG.3 8-270 bays and accessories 151 2-2
SLA circuit pack PG.3 8-270 BIP alarm cables 151 4-21
SLIC Idler circuit pack PG.3 8-299 Broadband interface circuit packs 151 3-29
SLIC10 circuit pack PG.3 8-299 CFP module 151 3-119
SLIC10 Flex circuit pack PG.3 8-299 CFP2 module 151 3-121
SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack PG.3 8-302 common circuit packs 151 3-5
SMD Flex 8x1 circuit pack PG.3 8-302 common circuit packs, access panel 151 3-5
SRA circuit pack PG.3 8-289 common circuit packs, cross-connect 151 3-19
SuperMux circuit pack PG.3 8-202 common circuit packs, filler cards and
UBMD2 module PG.3 8-306 panels 151 3-21
Wavelength-Selective 40G OCLD circuit common circuit packs, Maintenance Interface
pack PG.3 8-168 Card 151 3-15
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack PG.3 common circuit packs, power input cards 151
8-294 3-8
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 circuit pack PG.3 common circuit packs, shelf processor kits 151
8-294 3-16
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack PG.3 common circuit packs, Wire wrap adapters 151
8-294 3-7
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack PG.3 data interface circuit packs 151 3-25
8-295 documentation 151 5-24
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack PG.3 DS1 cables assemblies 151 4-53
8-296 DS3 cable assemblies 151 4-53
WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 20x1 circuit DSM hardware 151 3-126
pack PG.3 8-297 E1 cable assemblies 151 4-51
E3 cable assemblies 151 4-53

Master index 5-69
ordering (continued) OSC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 165 10-106,

EC-1 cables assemblies 151 4-53 543.2 5-229
electrical interface circuit packs 151 3-122 OSC SFP optical specifications for SAM/
electrical interface hardware 151 3-123 ESAM 102.6 1-125
fiber manager 151 2-33, 151 2-58 OSC SFP optical specifications in RAMAN
GE electrical cable assemblies 151 4-59 spans 102.6 1-100, PG.3 8-256
Manufacture discontinued items 151 7-1 OSC Signal Degrade alarm 165 10-101, 543.2
MSPP interface circuit packs 151 3-24 5-223
new items in release PG.2 6-1 OSI rlogin support PG.4 9-58
OMX 151 2-58 OSI tools 310.1 3-35
OPSM2 module 151 3-91 OSIC circuit pack 102.4 1-124
optical fiber patch cords 151 4-2 alarms 102.4 1-127
optical interface hardware 151 3-125 equipping rules 102.4 1-127
OTN I/F interface circuit packs 151 3-87 optical specifications PG.3 8-174
Photonic chassis 151 3-51 Supervisory Channel monitoring 520 1-39
Photonic interface circuit packs 151 3-51 technical specifications 102.4 1-128
Photonic interface modules 151 3-51 OSIC OTM2 facility
PKT I/F interface circuit packs 151 3-87 parameters 102.4 1-237, 310.1 1-474
PKT/OTN interface circuit packs 151 3-87 OSPF
power cables 151 4-22 IP routing protocols PG.4 9-404
QSFP+ module 151 3-116 Opaque Filter parameter PG.4 9-117
QSFP28 module 151 3-118 Opaque LSAs PG.4 9-117
SDH interface circuit packs 151 3-24 OSPF Adjacency Loss alarms 165 10-106, 543.2
services 151 5-21 5-228
SFP module 151 3-104 OSPF circuit
SFP+ module 151 3-114 adding entry 310.1 3-28
shelf 151 2-9 deleting entry 310.1 3-30
shelf brackets 151 2-33 parameters 310.1 3-52
software 151 5-2 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-43
Software licenses and right to use (RTU) OSPF filtering PG.4 9-124
licenses 151 5-5 OSPF Max Capacity Reached alarm 543.2 5-232
SONET interface circuit packs 151 3-24 OSPF Opaque LSA Filtering Control PG.4 9-124
staging 151 5-21 OSPF router
STM-1e cable assemblies 151 4-56 adding entry 310.1 3-28
XFP module 151 3-95 deleting entry 310.1 3-30
orderwire parameters 310.1 3-57
application PG.2 4-43 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-42
OSC facility OSPF router parameters
editing 310.1 1-187 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-45
parameters 165 7-71, 310.1 1-618 OSPF routes distribution
OSC Filter (1516.9 nm) module 102.6 1-386 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-64
alarms 102.6 1-389 OSPFv2 Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-229
equipping rules 102.6 1-389 OSPFv3
optical specifications PG.3 8-308 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-49
technical specifications 102.6 1-390 OSPFv3 Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-229
OSC for shelf interconnect PG.4 9-102 OSRP
OSC Loss Of Signal alarm 165 10-96, 543.2 Make Before Break 330 7-2
5-218 parameters 330 1-26, 330 4-28, 330 7-42, 330
OSC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-229 10-16
Reserve Home Path 330 7-3, 330 9-13

5-70 Master index
OSRP (continued) OSRP provisioning parameters 330 1-26, 330

SNC restoration priority 330 3-8, 330 6-10, 330 4-28, 330 7-42
9-14 OSRP route
OSRP cascaded route adding 330 2-8, 330 5-6, 330 8-6
adding 330 2-13 deleting 330 2-12, 330 5-9, 330 8-9
deleting 330 2-16 editing 330 2-11, 330 5-8, 330 8-8
editing 330 2-15 parameters 330 2-27, 330 5-15, 330 8-15
parameters 330 2-29 OSRP routing list
OSRP CCI Session Failed alarm 543.2 5-233 adding 330 2-17, 330 5-10, 330 8-10
OSRP CCI Session Out Of Sync alarm 543.2 deleting 330 2-21, 330 5-14, 330 8-14
5-234 editing 330 2-19, 330 5-12, 330 8-12
OSRP Configuration in Progress alarm 543.2 parameters 330 2-30, 330 2-32, 330 5-16, 330
5-235 8-17
OSRP instance OSRP virtual link
adding 330 1-12, 330 4-8, 330 7-15 aggregation 330 7-26
editing 330 1-16, 330 4-11, 330 7-18 OTDR Graph View PG.2 5-21
OSRP LAG group OTDR trace
adding 330 10-6 overview 310.2 14-1
deleting 330 10-8 performing manually 310.2 14-3
editing 330 10-7 OTDR Trace In Progress alarm 543.2 5-241
OSRP line OTL Skew Out Of Range alarm 543.2 5-242
adding 330 4-21 OTM facility
deleting 330 4-27, 330 7-41 parameters 310.1 1-437
editing 330 1-23, 330 4-24, 330 7-38 OTM info
parameters 330 1-38, 330 4-38, 330 7-66 parameters 310.1 1-640
OSRP Line Operationally Blocked alarm 543.2 retrieving 310.1 1-253
5-236 OTM0/OTM1/OTMFLEX facility
OSRP link parameters
adding 330 4-15, 330 7-24 applicability 310.1 1-450
aggregation 330 4-15, 330 7-24 OTM1 facility
deleting 330 4-20, 330 7-35 parameters 310.1 1-446
editing 330 1-20, 330 4-18, 330 7-29 OTM2 facility
parameters 330 1-33, 330 4-34, 330 7-55 measuring raw BER 520 1-100
OSRP node parameters 310.1 1-452
editing 330 1-18, 330 4-12, 330 7-19 applicability 310.1 1-463, 310.1 1-465,
OTN bandwidth threshold defaults 330 7-23 310.1 1-468
parameters 330 1-28, 330 4-30, 330 7-44 OTM2 mapping facility
OSRP Node Operationally Blocked alarm 543.2 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-63
5-238 OTM3 facility
OSRP non-viable routing list parameters 310.1 1-478
adding 330 2-22 applicability 310.1 1-490
deleting 330 2-26 OTM4 facility
editing 330 2-24 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-61
OSRP Port Capability Mismatch alarm 543.2 parameters 102.4 2-540, 310.1 1-494
5-240 OTM4 mapping facility
OSRP provisioning PG.2 5-22 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-62
overview 330 1-1, 330 4-1, 330 7-1 OTMC2 facility
retrieving 330 1-10, 330 2-7, 330 4-6, 330 5-5, parameters 310.1 1-509
330 7-13, 330 8-5 OTMn facility
editing 310.1 1-187

Master index 5-71
OTMn physical adjacency 310.1 1-52, PG.1 OTS

2-190 adding
OTMn wavelength and power parameters 310.2 7-14, 310.2 13-23, 310.2
auto-provisioning 310.1 1-68 13-26
OTN connections PG.2 5-11 creating 310.2 13-8
2WAY bidirectional 320.1 7-4 deleting 310.2 7-8
2WAYDPR bidirectional 320.1 7-5 editing 102.6 2-23, 310.2 7-6, 310.2 13-9,
2WAYPR bidirectional 320.1 7-4 310.2 13-11
adding 102.8 1-187, 320.1 7-16 parameters 310.2 7-18
deleting 320.1 7-19 management 310.2 7-1
editing 320.1 7-18 OTS equipment parameters 310.2 7-13
engineering rules 320.1 7-6 OTS facility parameters 310.2 7-13
overview 320.1 7-1 OTS management PG.2 5-19
parameters 320.1 7-32 overview 310.2 7-1
types 320.1 7-3 retrieving 310.2 7-5
OTN Control Plane OTS management parameters 310.2 7-10
bandwidth lockout 330 1-6, 330 7-7 OTS Provisioning Error alarm 543.2 5-244
bandwidth threshold 330 7-6 OTS slot sequence
datacomm considerations PG.4 9-103 editing 310.2 13-12
in-band communications PG.4 9-103 OTS slot sequencing
Line Flapping alarm 330 7-5 retrieving 310.2 13-7
PKT/OTN cross-connect OTU and ODU TTI auto-provisioning 310.1 1-65
datacomm considerations PG.4 9-106 OTU BDI (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-426
OTN cross-connects OTU performance monitoring 520 1-22
retrieving 320.1 7-14 OTU Signal Degrade alarm 543.2 5-250
OTN FLEX MOTR circuit pack OTU Signal Fail alarm 543.2 5-254
operational measurements 520 2-232 OTU Skew Out Of Range alarm 543.2 5-257
OTN FLEX MOTR function in 2-slot NTK503MAE5 OTU Trace Identifier Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-202
shelf type OTUTTP facility
latency 170 1-83 parameters 102.7 2-244, 310.1 1-541
OTN FLEX MOTR function in 2-slot NTK503NAE5 Output Loss Of Signal alarm 165 10-108, 543.2
shelf type 5-259
latency 170 1-83 output power cable
OTN I/F circuit packs connecting to 1U BIP/FIP 201.1 1-57, 201.2
optical interface, ordering 151 3-87 1-144, 201.3 1-71
OTN I/F circuit packs, OTN transport and switched OVPN 330 6-14, 330 7-3, 330 9-21
services
OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F interface circuit
P
Packet Configuration Integrity Fail alarm 543.2
packs
5-262
slots PG.1 2-170
Packet over SNC 330 9-11, 330 10-2
OTN MOTR circuit pack
Packet Rate Limit Exceeded alarm 543.2 5-264
latency 170 1-3
Packet Rate Limit Exceeded alarm - CPU2 543.2
OTN trail trace
5-265
Packet services, performance monitoring 520
OTN XC I/F circuit pack
1-45
replacing 545 2-67
packet-optical shelf components PG.1 3-16
OTR and OTSC circuit packs
parallel telemetry 543.1 1-33, 543.1 2-11
1-94

5-72 Master index
parameters parameters (continued)

AD facility 102.5 3-106, 310.1 1-623 ETTP facility 102.7 2-245, 310.1 1-545
ADJ/ADJ-Line/ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX/ADJ-Fiber EVPL connections 320.1 6-12
facility 165 7-51, 310.1 1-578 external control labels 543.1 2-2
AMP facility 165 7-66, 310.1 1-560 facility 165 7-44, 310.1 1-275
AMP facility 310.1 1-560 FC100/200/400 facility 310.1 1-529
AMPMON facility 310.1 1-577 FC1200 facility 310.1 1-527
ARP proxy 310.1 3-69 FLEX facility for 10x10G MUX 310.1 1-520
ARP table 310.1 3-70 FLEX facility for 2x10G OTR 310.1 1-520
bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-13 FLEX facility for 40G MUX OCI 310.1 1-520
CHC facility 310.1 1-610 FLEX facility for 4x10G OTR 310.1 1-520
class of service 320.2 10-8 forwarding database 320.2 19-16
class of service scheduler 320.2 10-8 forwarding database, Backup tab 320.2 19-21
class of service, displaying 320.2 10-4 forwarding database, Entries tab 320.2 19-16
class of service, editing 320.2 10-5 FTP 310.1 3-90
connectivity provisioning 320.2 18-10, 320.2 FTTP facility 102.7 2-247, 310.1 1-549
18-11 G.8032 ERP group list 320.3 25-4, 320.3 25-7
connectivity, viewing 320.2 18-4 GNE 310.1 3-72
count path connections 320.1 3-220 GRE 310.1 3-74
database replication service 310.1 3-89 HTTP/HTTPS 310.1 3-91
DHCP 310.1 3-90 IDLER facility 310.1 1-575
DISP facility 310.1 1-619 IISIS circuit 310.1 3-44, 310.1 3-45
DS1 facility 310.1 1-422 IISIS router 310.1 3-46
DS1DS3 facility 310.1 1-430 IISIS routers 310.1 3-47
DS1WAN facility 310.1 1-435 IISIS routing table 310.1 3-66
DS3 facility 310.1 1-426, 310.1 1-430 IP 310.1 3-74
DS3WAN facility 310.1 1-435 IP for RPR connectivity provisioning 320.2
DSM OAM link 310.1 3-71 18-11
E1 facility 310.1 1-428 IP routing table 310.1 3-66
E1DS3 facility 310.1 1-430 IP static route 310.1 3-48
E1E3 facility 310.1 1-430 ip version configuration 310.1 3-92
E1WAN facility 310.1 1-435 LAG facility 310.1 1-412
E3 facility 310.1 1-429, 310.1 1-430 LAN 310.1 3-77
E3WAN facility 310.1 1-435 link local 310.1 3-92
EC-1 facility 310.1 1-427 LOC facility 310.1 1-613
endpoint mapping 320.2 15-13 lower layer DCC/GCC 310.1 3-78
endpoint mapping for tunnels 320.2 14-62, NAT 310.1 3-93
320.2 15-20 NMCC facility 310.1 1-614
endpoint mapping for virtual circuits 320.2 node information 301 4-97
14-48 OAM for RPR connectivity provisioning 320.2
environmental alarm labels 543.1 2-3 18-10
equipment 165 7-44, 165 7-48, 165 7-50, OC192 facility, DWDM 310.1 1-311
310.1 1-275, 310.1 1-288 OC48 facility, DWDM 310.1 1-311
ESI 310.2 4-47 OC768 facility 310.1 1-311
ESO 310.2 4-49 OCn facility 310.1 1-307
ETH facility 310.1 1-316 ODU facility 102.4 2-550, 102.5 5-70, 310.1
ETH100 facility 310.1 1-316 1-517
ETH100G facility 310.1 1-316 ODUCTP facility 310.1 1-554
ETH10G facility 310.1 1-316 ODUTTP facility 102.7 2-247, 310.1 1-550
ETH40G facility 310.1 1-316

Master index 5-73
parameters (continued) parameters (continued)

OPTMON facility 102.1 5-41, 165 7-70, 310.1 ring APS provisioning 320.1 2-21
1-567 ring information, viewing 320.2 17-3
OSC facility 165 7-71, 310.1 1-618 ring management protection 320.2 16-21
OSIC OTM2 facility 102.4 1-237, 310.1 1-474 ring management provisioning 320.2 16-16
OSPF circuit 310.1 3-52 ring management quality of service 320.2
OSPF router 310.1 3-57 16-23
OSRP 330 1-26, 330 4-28, 330 7-42, 330 ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-56, 320.3
10-16 26-66
OSRP cascaded route 330 2-29 ring topology 320.2 17-4
OSRP line 330 1-38, 330 4-38, 330 7-66 ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-52, 320.3 26-62
OSRP link 330 1-33, 330 4-34, 330 7-55 section trace 310.1 1-629
OSRP node 330 1-28, 330 4-30, 330 7-44 serial/RS-232 310.1 3-86
OSRP route 330 2-27, 330 5-15, 330 8-15 service activation (tunnel endpoint map
OSRP routing list 330 2-30, 330 2-32, 330 provisioning) 320.2 11-43
5-16, 330 8-17 service activation (tunnel segment
OTM facility 310.1 1-437 provisioning) 320.2 11-41, 320.2 11-42
OTM info 310.1 1-640 service activation (VCE map
OTM1 facility 310.1 1-446 provisioning) 320.2 11-33
OTM2 facility 310.1 1-452, 310.1 1-463, 310.1 service activation (VCE provisioning) 320.2
1-465, 310.1 1-468 11-26
OTM3 facility 310.1 1-478, 310.1 1-490 service activation (VCS provisioning) 320.2
OTM4 facility 102.4 2-540, 310.1 1-494 11-23
OTMC2 facility 310.1 1-509 SNMP 740 2-5
OTN connection 320.1 7-32 ssh/telnet 310.1 3-93
OTN trail trace 310.1 1-632 static entries 320.2 19-22
OTS equipment 310.2 7-13 static NAT 310.1 3-51
OTS facility 310.2 7-13 STM16 facility, DWDM 310.1 1-311
OTS management 310.2 7-10 STM1E facility 310.1 1-315
OTUTTP facility 102.7 2-244, 310.1 1-541 STM256 facility 310.1 1-311
path connections 320.1 3-148 STM64 facility, DWDM 310.1 1-311
path provisioning 310.1 1-634 STMn facility 310.1 1-307
PC facility 310.1 1-570 STTP facility 310.1 1-548
Photonic connections 320.1 5-23 SWT 310.2 9-5
port filter 310.1 3-60 synchronization 310.2 4-45
PPP 310.1 3-84 TAP 310.2 5-35
profile provisioning 320.2 11-20 TAS 310.2 5-35
protection 310.2 6-183 TCMCTP facility 102.4 2-553, 310.1 1-558
protection exerciser 310.2 6-190 TCMTTP facility 102.4 2-553, 310.1 1-558
PTP facility 102.7 2-242, 310.1 1-530 TELEMETRY facility 310.1 1-573
queue group drop profiles 320.3 22-9 test access 310.2 5-35
queue group profiles 320.3 21-16 test access channel 310.2 5-35
queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 23-11 test-ping 310.1 3-95
RAMAN facility 310.1 1-571 timing reference 310.2 4-46
rate limiting, displaying 320.2 10-4 TL1 gateway connections 310.1 3-87
rate limiting, editing 320.2 10-5 TR control (OTM2) 310.1 1-624
receive class of service profiles 320.2 8-12 trace route 310.1 3-96
reverse port NAT 310.1 3-51 trail trace 310.1 1-630
Ring APS Configuration Editor transmit class of service profiles 320.2 9-12
application 320.1 1-24 transponder connections 320.1 4-28

5-74 Master index
parameters (continued) path connection

tunnel endpoint 320.2 14-60 in-service rollover
tunnel segment 320.2 13-50, 320.2 14-65 all connections on port 320.1 3-67
upper layer DCC 310.1 3-62 provisioning
VCAT Status 310.1 1-639 1+1 linear (bidirectional) 320.1 3-78
VCE 320.2 13-42, 320.2 14-40 BLSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-85
VCS 320.2 13-39, 320.2 14-58 path connections PG.2 5-9
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 13-42, 320.2 1WAY unidirectional 320.1 3-4
14-40 1WAYPR unidirectional 320.1 3-5
virtual circuit segment 320.2 13-39, 320.2 2WAY bidirectional 320.1 3-5
14-58 2WAYDPR bidirectional 320.1 3-7
visible NE information 310.1 3-64 2WAYPR bidirectional 320.1 3-6
VOA facility 310.1 1-621 48 Channel Trans Mux (Portless) 320.1 3-32
WAN facility 310.1 1-378 adding 320.1 3-50
passive components Backplane bandwidth allocation
adding 221 5-4 algorithms 320.1 3-38
passive configuration on 2-slot shelf Backplane bandwidth engineering rules 320.1
creating 221 5-11 3-38
passive layer network Backplane bandwidth fragmentation 320.1
equalizing 221 5-12 3-36
Passive Mux/Demux modules Backplane Bandwidth Query toolset 320.1
replacing 545 2-127 3-37
passive OTS network connection blocking 320.1 3-10
adding a channel 221 5-47 count path connections 320.1 3-36
passive OTS network procedures 221 5-1 deleting 320.1 3-61
passive OTS, amplifier editing 320.1 3-58
creating 221 5-10 Ethernet drop-and-continue
passive OTS, channel access path connection 320.1 3-131
creating 221 5-10 extra traffic 320.1 3-30
Passive Photonic chassis in-service rollover 320.1 3-33
replacing 545 2-136 individual connection 320.1 3-74
password international gateway 320.1 3-28
aging 301 2-5 loopback 320.1 3-10
changing 301 2-51 parameters 320.1 3-148
configuring requirements 301 2-46 provisioning
debug port, login authentication settings 301 BLSR and linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1
2-64 3-89
defaults, editing 301 2-44 BLSR with subtending UPSR
editing 301 2-51 (bidirectional) 320.1 3-93
expiration 301 2-5 drop-and-continue BLSR 320.1 3-97
invalid password list, deleting entry 301 2-55, drop-and-continue HERS 320.1 3-97
301 2-56 drop-and-continue MS-SPRing 320.1 3-97
invalid, displaying 301 2-54 DS1 broadcast 320.1 3-145
management 301 2-3 dual feed (add/drop node) GE 320.1 3-131
requirements 301 2-46 dual feed (redundant) GE 320.1 3-124
reusing 301 2-5 dual feed GE 320.1 3-118
syntax 301 2-3 dual feed unprotected chain 320.1 3-103
path (STS/HO VC) error alarms 543.1 4-299 Ethernet drop-and-continue linear
path (VT/LO VC) error alarms 543.1 4-299 configuration 320.1 3-81

Master index 5-75
provisioning (continued) PDH

Ethernet drop-and-continue UPSR/ system testing 221 8-19
SNCP 320.1 3-112 PDH application PG.2 4-17
HERS (bidirectional) 320.1 3-85 PDH circuit pack
HERS and linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 replacing 545 2-48
3-89 testing 221 6-55
HERS with subtending UPSR PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-14
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-93 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-32
MSP linear (bidirectional) 320.1 3-78 alarms 102.7 2-21
MS-SPRing (bidirectional) 320.1 3-85 cross-connection rates 102.7 2-19
MS-SPRing and linear spur cross-connection types 102.7 2-19
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-89 engineering rules 102.7 2-25
MS-SPRing with subtending SNCP equipping rules 102.7 2-24
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-93 operational measurements 520 2-212
single-homed subtending SNCP/UPSR performance monitoring 102.7 2-20
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-141 protection 310.2 6-13
SNCP (bidirectional) 320.1 3-107 supported SFPs 102.7 2-20
SNCP with linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 technical specifications 102.7 2-25
3-137 PDH Gateway equipment protection
UPSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-107 testing 221 6-59
UPSR with linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 performance monitoring 520 1-36, PG.2 5-28
3-137 (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-19
retrieving 320.1 3-47 (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-91
time slot assignment (TSA) 320.1 3-27 100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit
time slot interchange (TSI) 320.1 3-27 pack 102.4 2-262
TMUX Provisioning tool 320.1 3-63 100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-159
types 320.1 3-4 100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-58
path connections counts 100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-24
retrieving 320.1 3-147 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
path connections management 320.1 3-1 2-58
in-service rollover 100G WaveLogic 3e OTR circuit pack 102.4
all connections on port 320.1 3-67 2-329
individual connection 320.1 3-74 100G WaveLogic 3n MOTR circuit pack 102.4
path interconnections 2-372
payload 320.1 3-11 100G WaveLogic 3n OTR circuit pack 102.4
path provisioning 2-350
non-WAN endpoints, options 310.1 1-636 100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8
WAN endpoints, options 310.1 1-637 1-122
path provisioning, parameters 310.1 1-634 100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8
path trace 1-104
editing 310.1 1-242 100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-159
retrieving 310.1 1-242 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5
payload 4-8
path interconnections 320.1 3-11 10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-9
Payload Extended Label Mismatch alarm 543.2 10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-23
5-266 10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-35
Payload Label Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-268 10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-21
PC facility 10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-221
parameters 310.1 1-570 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-85
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-221

5-76 Master index
performance monitoring (continued) performance monitoring (continued)

16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-57 counts
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-71 clearing history 520 1-63
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-51 retrieving history counts 520 1-62
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-17 delay measurement 520 1-43
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-17 disabling 520 1-38
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-9 DSM 102.2 1-64
200G (2x100G/5x40G) MUX circuit pack 102.4 editing
2-299 monitor mode 520 1-88
20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-36 PM profiles 520 1-81
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-33 PM threshold profiles 520 1-81
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-38 eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-90
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-26 enabling 520 1-38
2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-207 ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-117
2-Port OPM Flex C-Band circuit pack 102.6 facilities in AINS state 520 1-39
1-207 facility PM counts
2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-47 clearing untimed OTU 520 1-91
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-41 restarting current 520 1-63
2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-9 restarting untimed OTU 520 1-91
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-66 retrieving counts 520 1-60
40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-42 retrieving untimed OTU 520 1-89
40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-11 FEC corrections
40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-7 PFEC (OTM2 NGM) 520 4-162
40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-96 PFEC (OTM3 G.709) 520 4-186
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-82 PFEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 4-202
48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-71 QFEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 4-210, 520
4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-82 4-219, 520 4-228
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-8 RS8 FEC (OTM1 G.709) 520 4-138
4xOPS circuit pack 102.1 5-8 RS8 FEC (OTM2 G.709) 520 4-146
63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-5 RS8 FEC (OTM3 G.709) 520 4-178, 520
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-54 4-237
8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-107 RS8 FEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 4-194
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-19 SCFEC (OTM2 G.709) 520 4-154
abbreviations 520 1-1, 520 2-1, 520 3-1, 520 SCFEC (OTM2 G.975 I.4) 520 4-154
4-1, 520 5-1 FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-402
assigning FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-51
PM profile, default 520 1-80 Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
PM threshold profile 520 1-87 2-58
PM threshold profile, default 520 1-80 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
baselines 520 1-31 2-58
CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-239 Flex4 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
CCMD8x16 circuit pack 102.6 1-251 2-58
clearing functions 520 1-31
operational measurements 520 1-77 count binning 520 1-31
CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-322 graphical PMs 520 1-34
CMD96 module 102.6 1-333 PM profiles 520 1-31
copying PM TCA suppression 520 1-33
PM profiles 520 1-83 thresholding 520 1-31
PM threshold profiles 520 1-83 tide marking 520 1-36

Master index 5-77
performance monitoring (continued) operational measurements (continued)

HCCS reference attribute 520 4-136 parameters, 100GE OCI circuit pack 520
editing 520 1-93 2-237
retrieving 520 1-92 parameters, 10G OTR circuit pack 520
history counts, retrieving 520 1-62 2-222
impact of restarts 520 1-39 parameters, 10G OTSC circuit pack 520
inhibition 520 1-38 2-222
initializing physical baseline power level 520 parameters, 10GE circuit pack 520 2-209
1-70 parameters, 10GEL WT circuit pack 520
ISS C-Band circuit pack 102.4 1-134 2-222
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-55 parameters, 10x10G MUX circuit pack 520
L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-7 2-237
LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-79 parameters, 10x10GE MUX circuit pack 520
low order PM 2-237
monitor mode, editing 520 1-88 parameters, 200G (2x100G/5x40G)
measuring raw BER on OTM2 facilities 520 MUX 520 2-239
1-100 parameters, 20G L2SS circuit pack 520
MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-34 2-212
MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-52 parameters, 2x10G OTR circuit pack 520
MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 102.6 1-52 2-222
MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-68 parameters, 40G circuit packs, OTN
monitor mode transport and switched services 520
editing 520 1-88 2-243
monitored entities 520 1-5 parameters, 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 520
OTN performance monitoring 520 1-22 2-235
monitored facilities parameters, 40G+ CFP OCI circuit
Broadband circuit packs 520 2-32 pack 520 2-235
OTN I/F circuit packs 520 2-130 parameters, 4x10G OTR circuit pack 520
PKT I/F circuit packs 520 2-130 2-222
multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit parameters, definitions (Broadband circuit
pack 102.1 2-29 packs) 520 4-124
OBB 2x2x2 module 102.6 1-428 parameters, definitions (eMOTR circuit
OBB 2x4x1 module 102.6 1-433 packs) 520 4-132
OBMD 1x8 module 102.6 1-423 parameters, definitions (MSPP circuit
operational measurements 520 1-27 packs) 520 4-117
counts, clearing 520 1-77 parameters, definitions (OTN I/F circuit
counts, retrieving 520 1-72 packs) 520 4-132
parameters, 10/100BT circuit pack 520 parameters, definitions (PKT I/F circuit
2-209 packs) 520 4-132
parameters, 100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX parameters, eMOTR circuit pack 520 2-234
circuit pack 520 2-237 parameters, FLEX MOTR circuit pack 520
parameters, 100G circuit pack 520 2-241 2-232
parameters, 100G circuit packs, OTN parameters, GE circuit pack 520 2-209
transport and switched services 520 parameters, L2 MOTR circuit pack 520
2-243 2-227
parameters, 100G OCI circuit pack 520 parameters, L2SS circuit pack 520 2-212
2-237 parameters, OTN FLEX MOTR circuit
parameters, 100G WL3e OTR circuit pack 520 2-232
pack 520 2-237 parameters, PDH gateway circuit pack 520
parameters, 100G WL3n OTR 520 2-240 2-212

5-78 Master index
operational measurements (continued) parameters by facility (continued)

parameters, RPR circuit pack 520 2-218 100G OCLD circuit pack, Broadband
parameters, SuperMux circuit pack 520 services 520 2-89
2-225 100G OCLD circuit pack, OTN transport and
OPSM2 circuit pack 102.1 5-8 switched services 520 2-125
optical monitoring points 100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 520
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 w/coupler circuit 2-139
pack 520 2-188, 520 2-189, 520 2-190 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack,
OTMn facility Broadband services 520 2-89
HCCS reference attribute 100G Wavelogic 3 OCLD circuit pack, OTN
HCCS reference attribute, retrieving 520 transport and switched services 520
1-92 2-125
OTU HCCS reference attribute 100G WL3e OTR circuit pack, Broadband
retrieving 520 1-92 services 520 2-108
OTU HCCS reference attribute, editing 520 100G WL3n OTR circuit pack, Broadband
1-93 services 520 2-112
overview 520 1-5 100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 520
Packet services 520 1-45 2-144, 520 2-151
parameters 520 1-20 100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 520
definitions (Broadband circuit packs) 520 2-147, 520 2-151
4-58 100GE OCI circuit packs, Broadband
definitions (MSPP circuit packs) 520 4-41 services 520 2-92
definitions (OTN I/F circuit packs) 520 4-58 10G OTR circuit pack 520 2-42
definitions (Photonic circuit packs) 520 4-87 10G OTSC circuit pack 520 2-42
definitions (PKT I/F circuit packs) 520 4-58 10GE circuit packs 520 2-23
facility 520 1-21 10x10G MUX circuit pack, Broadband
facility, location, direction (Broadband circuit services 520 2-96, 520 2-101, 520 2-105,
packs) 520 4-18 520 2-120
facility, location, direction (MSPP circuit 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 520
packs) 520 4-7 2-139, 520 2-141, 520 2-151
facility, location, direction (OTN I/F circuit 10x10GE MUX circuit pack, Broadband
packs) 520 4-32 services 520 2-96, 520 2-101, 520 2-105,
facility, location, direction (Photonic circuit 520 2-120
packs) 520 4-38 16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 520 2-133
facility, location, direction (PKT I/F circuit 1xOC192/STM64 DWDM circuit packs 520
packs) 520 4-32 2-27
low order (LO VC3, VT1.5/VC11, VT2/VC12) 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 520 2-38
facilities 520 1-21 20G (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n LO circuit
measurement mode 520 1-20 pack 520 2-18
physical 520 1-26 20G L2SS circuit pack 520 2-23
protection switching 520 1-25 20x10G SFP+ I/F circuit pack 520 3-7, 520
tandem connection monitoring 520 1-29 3-14
parameters by facility 2-Port OPM circuit pack 520 2-165
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 520 2x100G CFP2 I/F circuit pack 520 3-7, 520
2-60 3-14
10/100BT circuit pack 520 2-23 2x100G WL3n I/F circuit pack 520 3-7, 520
100G OCI circuit pack, OTN transport and 3-14
switched services 520 2-127 2x10G OTR circuit pack 520 2-42
100G OCI circuit packs, Broadband 2xOSC circuit pack 520 2-154
services 520 2-92

Master index 5-79
parameters by facility (continued) parameters by facility (continued)

40//43G OCI circuit packs, Broadband MLA3 circuit pack 520 2-155, 520 2-156,
services 520 2-69 520 2-158, 520 2-159, 520 2-161, 520
40G circuit packs, OTN transport and 2-162, 520 2-170, 520 2-171, 520 3-16,
switched services 520 2-84 520 3-17
40G MUX OCI circuit packs, Broadband MXC circuit pack 520 2-11
services 520 2-73 NGM WT circuit pack 520 2-38
40G OCI circuit packs, Broadband OBMD 1x8 C-Band circuit pack 520 2-171
services 520 2-69 OCn/STMn circuit packs 520 2-11
40G OCLD circuit packs, Broadband OPSM2 circuit pack 520 2-153
services 520 2-69 OTN I/F 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 520
40G ULH circuit packs, OTN transport and 2-133
switched services 520 2-84 PDH gateway circuit pack 520 2-11, 520
40G UOCLD circuit packs 520 2-69 2-21, 520 2-23
40G XCIF circuit packs 520 2-30 PKT I/F circuit packs 520 2-137
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack, Broadband RLA 20x1 circuit pack 520 3-17
services 520 2-79 RPR circuit pack 520 2-23
4x10G OTR circuit pack 520 2-42 SAM circuit pack 520 2-162
4xOPS circuit pack 520 2-153 SCMD4 circuit pack 520 2-165
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 520 2-60 SLA circuit pack 520 2-155, 520 2-156, 520
AMP4 circuit pack 520 3-16 2-158, 520 2-159, 520 2-161, 520 2-162,
CCMD 16x12 circuit pack 520 3-19 520 2-170, 520 2-171, 520 3-16, 520 3-17
CCMD12 circuit pack 520 2-167 SLIC10 circuit pack 520 2-172
CCMD8x16 circuit pack 520 2-168 SLIC10 Flex circuit pack 520 2-172
electrical circuit packs 520 2-11 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 520 2-166
eMOTR 520 2-66 SPAP-2 w/2xOSC circuit pack 520 2-154
Enhanced CMD44 50 GHz module 520 SRA circuit pack 520 2-159
2-169, 520 2-170 SuperMux circuit pack 520 2-49
ESAM circuit pack 520 2-162 TransMux circuit pack 520 2-21
FGA circuit pack 520 2-155, 520 2-156, 520 WSS w/OPM circuit pack 520 2-164
2-158, 520 2-159, 520 2-161, 520 2-162, XLA circuit pack 520 2-161
520 2-170, 520 2-171, 520 3-16, 520 3-17 PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-20
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 520 2-56 performance monitoring counts
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack, clearing current 520 1-63
Broadband services 520 2-89 physical baseline power level, initializing 520
GE circuit packs 520 2-23 1-70
ISS C-Band circuit pack 520 2-172 physical baseline power level, resetting 520
L2 MOTR circuit pack 520 2-53 1-67
L2SS circuit pack 520 2-23 PM counts
LIM circuit pack 520 2-158 clearing untimed 520 1-65
MLA circuit pack 520 2-155, 520 2-156, 520 restarting untimed 520 1-65
2-158, 520 2-159, 520 2-161, 520 2-162, retrieving 520 1-60
520 2-170, 520 2-171, 520 3-16, 520 3-17 PM graph
MLA2 circuit pack 520 2-155, 520 2-156, retrieving 520 1-94
520 2-158, 520 2-159, 520 2-161, 520 pre-FEC BER
2-162, 520 2-170, 520 2-171, 520 3-16, PFEC (OTM2 NGM) 520 4-162
520 3-17 PFEC (OTM3 G.709) 520 4-186
MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 520 2-156 PFEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 4-202

5-80 Master index
pre-FEC BER (continued) performance monitoring (continued)

QFEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 4-210, 520 thresholds
4-219, 520 4-228 assigning profile 520 1-87
RS8 FEC (OTM1 G.709) 520 4-138 assigning profile, default 520 1-80
RS8 FEC (OTM2 G.709) 520 4-146 copying profiles 520 1-83
RS8 FEC (OTM3 G.709) 520 4-178, 520 default values (Broadband circuit
4-237 packs) 520 4-102
RS8 FEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 4-194 default values (MSPP circuit packs) 520
SCFEC (OTM2 G.709) 520 4-154 4-94
SCFEC (OTM2 G.975 I.4) 520 4-154 default values (OTN I/F circuit packs) 520
profiles 4-109
assigning 520 1-87 default values (Photonic circuit packs) 520
assigning default 520 1-80 4-114
copying 520 1-83 default values (PKT I/F circuit packs) 520
editing 520 1-81 4-109
retrieving 520 1-79, 520 1-84 default values (SPAP-2 w/2xOSC circuit
setting default 520 1-80 packs) 520 4-114
raw BER (OTM2), measuring 520 1-100 editing profiles 520 1-81
resetting physical baseline power level 520 maximum values (Broadband circuit
1-67 packs) 520 4-102
restarting untimed OTU counts 520 1-91 maximum values (MSPP circuit packs) 520
retrieving 4-94
operational measurements 520 1-72 maximum values (OTN I/F circuit
PM profiles 520 1-79 packs) 520 4-109
PM threshold profiles 520 1-79 maximum values (Photonic circuit
PM thresholds 520 1-84 packs) 520 4-114
profiles 520 1-84 maximum values (PKT I/F circuit packs) 520
untimed OTU counts 520 1-89 4-109
retrieving round trip delay measurements 520 maximum values (SPAP-2 w/2xOSC circuit
1-97 packs) 520 4-114
round trip delay measurement 520 1-41 retrieving 520 1-84
round trip delay measurements retrieving profiles 520 1-79
retrieving 520 1-97 setting profile, default 520 1-80
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-114 time intervals 520 1-30
SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-117 TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-6
SCMD4 circuit pack 102.6 1-218 untimed OTU counts
setting clearing 520 1-91
PM profile, default 520 1-80 restarting 520 1-91
PM threshold profile, default 520 1-80 retrieving 520 1-89
shelf processor 102.1 1-26 untimed PM counts
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-22 clearing/restarting 520 1-65
SLIC10 circuit pack 102.4 1-144 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
SLIC10 Flex circuit pack 102.4 1-144 pack 102.4 1-11
SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-229 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6
SMD Flex 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-229 1-143
SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-92 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 circuit pack 102.6
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-22 1-154
Supervisory Channel monitoring 520 1-39 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6
tables 520 2-1, 520 3-1, 520 4-1 1-130

Master index 5-81
performance monitoring (continued) Photonic connections (continued)

WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 w/coupler circuit retrieving 320.1 5-15
pack 102.6 1-195 types 320.1 5-4
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6 Photonic Control Plane
1-167 Autoroute disable 330 1-4
WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 20x1 circuit bandwidth lockout 330 1-6, 330 7-7
pack 102.6 1-182 CPS parameter 330 1-4
WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 9x1 circuit data communications PG.4 9-104
pack 102.6 1-167 features 330 1-4
XLA circuit pack 102.6 1-104 out-of-band communications PG.4 9-104
Performance monitoring and operational Photonic interface circuit packs/modules/chassis
measurements PG.2 5-28 slots PG.1 2-161
performing Photonic layer
bandwidth defragmentation 310.1 1-232 testing 221 4-245
dispersion scan 310.1 1-264 Photonic layer provisioning 221 3-1
lamp test 543.1 2-41 Photonic layer site testing 221 4-1
manual OTDR trace 310.2 14-3 Photonic modules
manual switch optical interface, ordering 151 3-51
SNC 330 3-43, 330 3-45, 330 6-38, 330 Photonic Optical Signal facility
9-96, 330 9-98 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-66
manual switch to protect Photonic OTS
co-routed SNC 330 9-96 provisioning 221 3-7
profiles provisioning 320.2 11-5 Photonic parameters
service activation for tunnels 320.2 11-16 provisioning 221 3-17
service activation for virtual circuit 320.2 11-8 Photonic passive equipment 102.6 1-407
performing lamp test 301 6-13 2150 passive optical multiplexer (3-slot)
Photonic chassis 102.6 1-410
measuring amplifier output power 543.1 2-55 2150 passive optical multiplexer (6-slot)
reflective event 543.1 2-48 chassis 102.6 1-408
Photonic chassis 6-slot passive Photonic chassis 102.6 1-412
ordering 151 3-51 alarms 102.6 1-452
Photonic circuit packs Band splitter 100 GHz modules 102.6 1-436
optical interface, ordering 151 3-51 CN-100-x4L and CN-100-x4H 4-channel Optical
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.6 Mux/Demux Filter (OMDF4) 100 GHz
2-1 modules 102.6 1-415
Photonic Configuration Management CN-100-x80 8-channel Optical Mux/Demux
overview 310.2 13-1 Filter (OMDF8) 100 GHz modules 102.6
Photonic Configuration Management PG.2 5-18 1-418
Photonic connections CN-51S-00 Optical Service Channel Filter (1-Ch
1WAY unidirectional 320.1 5-4 OSCF CWDM 1511 nm) 102.6 1-442
2WAY bidirectional 320.1 5-7 DSCM modules 102.6 1-443
adding 320.1 5-17 equipping rules 102.6 1-452
connection ID 320.1 5-12 technical specifications 102.6 1-456
deleting 320.1 5-21 Photonic provisioning
derived 320.1 5-10 on existing network 221 3-55
loopback 320.1 5-12 Photonic services PG.2 5-18
overview 320.1 5-1 physical PM parameters 520 1-26
parameters 320.1 5-23 physical specifications PG.3 8-3
provisioned 320.1 5-10 ping tools 310.1 3-35

5-82 Master index
pinout 201.0 6-8, 201.0 6-9 Pluggable I/O Carrier 2 Missing alarm 543.2
optical breakout patchcord, MPO (Female, 12 5-271
Fiber connector) 201.0 6-7 Pluggable I/O Carrier 2 Unknown alarm 543.2
optical patchcord, MPO(F)-MPO(F), 24 5-272
Fiber 201.0 6-6 pluggable I/O carriers
optical patchcord, MPO(F)-MPO(F), APC, SM, alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-10
12 Fiber 201.0 6-9 Pluggable I/O Panel Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-273
optical patchcord, MPO(F)-MPO(F), MM, 12 Pluggable I/O Panel Missing alarm 543.2 5-274
Fiber 201.0 6-8 Pluggable I/O Panel Unknown alarm 543.2 5-276
pinouts 102.1 3-88, PG.3 8-104 pluggable I/O panels
access panel connectors 102.1 3-85, 102.1 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-10
3-91, PG.3 8-106 pluggable module
BIP connectors 102.1 3-21, 102.1 3-88, 102.2 installing 201.1 1-108, 201.2 1-203, 201.3
1-76, PG.3 8-104 1-136, 201.4 1-108
DS1 cable PG.3 8-133 manufacture discontinued 180 8-1
DS1 cables 102.2 1-79 overview 180 1-1
DSM connectors PG.3 8-121 removing 201.1 1-108, 201.2 1-203, 201.3
E1 120 ohm cable PG.3 8-129 1-136, 201.4 1-108
E1 75 ohm cable 102.2 1-17, PG.3 8-126 replacing 545 2-71
shelf processor connectors 102.1 1-32, PG.3 specifications
8-120 CFP 180 6-1
PKT I/F circuit packs DPO 180 7-1
optical interface, ordering 151 3-87 SFP 180 3-1
PKT I/F GE 48xSFP circuit pack SFP+ and QSFP+ 180 4-1, 180 5-1
latency 170 1-148 XFP 180 2-1
optical specifications PG.3 8-198 standards 180 9-1
PKT/OTN I/F 100G 10xXFP circuit pack supported PG.3 7-4
optical specifications PG.3 8-198 supported facilities PG.3 7-51
PKT/OTN I/F 100G/2x40G 1xCFP2/2xQSFP+ Pluggable modules
circuit pack overview PG.3 7-1
optical specifications PG.3 8-198 pluggable modules, handling, safety
PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs guidelines 201.0 1-44, 221 10-44, 545
optical interface, ordering 151 3-87 1-44
PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs, PKT transport and pluggables PG.3 7-75
switched services alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-11
operational measurements 520 2-246, 520 functionality PG.3 7-75
2-247, 520 3-24 PM graphing PG.2 5-29
planning PM profiles PG.2 5-29
DCN PG.4 9-1 PM, see performance monitoring
pluggable Point-to-point optical broadband services PG.1
deleting 310.1 1-113 1-10
editing Port Bandwidth Near Limit alarm 543.2 5-278
primary state 310.1 1-109 port blocking PG.4 9-368
shelf assignment 310.1 1-275 port filter
Pluggable I/O Carrier 1 Fail alarm 543.2 5-270 adding 310.1 3-28
Pluggable I/O Carrier 1 Missing alarm 543.2 deleting 310.1 3-30
5-271 parameters 310.1 3-60
Pluggable I/O Carrier 1 Unknown alarm 543.2 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-59
5-272 port filtering PG.4 9-368
Pluggable I/O Carrier 2 Fail alarm 543.2 5-270 port mode 310.1 1-75

Master index 5-83
power PG.3 8-29 Primary RADIUS Accounting Server Unavailable

cables, ordering 151 4-22 alarm 165 10-118, 543.2 5-298
specifications PG.3 8-29 Primary RADIUS Server Unavailable alarm 165
power cables, non-oxidizing compound, 10-120, 543.2 5-300
applying 201.0 3-7 Primary Shelf Unreachable alarm 543.2 5-302
power cycle 543.1 1-34 primary state
Power Failure - A (DSM) alarm 543.2 5-286 equipment 165 7-44, 310.1 1-286
Power Failure - A alarm 165 10-113, 543.2 5-282 editing 310.1 1-109
Power Failure - B (DSM) alarm 543.2 5-286 facility 165 7-44, 310.1 1-286
Power Failure - B alarm 165 10-113, 543.2 5-282 editing 310.1 1-182
Power Failure - Fuse Blown alarm 165 10-116, printing
543.2 5-288 CommLog content 301 10-15
Power Failure - Low Voltage alarm 543.2 5-291 Visualization tool view 301 5-21
Power Failure alarm 165 10-111, 543.2 5-280 printing tables 195 3-34
power ground specifications PG.3 8-362 private IP 310.1 3-13
power grounding PG.3 8-362 procedures
power input cards 102.1 3-22 alarm 543.1 2-11
equipping rules 102.1 3-59 alarm management 543.1 2-11
replacing 545 2-214 alarm monitoring 543.1 2-11
technical specifications 102.1 3-60 alarm profiles 543.1 2-11
upgrading 545 2-331 alarm provisioning 543.1 2-11
power input terminal, non-oxidizing compound, encryption
applying 201.0 3-7 alarms, clearing 340 4-1
power levels maintenance and upgrade 340 5-6
Photonic using Site Manager 340 3-10
recording 543.1 2-52 event 543.1 2-11
power requirements 201.0 3-4 external alarm 543.1 2-11
powering up external control relay 543.1 2-11
network element 221 2-12 Photonic system
PPC6 alarms 543.1 2-12
configuring and installing filter modules 201.5 logs 543.1 2-12
1-22 maintenance 543.1 2-12
installing 201.5 1-1, 201.5 1-10 SNMP 740 2-18
PPP product overview PG.1 1-1
editing 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27 profile provisioning
parameters 310.1 3-84 parameters 320.2 11-20
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-57 profiles
Pre-FEC Signal degrade alarm 543.2 5-293 alarm 543.1 1-30
Pre-FEC Signal Fail alarm 543.2 5-296 alarm profile details, retrieving 543.1 2-22
preferences alarm, editing 543.1 2-23
network element or Site Manager time alarm, retrieving 543.1 2-22
zone 543.1 2-13 profiles provisioning
Site Manager 195 3-13, 195 3-35 performing 320.2 11-5
preparing for installation 201.0 3-1 protection
floor 201.0 4-7 1:N
materials list 201.0 3-15 overview 310.2 6-4
power requirements 201.0 3-4 switch criteria 310.2 6-7
tools and materials list 201.0 3-15 1+1
preserve comms data option overview 310.2 6-12
DCN PG.4 9-420 provisioning groups 310.2 6-10

5-84 Master index
1+1 (continued) operating (continued)

switch criteria 310.2 6-10 manual switch on synchronization 310.2
1+1 linear 6-180
1+1 OTN line-side 310.2 6-42 PDH gateway circuit pack 310.2 6-13
1+1 TPT 310.2 6-68 protection exerciser
1+1, ODUTTP 1:N 310.2 6-9
overview 310.2 6-35 traffic 310.2 6-131
1+1, TCMTTP releasing
overview 310.2 6-35 forced switch on facility/equipment/
20G L2SS circuit pack 310.2 6-13 path 310.2 6-169
2-Fiber BLSR forced switch on synchronization 310.2
overview 310.2 6-102 6-182
provisioning groups 310.2 6-106 lockout on facility/equipment 310.2 6-169
2-Fiber MS-SPRing lockout on synchronization 310.2 6-182
overview 310.2 6-102 manual switch on facility/equipment 310.2
provisioning groups 310.2 6-106 6-169
4-Fiber BLSR resilient packet ring, adding 320.2 16-11
overview 310.2 6-113 resilient packet ring, deleting 320.2 16-14
provisioning groups 310.2 6-119 resilient packet ring, editing 320.2 16-13
4-Fiber HERS RPR
overview 310.2 6-113 overview 310.2 6-129
provisioning groups 310.2 6-119 switch criteria 310.2 6-129
4-Fiber MS-SPRing RPR span details, displaying 320.2 16-5
overview 310.2 6-113 RPR, adding 320.2 16-11
provisioning groups 310.2 6-119 RPR, deleting 320.2 16-14
84xDS1 TM circuit pack 310.2 6-10 RPR, editing 320.2 16-13
ASNCP SDH-J 1+1 linear
overview 310.2 6-126 overview 310.2 6-33
switch criteria 310.2 6-127 shelf processor 310.2 6-15
cross-connect circuit pack 310.2 6-3 SNCP
DCC PG.4 9-306 overview 310.2 6-122
DS3/EC-1 circuit pack 310.2 6-4 switch criteria 310.2 6-124
E1 circuit pack 310.2 6-4 traffic 310.2 6-123
equipment 310.2 6-2 STM-1e circuit pack 310.2 6-4
G.8032 ERP synchronization 310.2 6-132
overview 310.2 6-130 traffic 310.2 6-18
L2SS circuit pack 310.2 6-13 Trans Mux circuit pack 310.2 6-12
MSP linear transceiver triggered switch 310.2 6-60
overview 310.2 6-29 UPSR
operating overview 310.2 6-122
forced switch on facility/equipment/ switch criteria 310.2 6-124
path 310.2 6-165 traffic 310.2 6-123
forced switch on synchronization 310.2 Protection Channel Match Fail alarm 543.1 4-19
6-180 protection class
lockout on facility/equipment 310.2 6-165 SNC 330 3-7, 330 6-9, 330 9-12
lockout on synchronization 310.2 6-180 Protection Default K-bytes alarm 543.2 5-305
manual switch on facility/equipment/ protection exerciser
path 310.2 6-165 1:N 310.2 6-9
allowing to run as scheduled 310.2 6-176

Master index 5-85
protection exerciser (continued) provisioning

inhibiting to run as scheduled 310.2 6-176 adjacencies 221 3-25
parameters 310.2 6-190 automatically, DSM 84xDS1 TM 310.1 1-101
retrieving schedule 310.2 6-175 centralized security administration attributes
running manually 310.2 6-176 authentication settings 301 2-66
scheduling 310.2 6-172 circuit pack
Protection Exerciser Failed alarm 543.2 5-307 automatically 310.1 1-86
Protection Exerciser Failed Protection COLAN (Advanced SAT) 221 2-53
alarm 543.2 5-310 connection
Protection Exerciser Failed Working alarm 543.2 BLSR with subtending UPSR
5-314 (bidirectional) 320.1 3-93
Protection Invalid K-bytes alarm 543.2 5-320 SNCP (bidirectional) 320.1 3-107
Protection Locked alarm 543.2 5-323 UPSR with linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1
Protection Mode Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-324 3-137
protection parameters debug port login, authentication settings 301
editing 2-64
electrical equipment 310.2 6-156 Dynamic NAT (Advanced SAT) 221 2-58
optical equipment 310.2 6-149 environmental alarm attributes 543.1 2-44
optical facilities 310.2 6-149 G.8032 ERP configuration 310.2 6-131
protection scheme HTTP server (Advanced SAT) 221 2-70
editing HTTPS server (Advanced SLAT) 221 2-70
electrical equipment 310.2 6-153 IISIS router parameters (Advanced SAT) 221
optical equipment 310.2 6-137 2-52
optical facilities 310.2 6-137 IISIS routes distribution (Advanced SAT) 221
retrieving 310.2 6-136 2-66
Protection Scheme Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-326 ILAN (Advanced SAT) 221 2-47
protection status, retrieving 310.2 6-162 IP access control list 301 2-81
Protection Sub-module Mismatch alarm 543.2 logical shelf number 301 4-78
5-327 manually, circuit pack 310.1 1-91, 310.1 1-97
Protection Sub-module Missing alarm 543.2 manually, DSM 84xDS1 TM 310.1 1-105
5-329 manually, pluggable 310.1 1-91, 310.1 1-97
Protection Sub-module Unknown alarm 543.2 MSP linear 310.2 6-29
5-331 NAT (Advanced SAT) 221 2-57
Protection Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-336 ND Proxy (Advanced SLAT) 221 2-55
Protection Switch Active alarms 165 10-122, NDP (Advanced SAT) 221 2-61
543.2 5-332 OSPF router parameters (Advanced SAT) 221
Protection Switch Byte Fail alarm 543.1 4-19 2-45
Protection Switch Complete - Revertive OSPF routes distribution (Advanced SAT) 221
alarm 165 10-124, 543.2 5-341 2-64
Protection Switch Complete alarm 543.2 5-338 path connection
protection switch mode, retrieving 310.2 6-136 1+1 linear (bidirectional) 320.1 3-78
protection switching BLSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-85
conditions, SP 310.2 6-17 BLSR and linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1
ENUT 310.2 6-110 3-89
PM parameters 520 1-25 drop-and-continue BLSR 320.1 3-97
priority, SP 310.2 6-17 drop-and-continue HERS 320.1 3-97
testing in a basic configuration 221 8-3 drop-and-continue MS-SPRing 320.1 3-97
provisioned shelf current value, determining 301 DS1 broadcast 320.1 3-145
4-69 dual feed (redundant) GE 320.1 3-124
dual feed GE 320.1 3-118

5-86 Master index
path connection (continued) provisioning (continued)

dual feed unprotected chain 320.1 3-103 SysLog server 301 2-79
Ethernet drop-and-continue linear TELNET active sessions (Advanced
configuration 320.1 3-81 SLAT) 221 2-70
path connection (continued) test access channel (TAC) 310.2 5-17
Ethernet drop-and-continue UPSR/ test access port (TAP) 310.2 5-14
SNCP 320.1 3-112 TODR profiles 330 11-2
Ethernet dual feed (add/drop node) UPSR 310.2 6-123
GE 320.1 3-131 provisioning data
HERS (bidirectional) 320.1 3-85 backup details, retrieving 301 7-9
HERS and linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 files
3-89 filename parameters 301 7-6
HERS with subtending UPSR restoring 301 7-15
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-93 saving 301 7-10
MSP linear (bidirectional) 320.1 3-78 Provisioning Database Freeze Enable
MS-SPRing (bidirectional) 320.1 3-85 alarm 543.2 5-343
MS-SPRing and linear spur Provisioning Incompatible - Pluggable
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-89 alarm 543.2 5-347
MS-SPRing with subtending SNCP Provisioning Incompatible alarm 543.2 5-344
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-93 Provisioning Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-349
single-homed subtending SNCP/UPSR provisioning mode
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-141 editing 310.1 1-123
SNCP with linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 provisioning parameters for SAT 221 1-11
3-137 provisioning parameters for the Node Setup
UPSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-107 application 221 2-25
Photonic OTS 221 3-7 proxy ARP
Photonic parameters 221 3-17 IP routing protocols PG.4 9-404
pluggable module provisioning (Advanced SLAT) 221 2-55
automatically 310.1 1-89 PSI structure 320.1 4-14
port filter (Advanced SAT) 221 2-59 PTP facility
proxy ARP (Advanced SLAT) 221 2-55 parameters 102.7 2-242, 310.1 1-530
RADIUS accounting servers 301 2-72
RADIUS proxy server 301 2-77
RADIUS server 301 2-67
Q
QSFP+ module
Reach Through Capability (Advanced
cleaning 201.0 5-23
SLAT) 221 2-71
optical specifications 180 4-1, 180 5-1, PG.3
reverse port NAT (Advanced SAT) 221 2-60
8-251
RPR configuration 310.2 6-129
ordering 151 3-116
SCMD cascading order 310.2 11-4
QSFP28 module
security (Advanced SAT) 221 2-69
shared secret
ordering 151 3-118
network element 301 2-76
quality level overrides
shelf IP address (Advanced SAT) 221 2-50
synchronization 310.2 4-13
SNMP trap destinations (Advanced SAT) 221
quality of service
2-67
details, displaying 320.2 16-5
SSH server (Advanced SLAT 221 2-70
queue group drop profiles
standalone ADJ-Tx and ADJ-Rx facilities 330
creating 320.3 22-5
3-20
deleting 320.3 22-8
static routes (Advanced SAT) 221 2-62
editing 320.3 22-6
STORM 310.1 1-256

Master index 5-87
queue group drop profiles (continued) Raman Failed To Turn On alarm 543.2 5-350
parameters 320.3 22-9 Raman password 301 2-8
retrieving 320.3 22-4 changing 301 2-52
queue group drop profiles parameters 320.3 22-9 editing 301 2-52
removing 301 2-52
queue group profiles PG.2 5-16 setting 301 2-52
creating 320.3 21-6 ranges
deleting 320.3 21-13 dispersion, displaying 310.1 1-231
editing 320.3 21-8 displaying 310.1 1-231
parameters 320.3 21-16 optical power, displaying 310.1 1-231
retrieving 320.3 21-5 wavelengths, displaying 310.1 1-231
setting a default 320.3 21-15 ranges parameters 310.1 1-626
queue group profiles parameters 320.3 21-16 rate limits
queue group scheduler profile parameters 320.2 10-4, 320.2 10-5
overview 320.3 23-1 raw BER (OTM2)
queue group scheduler profiles PG.2 5-16 measuring 520 1-100
creating 320.3 23-5 RDI (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-427
deleting 320.3 23-9 RDI (STS/HO VC) alarm 543.2 5-427
editing 320.3 23-6 Reach Through Capability
parameters 320.3 23-11 provisioning (Advanced SLAT) 221 2-71
retrieving 320.3 23-4 rebooting
circuit pack 543.1 2-30
R shelf processor 543.1 2-30
receive class of service profiles PG.2 5-13
rack
creating 320.2 8-6
securing 201.0 4-12
deleting 320.2 8-9
unpacking 201.0 4-4
editing 320.2 8-7
rack extenders
overview 320.2 8-1
installing 201.0 4-12
rack hole opening and spacing 201.0 3-2
rack, grounding 201.0 4-27
setting a default 320.2 8-11
RADIUS 301 2-9, 301 2-66
receiver type 310.1 1-594
accounting servers
receiving
disabling 301 2-71
General Broadcast tool messages 301 10-16
enabling 301 2-71
reconfiguration
provisioning 301 2-72
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 545 2-287
attributes 301 2-14
40/43G OCI circuit pack 545 2-291
client PG.4 9-369
40G OCI circuit pack 545 2-291
gateway PG.4 9-369
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 545 2-291
server
4x2.5G MOTR circuit pack 545 2-287
CMD44 50GHz with Enhanced CMD44
shared secret, changing 301 2-74
50GHz 545 2-317
RADIUS accounting 301 2-17
cross-connect circuit pack 545 2-251
RADIUS gateway PG.4 9-71
L2SS circuit pack 545 2-262
RADIUS proxy server
MLA/MLA2/MLA2 w/VOA/MLA3 amplifier 545
2-313
RAMAN amplifier
MLA/MLA2/MLA3 amplifier 545 2-309
replacing 545 2-100
MRO circuit pack 545 2-302
RAMAN facility
optical interface circuit pack 545 2-265

5-88 Master index
reconfiguration (continued) expansion pack load (continued)

shelf processor 545 2-322 transferring from repository to SP 301 8-31
SMD circuit pack 545 2-299 incremental expansion pack 301 8-4
WSS w/OPM circuit pack 545 2-294 load adoption 301 8-3
Reconfiguration of shelf power capacity 545 release server
2-331 deleting 301 8-30
reconfiguration, network PG.2 4-44 setting 301 8-27
reconfiguring release servers 301 8-3
RPR 320.2 20-1 saving release load files 301 8-4
reconfiguring RPR in-service service bundles 301 8-4
overview 320.2 20-1 software load
recording deleting 301 8-25
amplifier gain settings, Photonic 543.1 2-52 saving 301 8-22
power levels, Photonic 543.1 2-52 transferring from DVD to PC 301 8-11
Redundant Database Synch Failed - CP transferring from repository to SP 301 8-16
alarm 543.2 5-354 transferring from SP to USB flash storage
Redundant Database Synch Failed - CPU2 device 301 8-12
alarm 165 10-126 software release list, retrieving 301 8-13
Redundant Database Synch Failed alarm 165 software release server list, retrieving 301 8-13
10-125, 543.2 5-352 URL formats 301 8-6
Redundant Database Synch in Progress release server
alarm 165 10-127, 543.2 5-356 deleting 301 8-30
redundant OSPF configuration setting 301 8-27
multiple OSPF areas PG.4 9-108 Release Server Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-359
Redundant Release Synch Failed alarm 165 Release Server URL Fail alarm 165 10-130,
10-128, 543.2 5-357 543.2 5-360
Redundant Release Synch in Progress alarm 165 release servers 301 8-3
10-129, 543.2 5-358 releasing
redundant SP all test access sessions 310.2 5-29
enhancements channelized loopback 310.2 5-32
IP dead gateway detection (IPDGD) PG.4 maintenance end point
9-80 loopback 320.3 27-46
reflective event maintenance end point loopback 320.3 27-46
locating 543.1 2-48 test access session (TAS) 310.2 5-28
regenerating Remote Alarm Indication (DS1) alarm 543.1
SSH/SFTP keys 301 2-58 4-229
SSL keys 301 2-59 Remote Alarm Indication (DS3) alarm 543.1
regrooming 4-236
co-routed SNC 330 9-79 Remote CCM Error alarm 543.2 5-361
SNC 330 3-9, 330 3-41, 330 6-11, 330 6-34, Remote Client Circuit Pack Failed - Pluggable
330 9-17, 330 9-79 alarm 543.2 5-363
regulatory information 201.0 2-1 Remote Client Circuit Pack Missing - Pluggable
release delivery 301 8-11, 301 8-16 alarm 543.2 5-364
release management 301 8-1, 301 8-2, PG.2 Remote Client Circuit Pack Unknown - Pluggable
5-23 alarm 543.2 5-365
check release 301 8-2 Remote Client High Received Optical Power
deliver release 301 8-2 alarm 543.2 5-366
expansion pack load Remote Client Link Down alarm 543.2 5-368
deleting 301 8-35 Remote Client Low Received Optical Power
retrieving 301 8-13 alarm 543.2 5-371

Master index 5-89
remote CMD44 terminal replacing 165 10-171, 545 2-71

configuring 221 4-274 120 ohm converter module 545 2-191
Remote Defect Indication (E1) alarm 543.1 4-259 16xGE front pluggable I/O panel 545 2-181
Remote Defect Indication (E3) alarm 543.1 4-237 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 545 2-91
Remote Defect Indication alarm 543.2 5-373 1U rectifier module 545 2-227
remote GNE 301 4-94, 301 4-96 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 545 2-44
Remote Invalid Configuration alarm 543.2 5-375 20G L2SS circuit pack 545 2-48
Remote Inventory Not Supported alarm 543.2 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 545 2-61
5-377 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 545 2-41
Remote Line High Received Optical Power 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 545 2-41
alarm 543.2 5-379 2-slot shelf 545 2-359
Remote Line Low Received Optical Power 2xOC-48/STM-16 DPO carrier circuit pack 545
alarm 543.2 5-381 2-31
Remote Loopback Active alarm 543.2 5-383 2xOSC circuit pack 545 2-98
Remote Loopback Fail alarm 543.2 5-384 32-slot shelf access panel 545 2-172
remote maintenance end point 32xSTM-1e front I/O panel 545 2-175
adding 320.3 27-41 40/43G OCI circuit pack 545 2-115
deleting 320.3 27-43 40G OCI circuit pack 545 2-115
Remote Node Unreachable alarm 543.2 5-386 40G XCIF circuit pack 545 2-67
Remote Port OOS alarm 543.2 5-390 40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 545 2-115
Remote Port Unreachable alarm 543.2 5-391 48 channel Trans Mux circuit pack 545 2-64
Remote Power Fail Indication alarm 543.2 5-393 48x10/100BT I/O panel 545 2-178
Remote Power Supply 1 Missing alarm 543.2 4xGE EPL circuit pack 545 2-44
5-394 4xGE EPL EFM circuit pack 545 2-44
Remote Power Supply 2 Missing alarm 543.2 4xOPS C-Band 1xOPSM2 circuit pack 165
5-394 10-168
Remote Receiver Fail alarm 543.2 5-395 63xE1 circuit pack 545 2-91
remote sites 7-slot shelf access panel 545 2-172
accessing PG.4 9-11 amplifiers 165 10-164, 545 2-100
remote support, dialup connectivity PG.4 9-363 BMD-2 module 545 2-149
removing BMD2 module 165 10-158, 545 2-119
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit CCMD12 C-Band circuit pack 545 2-141
pack 340 5-15 CCMD8x16 C-Band 1xCXM circuit pack 545
circuit pack 201.1 1-105, 201.2 1-200, 201.3 2-141
1-133, 201.4 1-104 circuit pack 545 2-246
DS1 front cover 201.3 2-122, 201.4 2-128 CMD44 module 165 10-158, 545 2-119
Flex3 WL3e OCLD (NTK539QS/NTK539QV CMD96 module 165 10-158
variants) circuit packs 340 5-15 cooling fan module 545 2-199
G.8032 ERP group list range 320.3 25-6 cooling unit shelf assembly on a 14-slot
pluggable module 201.1 1-108, 201.2 1-203, shelf 545 2-206
201.3 1-136, 201.4 1-108 cross-connect circuit pack 545 2-81
Raman password 301 2-52 DS3/E3/EC-1 I/O panel 545 2-175
shelf shipping bracket 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-9, DSCM module 545 2-154, 545 2-158
201.2 1-32, 201.3 1-12, 201.4 1-8 DSM 84xDS1 TM circuit pack 545 2-94
USB flash storage device 301 7-25 DSM fan module 545 2-212
VCAT member (LCAS-enabled) 310.1 1-249 DSM-OAM adapter module 545 2-195
XFP module 201.1 1-108, 201.2 1-203, 201.3 E1 I/O module in a Metro front electrical
1-136, 201.4 1-108 shelf 545 2-183
E1 I/O panel 545 2-185
eCMD44 module 165 10-158, 545 2-119

5-90 Master index
replacing (continued) replacing Fiber Interconnect Modules 545 2-132

eMOTR circuit pack 545 2-55 reseating
FGA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-100 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit
GMD10 module 545 2-119 pack 340 5-19
I/O protection module 545 2-193 Flex3 WL3e OCLD (NTK539QS/NTK539QV
L2SS circuit pack 545 2-48 variants) circuit packs 340 5-19
LIM amplifier circuit pack 545 2-100 reseating, circuit pack 545 2-7
main fuse and indicator fuse 545 2-222 Reserve Home Path 330 7-3, 330 9-13
MIC 545 2-229 reseting
MLA amplifier circuit pack 165 10-164, 545 air filter replacement timer 301 4-73
2-100 resetting
MXC circuit pack 545 2-85 PM physical baseline power level 520 1-67
OC-48/STM-16 DPO module 545 2-36 TCA baseline 310.2 8-8
OMD4 module 545 2-119 resilient packet ring
OMX module 545 2-119 adding 320.2 16-7
OPM circuit pack 545 2-117 class of service scheduler parameters 320.2
OPSM2 module 545 2-161 10-8
optical interface circuit pack 545 2-13 deleting 320.2 16-10
OTN XC I/F circuit pack 545 2-67 editing 320.2 16-8
Passive Mux/Demux modules 545 2-127 forwarding database parameters 320.2 19-16
Passive Photonic chassis 545 2-136 forwarding database parameters, Backup
PDH circuit pack 545 2-48 tab 320.2 19-21
pluggable module 545 2-71 forwarding database parameters, Entries
power input cards 545 2-214 tab 320.2 19-16
RAMAN amplifier 545 2-100 forwarding database, adding static
RPR circuit pack 545 2-52 entries 320.2 19-13
SCMD4 circuit pack 545 2-141 forwarding database, deleting static
SDH access panel 545 2-172 entries 320.2 19-14
SDH-J access panel 545 2-172 forwarding database, editing settings 320.2
SFP module 165 10-171, 545 2-71 19-15
SFP+ module 545 2-71 IP parameters 320.2 18-11
shelf air filter 545 2-231 OAM parameters 320.2 18-10
shelf processor 545 2-163 protection, adding 320.2 16-11
SLA amplifier circuit pack 165 10-164, 545 protection, deleting 320.2 16-14
2-100 protection, editing 320.2 16-13
SMD circuit pack 545 2-110 ring topology parameters 320.2 17-4
SONET access panel 545 2-172 resilient packet ring information
SONET/SDH-J access panel 545 2-172 overview 320.2 17-1
SRA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-105 resilient packet ring, see RPR
Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 545 2-149 resilient packet rings
warning message 301 4-40 connectivity parameters, viewing 320.2 18-4
WSS 100GHz w/OPM C-band circuit pack 545 forwarding database, backing up files 320.2
2-110 19-9
WSS 50GHz w/OPM C-band circuit pack 545 information, displaying 320.2 17-3
2-110 IP connectivity provisioning 320.2 18-9
WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM circuit pack 545 OAM connectivity provisioning 320.2 18-5
2-110 stations, adding while in service 320.2 20-5
XFP module 545 2-71 stations, removing while in service 320.2 20-9

Master index 5-91
resizing retrieving (continued)

ODUFLEX payload 330 9-88, 330 9-90, 330 Ethernet OAM maintenance intermediate
9-92, 330 9-94, 330 10-14 points 320.3 27-25
table columns 195 3-30 Ethernet OAM remote maintenance end
windows 195 3-29 points 320.3 27-39
restarting event 543.1 2-16
circuit pack 543.1 2-30 event details 543.1 2-16
facility PM counts EVPL connections 320.1 6-6
history 520 1-63 expansion pack load list 301 8-13
PM counts forwarding database entries 301 11-20
current 520 1-63 HCCS reference attribute 520 1-92
untimed 520 1-65 HERS
untimed OTU 520 1-91 ring configuration files 320.1 1-6
shelf processor 543.1 2-30 HERS ring configuration information 320.1 2-9
restarts HERS ring map 320.1 2-9
impact on performance monitoring 520 1-39 link data 310.1 1-267
restoring MSI Information 310.1 1-273
golden database 221 2-75 MS-SPRing
network element, initial state 221 6-82 ring configuration files 320.1 1-6
provisioning data 301 7-15 MS-SPRing ring configuration
VCAT member (LCAS-enabled) 310.1 1-249 information 320.1 2-9
retrieving MS-SPRing ring map 320.1 2-9
320.2 14-9 NSAP address 301 11-23
active alarms 543.1 2-14 operational measurements counts 520 1-72
active users 301 2-48 OSRP Line Info 310.1 1-272
alarm details 543.1 2-14 OSRP provisioning 330 1-10, 330 2-7, 330 4-6,
alarm profile details 543.1 2-22 330 5-5, 330 7-13, 330 8-5
alarm profiles 165 10-6, 543.1 2-22 OTM flags 310.1 1-255
bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-5 OTM info 310.1 1-253
BLSR OTN cross-connects 320.1 7-14
ring configuration files 320.1 1-6 OTS management 310.2 7-5
BLSR ring configuration information 320.1 2-9 OTU HCCS reference attribute 520 1-92
BLSR ring map 320.1 2-9 path connections 320.1 3-47
centralized security administration, details 301 path connections counts 320.1 3-147
2-65 path trace 310.1 1-242
channelized loopback 310.2 5-30 performance monitoring counts
co-routed SNC 330 9-59 history 520 1-62
CSA, details 301 2-65 Photonic connections 320.1 5-15
DCN settings 310.1 3-19 PM counts 520 1-60
differential provisioning 310.2 10-4 untimed OTU 520 1-89
DOC summary 310.2 8-4 PM graph 520 1-94
equipment and facility details 310.1 1-85 PM profiles 520 1-79, 520 1-84
equipment group details 310.1 1-117 PM threshold profiles 520 1-79
Ethernet OAM maintenance PM thresholds 520 1-84
associations 320.3 27-17 preFEC BER 310.1 1-266
Ethernet OAM maintenance domains 320.3 protection scheme 310.2 6-136
27-10 protection status details 310.2 6-162
Ethernet OAM maintenance end points 320.3 protection switch mode 310.2 6-136
27-30

5-92 Master index
retrieving (continued) reusing

provisioning data backup, details 301 7-9 passwords 301 2-5
queue group drop profiles 320.3 22-4 Reverse Port NAT PG.4 9-71
queue group profiles 320.3 21-5 reverse port NAT
queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 23-4 adding 310.1 3-28
receive class of service profiles 320.2 8-5 deleting 310.1 3-30
ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-11, 320.3 parameters 310.1 3-51
26-23 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-60
ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-11 reversion
ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-29, 320.3 SNC 330 3-9, 330 6-11, 330 7-5, 330 9-15, 330
26-44 9-16
ringlet, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-29 reverting
round trip delay measurements 520 1-97 co-routed SNC 330 9-100
SCMD cascading order 310.2 11-3 ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-42, 320.3
section trace messages 310.1 1-235 26-50
security logs 301 2-60 SNC 330 3-47, 330 6-39, 330 9-100
signal label 310.1 1-242 RFI (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-271
SNC 330 3-18, 330 6-19, 330 9-32 RFI (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-427
SNMP information 740 2-21 RFI (STS/HO VC) alarm 543.2 5-427
software release list 301 8-13 RFI (STTP) alarm 543.2 5-428
software release server list 301 8-13 RFI (VT) alarm 543.2 5-427
SSH/SFTP keys 301 2-57 Ring APS Configuration Editor application 320.1
SSL keys 301 2-57 2-13
SWT details 310.2 9-3 parameters 320.1 1-24
SWT summary 310.2 9-3 tools bar 320.1 1-2
synchronization protection status details 310.2 ring APS provisioning
6-179 parameters 320.1 2-21
test logs 310.1 1-224 Ring APS Provisioning application 320.1 2-1,
test report 310.1 1-224 320.1 2-21
TODR profile 330 11-6 Configuration tab 320.1 2-2
trail trace messages 310.1 1-238 Rings tab 320.1 2-1
transmit class of service profiles 320.2 9-5 ring configuration files
transponder connections 320.1 4-19 BLSR
tunnel endpoint 320.2 13-26, 320.2 14-26 applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
tunnel endpoint mapping 320.2 14-26 creating 320.1 1-7
tunnel segment 320.2 13-26, 320.2 14-26 deleting 320.1 1-23
tunnel segment endpoint maps 320.2 15-8 editing 320.1 1-14
VCAT member (LCAS-enabled) 310.1 1-247 exporting 320.1 1-21
VCE 320.2 13-9, 320.2 14-9 saving 320.1 1-20
VCS 320.2 13-9, 320.2 14-9 HERS
VEP 330 6-40 applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 13-9, 320.2 14-9 creating 320.1 1-7
virtual circuit endpoint maps 320.2 15-4 deleting 320.1 1-23
virtual circuit endpoints 320.2 14-9 editing 320.1 1-14
virtual circuit segment 320.2 13-9 exporting 320.1 1-21
returning saving 320.1 1-20
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit MS-SPRing
pack 340 5-38 applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
Flex3 WL3e OCLD (NTK539QS/NTK539QV creating 320.1 1-7
variants) circuit packs 340 5-38 deleting 320.1 1-23

Master index 5-93
MS-SPRing (continued) ring port, G.8032 ERP

editing 320.1 1-14 creating 320.3 26-19, 320.3 26-25
exporting 320.1 1-21 deleting 320.3 26-21, 320.3 26-27
saving 320.1 1-20 editing 320.3 26-20, 320.3 26-26
ring configuration information parameters 320.3 26-56, 320.3 26-66
BLSR retrieving 320.3 26-11, 320.3 26-23
retrieving 320.1 2-9 ring portlet, G.8032 ERP
clearing 320.1 1-19 retrieving 320.3 26-44
HERS Ring Protection Exerciser Failed alarm 543.2
retrieving 320.1 2-9 5-401
MS-SPRing Ring Protection Switch Complete alarm 543.2
retrieving 320.1 2-9 5-404
ring configurations Ring Protection Switch Fail alarm 543.2 5-405
BLSR ring topology
creating 320.1 1-7 parameters 320.2 17-4
loading data from a network element 320.1 ring, G.8032 ERP
1-12 creating 320.3 26-13
HERS deleting 320.3 26-17
creating 320.1 1-7 editing 320.3 26-15
loading data from a network element 320.1 group list parameters 320.3 25-7
1-12 parameters 320.3 26-52, 320.3 26-62
MS-SPRing retrieving 320.3 26-11
creating 320.1 1-7 ringlet 320.3 26-2
loading data from a network element 320.1 Ringlet Failure alarm 543.2 5-399
1-12 ringlet port 320.3 26-2
Ring Failure alarm 543.2 5-397 ringlet port, G.8032 ERP
ring information creating 320.3 26-36, 320.3 26-46
displaying 320.2 17-3 deleting 320.3 26-40, 320.3 26-48
parameters, viewing 320.2 17-3 editing 320.3 26-38, 320.3 26-47
ring management retrieving 320.3 26-29
overview 320.2 16-1 reverting 320.3 26-42, 320.3 26-50
protection parameters 320.2 16-21 ringlet, G.8032 ERP
provisioning parameters 320.2 16-16 creating 320.3 26-31
quality of service parameters 320.2 16-23 deleting 320.3 26-34
ring map editing 320.3 26-32
BLSR retrieving 320.3 26-29
deleting 320.1 2-19 rlogin PG.4 9-58
retrieving 320.1 2-9 roadmap and provisioning procedures
creating 320.1 2-13 100G circuit packs 102.4 2-431
editing 320.1 2-14 2.5G MOTR circuit packs 102.5 2-15
HERS 40G circuit packs 102.4 1-162
deleting 320.1 2-19 cross-connect circuit packs 102.1 2-46
retrieving 320.1 2-9 data circuit packs 102.5 5-33, 102.7 1-66,
MS-SPRing 102.8 1-140
deleting 320.1 2-19 Electrical circuit packs 102.2 1-97
retrieving 320.1 2-9 Layer 2 circuit packs 102.7 2-119
overview 320.1 2-2 NGM WT circuit packs 102.5 4-44
ring port 320.3 26-2 OC-n/STM-n circuit packs 102.3 1-113
OTR and OTSC circuit packs 102.5 1-94

5-94 Master index
roadmap and provisioning procedures (continued) RPR (continued)

Photonic circuit packs 102.6 2-1 forwarding database parameters, Backup
SuperMux circuit packs 102.5 3-45 tab 320.2 19-21
TMUX circuit packs 102.2 2-10 forwarding database parameters, Entries
roadmap and redundancy provisioning procedures tab 320.2 19-16
shelf processor 102.1 1-33 forwarding database, adding static
RoHS compliance PG.2 6-10 entries 320.2 19-13
Rollover in Progress alarm 543.2 5-407 forwarding database, backing up files 320.2
Root Directory Has Reached Maximum File Entry 19-9
Limit alarm 165 10-131, 543.2 5-408 forwarding database, deleting static
Round Trip Delay PG.2 5-31 entries 320.2 19-14
round trip delay measurement 520 1-41 forwarding database, editing settings 320.2
routing 19-15
category 5e cables 201.3 1-187 information, displaying 320.2 17-3
DS1 cables to/from DSM 201.3 2-111, 201.4 IP connectivity parameters, provisioning 320.2
2-117 18-9
electrical cables 201.3 1-200 IP parameters 320.2 18-11
electrical I/O cables 201.3 1-187 OAM connectivity parameters,
fiber in the fiber manager 174-0094-900 201.1 provisioning 320.2 18-5
2-52, 201.2 2-54, 201.3 2-54, 201.4 2-60 OAM parameters 320.2 18-10
fiber in the fiber manager NT0H57BB 201.1 overview 310.2 6-129, PG.2 4-15
2-48, 201.2 2-49, 201.3 2-49, 201.4 2-55 \protection (span) details, displaying 320.2
fiber in the1U Bulk Fiber Management Tray 16-5
174-0094-900 201.5 1-55 protection, adding 320.2 16-11
fiber-optic cables on the 6500 2-slot protection, deleting 320.2 16-14
shelf 201.1 1-134 protection, editing 320.2 16-13
fiber-optic cables on the 6500 shelf 201.2 quality of service details, displaying 320.2 16-5
1-239, 201.3 1-200, 201.4 1-139 ring topology parameters 320.2 17-4
fibers for the OMX 16CH DWDM 201.1 2-43, stations, adding while in service 320.2 20-5
201.2 2-44, 201.3 2-44, 201.4 2-50 stations, removing while in service 320.2 20-9
fibers from the OMX 4CH 201.1 2-39, 201.2 switch criteria 310.2 6-129
2-40, 201.3 2-40, 201.4 2-46 system testing 221 8-13
OAM routing 310.1 3-9 RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-110
routing criteria alarms 102.7 2-115
SNC 330 3-12, 330 6-13, 330 9-18 cross-connection rates 102.7 2-113
Routing Profiles PG.2 5-22 cross-connection types 102.7 2-113
routing profiles engineering rules 102.7 2-118
overview 330 2-1, 330 5-1, 330 8-1 equipping rules 102.7 2-117
RPR operational measurements 520 2-218
adding 320.2 16-7 performance monitoring 102.7 2-114
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-70 replacing 545 2-52
circuit pack testing 221 6-64 supported SFPs 102.7 2-113
class of service scheduler parameters 320.2 technical specifications 102.7 2-118
10-8 RPR configuration
connectivity parameters, viewing 320.2 18-4 provisioning 310.2 6-129
deleting 320.2 16-10 RPR LAN port
editing 320.2 16-8 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-71
fairness details, displaying 320.2 16-5 RPR ring information PG.2 5-15
forwarding database parameters 320.2 19-16 RPR ring management PG.2 5-15
RS DCC Link Failure alarm 543.1 4-185

Master index 5-95
RS DCC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 safety guidelines (continued)

5-228 safety standards 201.0 1-3, 221 10-3, 545 1-3
RS-232 null modem cable static electricity, dissipating 201.0 1-38, 221
assembly 201.0 6-2 10-38, 545 1-38
pinout 201.0 6-2 using optical fibers 201.0 1-28, 221 10-28, 545
rules 1-28
14-slot shelf equipping 151 1-113 handling optical fibers 201.0 1-28, 221
2-slot shelf equipping 151 1-98 10-28, 545 1-28
32-slot shelf equipping 151 1-147 repairing optical fibers 201.0 1-29, 221
6500-7 shelf equipping 151 1-106 10-29, 545 1-29
7-slot shelf equipping 151 1-101 splicing optical fibers 201.0 1-29, 221
bay equipping 151 1-84 10-29, 545 1-29
shelf equipping 151 1-84, 151 1-97 working with AC power 201.0 1-34, 221 10-34,
site equipping 151 1-84, 151 1-92 545 1-34
running working with DC power 201.0 1-34, 221 10-34,
script 301 10-13 545 1-34
TL1 commands 301 10-4 working with power
Rx Channel Power Out of Range alarm 543.2 grounding requirements 201.0 1-31, 221
5-409 10-31, 545 1-31
Rx Ethernet Idle alarm 543.2 5-412 grounding requirements, bonding
Rx Partial Loss of Capacity - LCAS alarm 543.2 topologies 201.0 1-32, 221 10-32, 545
5-413 1-32
Rx Power Out of Range alarm 543.2 5-414 grounding requirements, consequences of
Rx Total Loss of Capacity - LCAS alarm 543.2 incorrect grounding 201.0 1-33, 221
5-417 10-33, 545 1-33
working with systems cooled by forced
S air 201.0 1-30, 221 10-30, 545 1-30
SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-110
safety PG.3 8-361
alarms 102.6 1-121
commercial and regulatory specifications PG.3
8-361
laser emission PG.3 8-361
safety guidelines 201.0 1-1, 221 10-1, 545 1-1
controlling equipment access 201.0 1-46, 221
10-46, 545 1-46
controlling equipment environment 201.0 1-46,
SAO-baseds command line interface (SAOS
221 10-46, 545 1-46
CLI) PG.2 5-36
electrostatic discharge (ESD) 201.0 1-39, 221
SAOS
10-39, 545 1-39
MIB files
ESD 201.0 1-39, 221 10-39, 545 1-39
downloading 301 8-9
ESD jack location on shelf 201.0 1-39, 221
SAOS command line interface (SAOS CLI) PG.1
10-39, 545 1-39
2-209
handling circuit packs and pluggable
SAOS-based CLI
modules 201.0 1-44, 221 10-44, 545 1-44
access methods 301 11-7
international standards 201.0 1-4, 221 10-4,
equipment group comments, using 301 11-28
545 1-4
proxy 301 11-9
labeling 201.0 1-6, 221 10-6, 545 1-6
starting a session 301 11-25
laser radiation 201.0 1-4, 221 10-4, 545 1-4
user account management 301 11-8
laser radiation hazards 201.0 1-5, 221 10-5,
user authentication 301 11-8
545 1-5

5-96 Master index
saving Secondary Service Failed alarm 165 10-135,

CVS file, Visualization tool view 301 5-21 543.2 5-436
provisioning data 301 7-10 Secondary SETS Locking to Primary alarm 543.2
ring configuration files 320.1 1-20 5-437
software load 301 8-22 secondary state
test logs 310.1 1-224 equipment 165 7-45, 310.1 1-287
test report 310.1 1-224 facility 165 7-46, 310.1 1-296
saving tables 195 3-34 security
saving, release load files 301 8-4 ACL 301 2-24
saving, software load 301 8-4 IP access control 301 2-24
scheduler Section DCC Link Failure alarm 543.1 4-185
class of service 320.2 10-1 SECTION DCC OSPF Adjacency Loss
SCMD cascading order PG.2 5-20 alarm 543.2 5-228
overview 310.2 11-1 section trace
provisioning 310.2 11-4 editing 310.1 1-235
retrieving 310.2 11-3 parameters 310.1 1-629
SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-213 retrieving 310.1 1-235
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-218 secure HTTP 310.1 3-12
equipping rules 102.6 1-220 secure modem
technical specifications 102.6 1-222 gateway node 301 3-3, 301 3-5
SCMD4 circuit pack secure shell 301 1-4, 310.1 3-12, PG.4 9-53
adding 221 4-54 securing, rack 201.0 4-12
alarms 102.6 1-220 security 301 2-7
optical specifications PG.3 8-301 6500 CLI 301 11-3
performance monitoring 102.6 1-218 account dormancy 301 2-26
replacing 545 2-141 active users, forcing out 301 2-49
script active users, retrieving 301 2-48
TL1 alarms, clearing 543.1 2-21
building 301 10-6 centralized security administration
editing 301 10-11 attributes, provisioning 301 2-66
loading 301 10-10 details, retrieving 301 2-65
running 301 10-13 centralized user administration and
SDH access panel authentication 301 2-9
replacing 545 2-172 challenge/response
SDH circuit packs reply, calculating/generating 301 2-87
optical interface, ordering 151 3-24 CSA 301 2-65
SDH payload DCN PG.4 9-368
instance numbering 320.1 3-29 debug port login, authentication settings 301
SDH-J 1+1 linear 2-64
overview 310.2 6-33 default security parameters, editing 301 2-44
SDH-J access panel interface login and logout 301 1-1
replacing 545 2-172 intrusion attempt handling 301 2-20
Secondary alarms 543.2 5-419 details, displaying 301 2-61
Secondary RADIUS Accounting Server disabling 301 2-62
Unavailable alarm 165 10-132, 543.2 enabling 301 2-62
5-433 source address, unlocking 301 2-63
Secondary RADIUS Server Unavailable IP access control list
alarm 165 10-134, 543.2 5-435 disabling 301 2-85
enabling 301 2-85

Master index 5-97
IP access control list (continued) security (continued)

provisioning 301 2-81 user account
levels 301 2-2 adding 301 2-33
login banner 301 1-5, 301 4-3 defaults, editing 301 2-44
login sessions 301 1-2 deleting 301 2-41
consolidated node 301 1-2 disabling 301 2-43
logs 840 3-1 displaying 301 2-32
audit trail 301 2-22 editing 301 2-37
retrieving 301 2-60 enabling 301 2-42
network element force out 301 2-49
shared secret, provisioning 301 2-76 force out active users 301 2-25
password invalid password, displaying 301 2-54
aging 301 2-5 password, changing 301 2-51
expiration 301 2-5 temporary 301 2-5
invalid password list, adding entry 301 2-55 user account administration 301 2-1
invalid password list, deleting entry 301 user account management 301 2-1
2-56 user ID
management 301 2-3 syntax 301 2-3, 301 2-7
reusing 301 2-5 user profile
syntax 301 2-3 defaults, editing 301 2-44
password requirements, configuring 301 2-46 editing 301 2-37
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-69 vendor specific attributes, RADIUS 301 2-14
RADIUS 301 2-9, 301 2-14 security and administration PG.2 5-31
accounting servers security enhancement
accounting servers, disabling 301 2-71 craft reach-through security PG.4 9-368
accounting servers, enabling 301 2-71 debug port hardening PG.4 9-369
RADIUS accounting 301 2-17 provisionable port filtering PG.4 9-368
RADIUS proxy server security logs PG.2 5-32
provisioning 301 2-77 audit trail 301 2-22
RADIUS server segment management PG.2 5-14
provisioning 301 2-67 selecting multiple items in the navigation/window
shared secret, changing 301 2-74 management area 195 3-23
Raman password, editing 301 2-52 sending
shared secret General Broadcast tool messages 301 10-16
syntax 301 2-19 serial/RS-232
simultaneous login limit 301 2-26 parameters 310.1 3-86
SSH 301 1-4 serial/RS-232 ports
SSH/SFTP keys provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-10
regenerating 301 2-58 service activation
retrieving 301 2-57 tunnel endpoint map provisioning
SSL keys parameters 320.2 11-43
regenerating 301 2-59 tunnel segment provisioning parameters 320.2
retrieving 301 2-57 11-41, 320.2 11-42
SysLog 301 2-23 tunnel tasks, performing 320.2 11-16
SysLog server VCE endpoint map provisioning
provisioning 301 2-79 parameters 320.2 11-33
temporary account 301 2-5 VCE provisioning parameters 320.2 11-26
temporary user 301 2-5 VCS provisioning parameters 320.2 11-23
UPC 301 2-2 virtual circuit tasks, performing 320.2 11-8

5-98 Master index
service activation setup PG.2 5-14 SFP+ module (continued)

service and Photonic layer interoperability ordering 151 3-114
(SPLI) 310.1 1-66 replacing 545 2-71
Service Bundle Release Delivery 301 8-4 SFTP 301 1-5, PG.4 9-53
Service Defect Indication alarm 543.2 5-439 SFTP encryption 195 6-1
service layer site testing 221 6-1 SFTP keys
service mapping 320.1 3-16 regenerating 301 2-58
Service Photonic Layer Interoperability 301 4-91, retrieving 301 2-57
301 4-92, 301 4-93 shared secret
Service-Photonic layer interoperability network element, provisioning 301 2-76
(SPLI) PG.1 2-184, PG.4 9-129 RADIUS server, changing 301 2-74
services syntax 301 2-19
6500 PG.1 3-144 shelf
Broadband PG.1 1-13 14-slot PG.1 3-6
ordering 151 5-21 32-slot PG.1 3-27
Photonic PG.1 1-15 7-slot PG.1 3-32, PG.1 3-39
set shared secret PG.2 5-31 assemblies PG.1 3-5
setting backplane PG.1 3-59
alarm profiles 165 10-6 brackets, ordering 151 2-33
alarm profiles, active 543.1 2-28 converged PG.1 3-14
alarm profiles, default 543.1 2-26 cover PG.1 3-61
PM profiles, default 520 1-80 DSM 102.2 1-58
PM threshold profiles, default 520 1-80 equipping rules 151 1-84, 151 1-97
Raman password 301 2-52 fiber manager, ordering 151 2-33
release server 301 8-27 ID module PG.1 3-61
time zone 543.1 2-13 locking 201.2 1-271
wavelength blocking 310.2 9-4 NTK503RA, 7-slot packet-optical
setting a default shelf 201.2 1-276
bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-12 Metro front electrical PG.1 3-13
queue group profiles 320.3 21-15 optical PG.1 3-8
receive class of service profiles 320.2 8-11 optical/front electrical PG.1 3-9
transmit class of service profiles 320.2 9-11 optical/rear shelf PG.1 3-10
setting up ordering 151 2-9
golden database 221 2-75 overview PG.1 3-1
setting view options packet-optical PG.1 3-16
navigation/window management area 195 unlocking 201.2 1-271
3-25 NTK503RA, 7-slot packet-optical
Site Manager applications 195 3-28 shelf 201.2 1-276
settings shelf air filter, replacing 545 2-231
forwarding databases, editing 320.2 19-15 Shelf Bandwidth Near Limit alarm 543.2 5-442
severities, alarm 543.1 3-1, 545 3-2 Shelf Data Missing alarm 543.2 5-443
SFP module shelf equipment
cleaning 201.0 5-23 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-12
optical specifications 180 3-1 Shelf Front Cover
ordering 151 3-104 NTK509CS, 7-slot Shelf Front Cover
replacing 165 10-171, 545 2-71 NTK509CS 201.2 1-276
supported, by circuit pack PG.3 7-4 NTK509CT, 7-slot Shelf Front Cover Kit W/
SFP+ module Extended Depth 201.2 1-276
optical specifications 180 4-1, 180 5-1, PG.3
8-238

Master index 5-99
Shelf Front Cover NTK509CCE6 shelf processor (continued)

installing for a 14-slot packet-optical shelf reconfiguration 545 2-322
NTK503SA 201.3 1-292 replacing 545 2-163
shelf inventory restarting 543.1 2-30
displaying 310.1 2-3 roadmap and redundancy provisioning
shelf IP address procedures 102.1 1-33
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-50 software upgrade 301 9-8
Shelf IP redistribution shelf processor circuit pack
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-47 alarms 102.1 1-26
Shelf Level View 301 6-1 equipping rules 102.1 1-29
changing technical specifications 102.1 1-30
primary state 301 6-43 shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP-2) w2xOSC
displaying 301 6-7 2xSFP
alarms 301 6-9, 301 6-10, 301 6-27, 301 installing 201.2 1-32
6-32 shelf provisioning
circuit pack/module provisioning 301 6-9, deleting 301 4-74
301 6-10, 301 6-24, 301 6-27 shelf shipping bracket, removing 201.1 1-7, 201.2
equipment information 301 6-9, 301 6-10, 1-9, 201.2 1-32, 201.3 1-12, 201.4 1-8
301 6-27, 301 6-32 Shelf sub-tab 301 4-78
facilities 301 6-32 shelf timing group
facility browser 301 6-24 timing references
facility information 301 6-9, 301 6-10, 301 provisioning 310.2 4-34
6-27, 301 6-32 shelf wavelength topology PG.2 5-19
fiber topology 301 6-42 overview 310.2 9-1
inventory 301 6-9, 301 6-10, 301 6-27, 301 Shutoff Threshold Crossed alarm 165 10-138,
6-32 543.2 5-446
PM counts 301 6-32 SID module PG.1 3-61
PM graph 301 6-27, 301 6-32 signal conditioning
port provisioning 301 6-9, 301 6-10, 301 10G AM1/AM2 DWDM 543.1 1-34
6-24, 301 6-27 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT 543.1 1-116
operating 10G OTR 543.1 1-120
loopback 301 6-44 10G OTSC 543.1 1-120
provisioning 10G OTU2 WT 543.1 1-118
service configuration 301 6-37 10GEL WT 543.1 1-114
service template 301 6-37 2.5G MOTR 543.1 1-125
releasing 20G OC-n/STM-n 543.1 1-177
loopback 301 6-44 2x10G OTR 543.1 1-102
retrieving 40G MUX OCI 543.1 1-37
link data 301 6-45 40G OCLD 543.1 1-37
slot-based automatic equipping 301 6-10 L2 MOTR 543.1 1-175
shelf level view 301 6-1, PG.2 5-5 SuperMux 543.1 1-36
Shelf Power Near Limit alarm 165 10-136, 543.2 signal continuity
5-444 testing in a basic configuration 221 8-3
shelf processor 102.1 1-1 signal degrade
ordering flowchart 151 3-22 clearing threshold times 520 4-137
installing 201.1 1-76, 201.4 1-76 clearing times 520 4-137
IP dead gateway detection PG.4 9-80 detection times 520 4-137
performance monitoring 102.1 1-26 Signal Degrade (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-237
protection 310.2 6-15 Signal Degrade (E3) alarm 543.1 4-237
rebooting 543.1 2-30 Signal Degrade (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-271

5-100 Master index
Signal Degrade (ETH) alarm 543.1 4-295 Site Manager (continued)

Signal Degrade (ETH100) alarm 543.1 4-295 PC installation 195 2-6, 195 2-8
Signal Degrade (OC/STM) 543.1 4-299 preferences 195 3-13, 195 3-35
Signal Degrade (STS/HO VC) 543.1 4-299 procedures 195 3-17
Signal Degrade (VT/LO VC) 543.1 4-299 Protection menu 195 1-23
Signal Degrade (WAN) alarm 543.1 4-295 Security menu 195 1-21
signal fail SFTP encryption 195 6-1
clearing threshold times 520 4-137 starting 195 3-19
Signal Fail (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-272 status message area 195 3-11
Signal Fail (OC/STM) alarm 543.1 4-300 tables 195 3-34
Signal Fail (OC-48/STM-16, OC-192/STM-64, Tools menu 195 1-6
OC-768/STM-256) alarm 543.2 5-107 troubleshooting 195 5-1
signal label uninstalling 195 2-13, 195 2-14
editing 310.1 1-242 view options 195 3-25, 195 3-28
retrieving 310.1 1-242 Windows tab 195 3-8
simple network management protocol, see SNMP Site Provisioning Required (DSM) alarm 543.2
simultaneous login limit 301 2-26 5-449
editing 301 2-44 site testing
single line amplifier circuit pack 16xSTM-1e 221 6-25
optical specifications PG.3 8-270, PG.3 8-288, 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 221 6-68
PG.3 8-289, PG.3 8-290, PG.3 8-291 20G L2SS 221 6-47
single-homed subtending SNCP/UPSR 20G L2SS equipment protection 221 6-59
path connection (bidirectional) 320.1 3-141 24x10/100BT 221 6-40
site 4xGE EPL 221 6-33
equipping rules 151 1-84, 151 1-92 DS1 service module 221 6-13
site level alarm correlation 543.1 1-1, PG.1 2-185 DS3/E3 221 6-21
Site Manager E1 221 6-17
alarm banner 195 3-10, 195 3-27 GE protection 221 6-33
alarm indicators 195 3-12 L2SS 221 6-47
applications, setting view options 195 3-28 L2SS equipment protection 221 6-59
closing 195 3-21 PDH 221 6-55
Configuration menu 195 1-11 PDH Gateway equipment protection 221 6-59
consolidated craft 195 1-26 RPR 221 6-64
Edit menu 195 1-5 signal continuity (optical) 221 6-11
engineering rules 195 2-4 TMUX 221 6-29
Fault menu 195 1-9 SLA amplifier
features 195 1-1 replacing 165 10-164, 545 2-100
File menu 195 1-3 SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-18
hardware requirements 195 2-3 alarms 102.6 1-25
Help menu 195 1-24 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-22
Linux installation 195 2-10 cross-connection types 102.6 1-22
MAC installation 195 2-8 equipping rules 102.6 1-26
main window 195 3-3 optical specifications PG.3 8-270
menu bar 195 3-10 performance monitoring 102.6 1-22
Navigation tab 195 3-7 technical specifications 102.6 1-27
on-line help 195 3-14 SLAT
operating systems 195 2-2 express deleting optical channels 221 7-49
ordering 195 4-1 force deleting optical channels 221 7-46
overview PG.2 5-1 SLAT Assistant Tool
launching 221 2-33

Master index 5-101
SLAT prerequisites 221 1-10 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-223
SLAT process optical specifications PG.3 8-302
interworking considerations 221 1-4 performance monitoring 102.6 1-229
overview 221 1-1 technical specifications 102.6 1-232
SLIC Idler circuit pack SMD circuit pack
alarms 102.4 1-146 reconfiguration 545 2-299
equipping rules 102.4 1-147 SMD Flex 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-223
SLIC10 circuit pack 102.4 1-140 equipping rules 102.6 1-232
SLIC10 Flex circuit pack 102.4 1-140 technical specifications 102.6 1-232
alarms 102.4 1-146 SNC
equipping rules 102.4 1-147 Absolute Route Diversity 330 3-13, 330 6-14,
optical specifications PG.3 8-299 330 9-20
performance monitoring 102.4 1-144 add/drop end points 330 3-7, 330 6-8, 330
technical specifications 102.4 1-148 9-10
Slot Empty alarm 543.2 5-450 adding 330 3-27, 330 6-21, 330 9-34
slot numbering 151 1-2 PKT SNC 330 10-9
Slot Sequence Provisioning Incomplete administrative weight 330 3-12, 330 6-13, 330
alarm 165 10-140, 543.2 5-451 9-18
slot upgrade 301 9-4 automatically routed 330 3-6, 330 6-7, 330 9-9
applying 301 9-15 backoff period 330 3-12, 330 6-13, 330 9-20
invoking 301 9-15 blocked nodes 330 1-18, 330 4-12, 330 7-19
slot-based automatic equipping 301 6-22 clear blocked bundle behavior 330 3-8, 330
slot-based data 301 7-2 9-14
slots connection identifier 320.1 3-39, 330 6-15
6500 14-slot shelf co-routed SNC 330 9-24
interface circuit packs PG.1 2-131 adding 330 9-61
6500 2-slot shelf deleting 330 9-77
interface circuit packs PG.1 2-119 editing 330 9-63
6500 32-slot shelf engineering guidelines 330 9-26
interface circuit packs PG.1 2-142 manual switch to protect
6500 7-slot shelf regrooming 330 9-79
interface circuit packs PG.1 2-123 retrieving 330 9-59
6500-7 shelf reversion 330 9-100
interface circuit packs PG.1 2-123 shared attributes 330 9-25
Broadband interface circuit packs PG.1 2-155 delay 330 9-19
interface circuit packs and modules PG.1 deleting 330 3-40, 330 6-33, 330 9-58
2-117 dynamic 330 3-4, 330 6-5, 330 9-5
MSPP interface circuit packs PG.1 2-150 editing 330 3-13, 330 3-33, 330 6-14, 330
OPS interface circuit packs PG.1 2-173 6-26, 330 9-22, 330 9-44
OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F interface end points 330 3-7, 330 6-8, 330 9-10
circuit packs PG.1 2-170 engineering guidelines 330 3-2, 330 6-3, 330
Photonic interface circuit packs/modules/ 9-3
chassis PG.1 2-161 explicitly routed 330 3-5, 330 6-6, 330 9-8
sm.ome.alarms.1427 543.2 5-228 generic end point 330 9-11
SMD GEP 330 9-11
replacing 545 2-110 latency 330 9-19
Make Before Break 330 9-14

5-102 Master index
SNC (continued) SNCP (continued)

manual switch path connection
performing 330 3-43, 330 3-45, 330 6-38, bidirectional 320.1 3-107
330 9-96, 330 9-98 linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-137
mesh restorable 330 3-7, 330 6-9, 330 9-13 switch criteria 310.2 6-124
ODU Flex 330 9-12 TODR profiles 330 11-1
Optical VPN 330 6-14, 330 9-21 traffic 310.2 6-123
OTN engineering guidelines 330 9-3 SNCs
overview 330 3-1, 330 6-1, 330 9-1, 330 10-1 retrieving 330 3-18, 330 6-19, 330 9-32
Packet over SNC 330 9-11, 330 10-2 SNMP PG.2 5-27
permanent 330 3-4, 330 6-5, 330 9-5 agent 740 1-4
Photonic Control Plane disabling 740 2-23
standalone ADJ-Tx and ADJ-Rx enabling 740 2-23
facilities 330 3-20 alarmModelTable row
Photonic engineering guidelines 330 3-2 adding 740 2-52
protection class 330 3-7, 330 6-9, 330 9-12 deleting 740 2-56
provisioning modes 330 3-5, 330 6-6, 330 9-7 authentication traps
regrooming 330 3-9, 330 3-41, 330 6-11, 330 disabling 740 2-66
6-34, 330 9-17, 330 9-79 enabling 740 2-66
Reserve Home Path 330 9-13 community name
restoration priority 330 3-8, 330 6-10, 330 9-14 adding 740 2-41
reversion 330 3-9, 330 3-47, 330 6-11, 330 deleting 740 2-49
6-39, 330 9-15, 330 9-100 editing 740 2-30, 740 2-46
automatic 330 3-9, 330 6-11, 330 9-15 community string
manual 330 3-9, 330 6-11, 330 9-15 changing 740 2-62
time to revert 330 3-9, 330 9-15, 330 6-11 description 740 1-1
TODR 330 7-5, 330 9-15 group mapping
TODR holdback 330 7-5, 330 9-16 adding 740 2-37
routing 330 3-5, 330 6-6, 330 9-7 deleting 740 2-37
routing criteria 330 3-12, 330 6-13, 330 9-18 editing 740 2-37
SNC name 330 9-21 hexadecimal value 740 2-16
SNCP 330 3-4, 330 6-5, 330 9-5 index schemes 740 1-61, 740 1-63
SONET/SDH engineering guidelines 330 6-3 information 740 1-1
TODR profile, adding 330 11-7 retrieving 740 2-21
TODR profile, deleting 330 11-11 manager 740 1-4
TODR profile, editing 330 11-9 manager integration 740 1-73
TODR profile, retrieving 330 11-6 MIBs
types 330 3-4, 330 6-5, 330 9-5 accessing 740 1-133
VEP, adding 330 6-41 compliance 740 1-93
VEP, deleting 330 6-45 description 740 1-8
VEP, editing 330 6-44 overview PG.2 5-35
VEP, retrieving 330 6-40 parameters 740 2-5
SNC Datapath Fault alarm 543.2 5-452 procedures list 740 2-18
SNC Reservation Unavailable alarm 543.2 5-454 provisioning 740 2-1
SNC Takeover Failed alarm 543.2 5-455 proxy 740 1-25
SNC Unavailable alarm 543.2 5-458 disabling 740 2-23
SNCP enabling 740 2-23
configuration PG.2 4-12 security 740 1-40
overview 310.2 6-122 system MIB parameters
editing 740 2-59

Master index 5-103
SNMP (continued) software upgrade 301 9-8

trap destinations Software Upgrade Failed alarm 165 10-146,
deleting 740 2-27 543.2 5-468
editing 740 2-27 Software Upgrade in Progress alarm 165 10-147,
tree structure 740 1-9 543.2 5-46
user group SONET access panel
adding 740 2-39 replacing 545 2-172
deleting 740 2-39 SONET circuit packs
USM user optical interface, ordering 151 3-24
adding 740 2-31 SONET/SDH Control Plane
deleting 740 2-31 datacomm considerations PG.4 9-103
editing 740 2-31 in-band communications PG.4 9-103
validating configuration 740 2-33 SONET/SDH-J access panel
version 740 1-7 replacing 545 2-172
changing 740 2-62 SONMP topology discovery PG.1 2-189
view SOR files
adding 740 2-35 downloading 310.2 14-6
deleting 740 2-35 setting as baseline 310.2 14-7
editing 740 2-35 sorting
SNMP trap destinations active alarms 543.1 2-14
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-67 events 543.1 2-16
SNTP 301 4-19 table columns 195 3-31
software table rows 195 3-32
ordering 151 5-2 source address, unlocking 301 2-63
Software Auto-Upgrade in Progress alarm 165 SP redundancy PG.4 9-63
10-141, 543.2 5-460 span of control PG.2 5-24
Software Configuration Unknown alarm 165 adding remote NE 301 4-94
10-142, 543.2 5-461 deleting remote NE 301 4-96
software delivery 301 8-11 Span Protection Exerciser Fail alarm 543.2 5-472
Software Delivery In Progress alarm 165 10-144, Span protection Switch Complete alarm 543.2
543.2 5-463 5-470
Software Delivery Incomplete alarm 165 10-143, Span protection Switch Fail alarm 543.2 5-471
543.2 5-462 specifications PG.3 8-361
Software licenses and right to use (RTU) licenses, 100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack PG.3 8-196
ordering 151 5-5 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack PG.3 8-196
software load 40G XCIF circuit pack PG.3 8-196
deleting 301 8-25 CFP 180 6-1
saving 301 8-22 DPO 180 7-1
transferring electromagnetic PG.3 8-357
from DVD to PC 301 8-11 Enhanced Trunk Switch PG.3 8-339
from repository to SP 301 8-16 environmental PG.3 8-351
from SP to USB flash storage device 301 ILAN PG.3 8-332
8-12 OME1110 PG.3 8-342
Software Mismatch alarm 165 10-145, 543.2 optical PG.3 8-135
5-464 physical PG.3 8-3
software release list, retrieving 301 8-13 power PG.3 8-29
software release server list, retrieving 301 8-13 power and grounding PG.3 8-362
Software Subsystem Failed alarm 543.2 5-465 QSFP28 180 5-1
Software Subsystem Restart alarm 543.2 5-467 safety PG.3 8-361
SFP 180 3-1

5-104 Master index
specifications (continued) STM-1 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-144

SFP+ 180 4-1 STM-1 optical specifications PG.3 8-146
technical 170 1-1, PG.3 8-1 STM-16 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-144
Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) PG.3 8-337 STM16 facility
XFP 180 2-1 parameters, DWDM 310.1 1-311
SPLI 301 4-91, 301 4-92, 301 4-93, 310.1 1-66 STM-16 optical specifications PG.3 8-140
SPLI associations 301 4-20 STM-1e
SRA amplifier alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-67, 543.1 3-68, 543.1
replacing 545 2-105 3-69, 543.1 3-71
SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-87 I/O panel 102.2 1-90
alarms 102.6 1-96 STM-1e cable PG.3 8-134
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-90 STM-1e cables
cross-connection types 102.6 1-90 ordering 151 4-56
equipping rules 102.6 1-97 STM-1e circuit pack
optical specifications PG.3 8-289 protection 310.2 6-4
performance monitoring 102.6 1-92 STM-1e electrical specifications PG.3 8-349
supported SFPs 102.6 1-91, 102.6 1-116 STM1E facility
technical specifications 102.6 1-99 parameters 310.1 1-315
SSH 301 1-4, 310.1 3-12 STM256 facility
editing 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27 parameters 310.1 1-311
keys STM-4 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-144
regenerating 301 2-58 STM-4 optical specifications PG.3 8-146
retrieving 301 2-57 STM64 facility
SSH server parameters, DWDM 310.1 1-311
provisioning (Advanced SLAT) 221 2-70 STM-64 optical specifications PG.3 8-136
ssh/telnet STM-m facility
parameters 310.1 3-93 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-32
SSL STMn facility
keys editing 310.1 1-187
regenerating 301 2-59 parameters 310.1 1-307
retrieving 301 2-57 stratum clocks
staging, ordering 151 5-21 synchronization 310.2 4-13
starting STTP facility
6500 CLI session 301 11-12 parameters 310.1 1-548
CommLog terminal session 301 10-15 Submarine
SAOS-based CLI session 301 11-25 application PG.2 4-42
terminal session 301 3-3 subnetting PG.4 9-415
manual connection 301 3-5 Sub-Network Connection PG.2 5-22
TL1 Command Builder 301 10-3 sub-network connection, see SNC
starting Site Manager 195 3-19, 195 3-22 sub-network connections
statement of conditions 301 12-1 TODR profiles 330 11-1
static entries 320.2 19-16, 320.2 19-22 overview 330 9-16
adding to forwarding database 320.2 19-13 sub-network connections management
deleting from forwarding database 320.2 19-14 overview 330 3-1, 330 6-1, 330 9-1, 330 10-1
static NAT 310.1 3-11 SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-1
adding entry 310.1 3-28 alarms 102.5 3-23
deleting entry 310.1 3-30 cross-connection rates 102.5 3-16
parameters 310.1 3-51 cross-connection types 102.5 3-15
static routes DWDM wavelengths 102.5 3-38

Master index 5-105
SuperMux circuit pack (continued) supported SFPs (continued)

equipping rules 102.5 3-28 4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-73
latency 102.5 3-39, 170 1-69 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-7
operational measurements 520 2-225 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-53
optical specifications PG.3 8-202 8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-105
performance monitoring 102.5 3-22 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-11
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.5 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-6
3-45 multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit
supported SFPs/XFPs 102.5 3-16 pack 102.1 2-27
technical specifications 102.5 3-33 PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-20
testing 221 6-71 RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-113
supernetting PG.4 9-415 SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-91, 102.6 1-116
Supervisory Channel monitoring 520 1-39 supported SFPs/DPOs
Supervisory Query and Control PG.2 5-30 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-40
supported CFP2s supported SFPs/SFP+s/XFPs
100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-82
1-103 supported SFPs/XFPs
supported CFPs 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-6
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-157 20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-34
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-157 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-43
supported facilities L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-50
pluggable module PG.3 7-51 SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-16
supported pluggable modules supported SFPs/XFPs/CFPs
circuit pack PG.3 7-3 100G WaveLogic 3n OTR circuit pack 102.4
supported QSFP+s 2-349
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-41
pack 102.4 2-259 supported XFPs
100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR with XFP circuit
1-103 pack 102.5 5-11
200G (2x100G/5x40G) MUX circuit pack 102.4 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5
2-297 4-6
supported QSFP28s 10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-7
200G (2x100G/5x40G) MUX circuit pack 102.4 10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-21
2-297 10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-33
supported SFP+s 10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-19
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit 10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-215
pack 102.4 2-259 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-16
100G WaveLogic 3n MOTR circuit pack 102.4 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-44
2-369 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.1 1-25, 102.4
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-215 1-62
4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-73 4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-73
supported SFPs surfaces, non-oxidizing compound,
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-11 applying 201.0 3-7
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-88 Switch Shelf ID Mismatch Detected alarm 543.2
10x10G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-83 5-474
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-54 SWT
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-69 retrieval criteria 310.2 9-5
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-32 summary
2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-8 parameters 310.2 9-5
48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-69

5-106 Master index
SWT details syntax (continued)

retrieving 310.2 9-3 user ID 301 2-3, 301 2-7
SWT summary SysLog 301 2-23
retrieving 310.2 9-3 SysLog server
synchronization provisioning 301 2-79
equipment Syslog Server Provisioning PG.2 5-33
provisioning 310.2 4-34 system acceptance testing 221 9-9
freerun mode 310.2 4-8 system parameters PG.2 5-5
hardware PG.1 3-63 system testing
hierarchy 310.2 4-14 basic configuration 221 8-3
hierarchy violations 310.2 4-16 L2SS circuit pack 221 8-19
holdover mode 310.2 4-8 PDH 221 8-19
independent timing group RPR 221 8-13
timing mode, provisioning 310.2 4-31
timing references, provisioning 310.2 4-31
locked mode 310.2 4-8
T
table
mixed timing engineering guidelines 310.2
columns, resizing 195 3-30
4-17
columns, sorting 195 3-31
operating modes 310.2 4-8
data, copying 195 3-33
overview 310.2 4-1
printing 195 3-34
rows, sorting 195 3-32
ESI 310.2 4-47
saving 195 3-34
ESO 310.2 4-49
Tamper Detected alarm 543.2 5-477
tandem connection monitoring 520 1-29
status, retrieving 310.2 6-179
parameters 520 5-14
provisioning
TAP
ESI 310.2 4-25
deprovisioning 310.2 5-16
ESO 310.2 4-37, 310.2 4-39
quality level overrides 310.2 4-13
retrieving data 310.2 4-24
shelf timing group
Target Unachievable alarm 543.2 5-479
TARP 310.1 3-11
stratum clocks 310.2 4-13
TAS
synchronization status message (SSM),
creating 310.2 5-19
setting 310.2 4-42
time of day 301 4-90
timing generation
releasing 310.2 5-28
timing mode, provisioning 310.2 4-27
releasing all 310.2 5-29
TAS mode
timing loops 310.2 4-16
changing 310.2 5-25
synchronization management PG.2 5-21
TCM 520 1-29
synchronization protection PG.2 5-34
parameters 520 5-14
Synchronization Protection alarms 543.2 5-475
TCM facility
synchronization status message (SSM)
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-64, 543.1 3-65
disabling 310.2 4-10
TCM Loss of Tandem Connection alarm 543.2
overview 310.2 4-10
5-481
setting 310.2 4-42
TCMCTP facility
syntax
parameters 102.4 2-553, 310.1 1-558
password 301 2-3
shared secret 301 2-19

Master index 5-107
TCMTTP facility technical specifications (continued)

parameters 102.4 2-553, 310.1 1-558 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-55
TDM switching PG.1 1-11 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-45
technical documentation files, installing 195 2-15 2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-12
technical specifications 170 1-1, PG.3 8-1 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-76
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-25 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-52
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-97 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-23
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-13
pack 102.4 2-287 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-110
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-193 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-88
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-132 48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-73
100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-31 4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-90
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-11
2-132 4xOPS circuit pack 102.1 5-12
100G WaveLogic 3e OTR circuit pack 102.4 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-12
2-334 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-58
100G WaveLogic 3n MOTR circuit pack 102.4 8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-111
2-379 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-25
100G WaveLogic 3n OTR circuit pack 102.4 access panel 102.1 3-85
2-352 BMD2 module 102.6 1-350
100G WL3n PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 breaker interface panel 102.1 3-20
1-127 CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-240
100G/2x40G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 CCMD8x16 circuit pack 102.6 1-256
1-109 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-308
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-193 CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-325
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 CMD96 module 102.6 1-336
4-11 cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-42
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-13 DSCM module 102.6 1-395
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-28 DSM 102.2 1-74
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-38 eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-96
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-25 Enhanced Trunk Switch (ETS) 102.1 4-30
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-250 ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-124
10x10G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-91 FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-406
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-250 FIM Type 1 module 102.6 1-385
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-62 FIM Type 2 module 102.6 1-385
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-76 FIM Type 4 module 102.6 1-385
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-56 FIM Type 5 module 102.6 1-385
1U AC rectifier 102.1 3-66 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-55
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-20, 102.7 Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
1-36 2-132
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-22 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-12 2-132
200G (2x100G/5x40G) MUX circuit pack 102.4 Flex4 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4
2-319 2-132
20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-40 fuse interface panel 102.1 3-20
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-44 GMD10 module 102.6 1-365
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-32 ISS C-Band circuit pack 102.4 1-137
2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-211 L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-59
2-Port OPM Flex C-Band circuit pack 102.6 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-13
1-211 LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-84

5-108 Master index
technical specifications (continued) TELNET active sessions

maintenance interface card (MIC) 102.1 3-87 provisioning (Advanced SLAT) 221 2-70
MBMD2 module 102.6 1-360 telnet terminal 301 3-1
MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-39 temporary account 301 2-5
MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-58 temporary user 301 2-5
MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-71 terminal 310.1 1-203
OMD4 100 GHz module 102.6 1-345 connecting to the 2-slot shelf 201.3 1-381
OMX module 102.6 1-278 connecting to the 7-slot&6500-7 shelves 201.2
OSC Filter (1516.9 nm) module 102.6 1-390 1-280
OSIC circuit pack 102.4 1-128 setting up 201.3 1-381, 201.4 1-193
PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-25 setting up for 7-slot&6500-7 shelves 201.2
Photonic passive equipment 102.6 1-456 1-280
power input cards 102.1 3-60 terminal loopback 310.1 1-203
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-118 terminal or modem
SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-124 connecting to the 32-slot shelf 201.4 1-193
SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-222 terminal session 301 3-1
shelf processor circuit pack 102.1 1-30 closing 301 3-6, 301 3-7
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-27 manual connection, starting 301 3-5
SLIC Idler circuit pack 102.4 1-148 starting 301 3-3
SLIC10 Flex circuit pack 102.4 1-148 terms and conditions 301 12-1
SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-232 test access 310.2 5-2, PG.2 5-8
SMD Flex 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-232 channelized loopback 310.2 5-7
SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-99 collector nodes 310.2 5-6
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-33 overview 310.2 5-1
TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-9 parameters 310.2 5-35
Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 102.1 4-17 test access channel
UBMD2 module 102.6 1-355 deprovisioning 310.2 5-18
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit displaying 310.2 5-12
pack 102.4 1-23 parameters 310.2 5-35
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 provisioning 310.2 5-17
1-149 Test Access in Progress - Monitor E alarm 543.2
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6 5-484
1-135, 102.6 1-158 Test Access in Progress - Monitor EF alarm 543.2
1-201 Test Access in Progress - Monitor F alarm 543.2
1-174 Test Access in Progress - Split A alarm 543.2
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 20x1 circuit 5-484
pack 102.6 1-187 Test Access in Progress - Split B alarm 543.2
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit 5-484
pack 102.6 1-174 Test Access in Progress - Split E alarm 543.2
XLA circuit pack 102.6 1-107 5-484
TELEMETRY facility Test Access in Progress - Split EF alarm 543.2
parameters 310.1 1-573 5-484
Telemetry Loss of Signal alarm 543.2 5-482 Test Access in Progress - Split F alarm 543.2
Telnet 5-484
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-58 Test Access in Progress alarms 543.2 5-484
telnet test access port 310.2 5-2
6500 CLI 301 11-24 deprovisioning 310.2 5-16
editing 310.1 3-22, 310.1 3-27 displaying 310.2 5-12

Master index 5-109
test access port (continued) testing (continued)

provisioning 310.2 5-14 signal continuity
test access session 310.2 5-2 basic configuration 221 8-3
creating 310.2 5-19 signal continuity (optical) 221 6-11
displaying 310.2 5-12 SuperMux circuit pack 221 6-71
releasing 310.2 5-28 thin OADM channel access continuity 221
releasing all 310.2 5-29 4-114
test access session mode TMUX circuit pack 221 6-29
changing 310.2 5-25 WSS based channel access continuity 221
test access support on facilities 310.1 1-298 4-65
test logs testing input power
retrieving 310.1 1-224 breaker interface panel (2U) 201.0 4-32
saving 310.1 1-224 test-ping
test report parameters 310.1 3-95
retrieving 310.1 1-224 thin terminal
saving 310.1 1-224 equalizing 221 4-261
testing Threshold AIS ESO-A alarm 543.2 5-486
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 221 6-25 Threshold AIS ESO-B alarm 543.2 5-486
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 221 6-68 TID
20G L2SS circuit pack 221 6-47 network element
20G L2SS equipment protection 221 6-59 editing 301 4-41
24x10/100BT circuit pack 221 6-40 TID consolidation 301 1-2, PG.4 9-96
4xGE EPL circuit pack 221 6-33 comms within a consolidated TID PG.4 9-97
CDC ROADM 221 4-92 engineering guidelines PG.4 9-98
Colorless Direct Attach configuration (COADM GNE PG.4 9-97
OTS connected to 1x9 or 1x2 WSS) 221 TID consolidation, see also consolidated node
4-138 TID slot sequence
Colorless Direct Attach configurations editing 310.2 13-18
(CCMD12 connected to 1x20 WSS) 221 TIDc over OSC PG.4 9-102
4-162 TIDc, see also consolidated node
Colorless OADM 221 4-130 tide marking 520 1-36
DGFF 221 4-207 time
DIA 221 4-122 network element
DS3/E3 circuit pack 221 6-21 editing 301 4-41
E1 circuit pack 221 6-17 time intervals, PM 520 1-30
GE protection 221 6-33 time of day 301 4-19
L2SS circuit pack 221 6-47 parameters, displaying 301 4-35
L2SS equipment protection 221 6-59 polling interval
line amplifier node 221 4-179 editing 301 4-86
PDH circuit pack 221 6-55 servers
PDH Gateway equipment protection 221 6-59 adding 301 4-87
Photonic layer 221 4-245 deleting 301 4-87
power at the optical interface Rx port 221 6-9 editing 301 4-87
power at the optical interface Tx port 221 6-4 status
power to the shelf 201.1 1-70, 201.2 1-157, editing 301 4-86
201.3 1-85, 201.4 1-71 synchronization 301 4-90
protection switching Time of Day Reversion Day of Week profiles
basic configuration 221 8-3 overview 330 11-1
RPR circuit pack 221 6-64 Time of Day tab 301 4-86, 301 4-87, 301 4-90
Time Out alarm 543.2 5-491

5-110 Master index
time slot assignment (TSA) 320.1 3-27 script (continued)

time slot interchange (TSI) 320.1 3-27 loading 301 10-10
time zone, setting 543.1 2-13 running 301 10-13
timestamp time zone, setting 543.1 2-13 TL1 autonomous events 543.1 2-20
timing distribution 310.2 4-5 TL1 Command Builder 301 10-1
timing references, provisioning 310.2 4-39 closing 301 10-3
Timing Distribution Forced Switch - n Ref commands
alarm 543.2 5-475 editing 301 10-4
Timing Distribution Lockout - n Ref alarm 543.2 executing 301 10-4
5-475 running 301 10-4
Timing Distribution Loss of Reference - n Ref starting 301 10-3
alarm 543.2 5-493 TL1 gateway 301 4-18, 301 4-85, PG.4 9-73
timing generation 310.2 4-2 parameters
timing mode editing 301 4-85
provisioning 310.2 4-27 TL1 gateway connections
sources 310.2 4-46 parameters 310.1 3-87
timing references TMUX circuit pack
provisioning 310.2 4-27 alarms 102.2 2-6
sources 310.2 4-46 cross-connection rates 102.2 2-6
Timing Generation Entry to Freerun alarm 543.2 cross-connection types 102.2 2-6
5-495 equipping rules 102.2 2-8
Timing Generation Entry to Holdover alarm 543.2 latency 102.2 2-9
Timing Generation Failure To Lock alarm 543.2 roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.2
5-502 2-10
Timing Generation Forced Switch - n Ref technical specifications 102.2 2-9
alarm 543.2 5-475 testing 221 6-29
Timing Generation Lockout - n Ref alarm 543.2 TMUX circuit packs 102.2 2-1
5-476 TMUX Provisioning tool
Timing Generation Loss of Reference - n Ref adding path connections 320.1 3-63
alarm 543.2 5-504 TOD Server Not Provisioned alarm 165 10-148,
timing group 310.2 4-6 543.2 5-507
timing mode TOD Threshold Exceeded alarm 165 10-150,
provisioning 310.2 4-34 543.2 5-510
timing loops, synchronization 310.2 4-16 TODR 330 7-5, 330 9-15
timing mode TODR holdback 330 7-5, 330 9-16
provisioning 310.2 4-27 TODR profile
sources 310.2 4-46 adding 330 11-7
timing references deleting 330 11-11
parameters 310.2 4-46 editing 330 11-9
provisioning 310.2 4-27 retrieving 330 11-6
TL1 TODR profiles 330 11-1
command definitions 190 1-1 assigning 330 11-2
commands overview 330 9-16
editing 301 10-4 provisioning 330 11-2
executing 301 10-4 unassigning 330 11-2
running 301 10-4 TODR Reversion Inhibited alarm 543.2 5-509
script TODR-DOW profiles
building 301 10-6 overview 330 11-1
editing 301 10-11

Master index 5-111
tools Trans Mux circuit pack (continued)

IP 310.1 3-35 overview 320.1 3-33
OSI 310.1 3-35 transceiver triggered switch (TTS) 310.2 6-60
tools and materials list 201.0 3-15 transferring
tools bar expansion pack load
Ring APS Configuration Editor 320.1 1-2 from repository to SP 301 8-31
topology software load
ring parameters 320.2 17-4 from DVD to PC 301 8-11
rings, displaying 320.2 17-3 from repository to SP 301 8-16
Topology Build Failed alarm 543.2 5-511 from SP to USB flash storage device 301
Topology Failure alarm 543.2 5-512 8-12
Topology Instability alarm 543.2 5-513 transient conditions logs 840 3-1
TR control transmit class of service profiles PG.2 5-13
NGM interface 310.1 1-72 creating 320.2 9-6
TR control (OTM2) deleting 320.2 9-9
displaying 310.1 1-227 editing 320.2 9-7
editing 310.1 1-227 overview 320.2 9-1
manual dispersion control 310.1 1-229 parameters 320.2 9-12
parameters 310.1 1-624 retrieving 320.2 9-5
TR Control Disabled alarm 543.2 5-524 setting a default 320.2 9-11
TR Control Echo Trace Mismatch alarm 543.2 transmitter type 310.1 1-594
5-525 transparency
TR Control Initialization in Progress alarm 543.2 NGM PG.2 4-34
5-527 transponder connection
TR Control IS Optimization in Progress 2WAY bidirectional 320.1 4-4
alarm 543.2 5-529 transponder connections PG.2 5-10
Trace Identifier Mismatch (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 1WAY unidirectional 320.1 4-3
5-514 adding 320.1 4-21
Trace Identifier Mismatch (STS/HO VC) client hairpin 320.1 4-13
alarm 543.2 5-517 deleting 320.1 4-27
Trace Identifier Mismatch (VT/LO VC) editing 320.1 4-25
alarm 543.2 5-517 engineering rules 320.1 4-6
trace route overview 320.1 4-1
parameters 310.1 3-96 parameters 320.1 4-28
trace tools 310.1 3-35 retrieving 320.1 4-19
traffic types 320.1 4-3
protection 310.2 6-18 Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 102.1 4-2
1+1 ETS 310.2 6-48 alarms 102.1 4-13
1+1 OPS 310.2 6-54 equipping rules 102.1 4-13
transceiver triggered switch 310.2 6-60 replacing 545 2-149
protection exerciser 310.2 6-131 specifications PG.3 8-337
Traffic protection exerciser PG.2 5-34 technical specifications 102.1 4-17
Traffic Squelched alarm 543.2 5-520 transport and switched services
trail trace OTN PG.1 1-16
editing 310.1 1-238 transport circuit pack
parameters 310.1 1-630 software upgrade 301 9-8
retrieving 310.1 1-238 Transport Data Recovery Failed alarm 165
Trans Mux circuit pack 10-151, 543.2 5-522
protection 310.2 6-12 transport MSPP services PG.1 1-9
TMUX Provisioning tool

5-112 Master index
troubleshooting Tx Remote Alarm Indication alarm 543.2 5-551

DCN PG.4 9-380 Tx Remote Defect Indication alarm 543.2 5-553
Troubleshooting tools Tx Total Loss of Capacity - LCAS alarm 543.2
loopbacks PG.2 5-7 5-555
test access PG.2 5-8 TX Tuning in Progress alarm 543.2 5-557
troubleshooting tools PG.2 5-7
Integrated testset PG.2 5-8
TTI and TR control, validating 221 9-3
U
UBMD2 module 102.6 1-351
tunnel endpoint
alarms 102.6 1-354
creating 320.2 13-33
deleting 320.2 13-37, 320.2 14-30
installing 201.1 1-120, 201.2 1-215, 201.3
editing 320.2 13-35, 320.2 14-28
1-149, 201.4 1-121
tunnel endpoint mapping
Unable to Synchronize TOD alarm 165 10-153,
543.2 5-558
tunnel segment
Unassigned Channel Detected alarm 165
10-155, 543.2 5-560
unassigning
editing 320.2 13-29, 320.2 14-38
TODR profiles 330 11-2
parameters 320.2 13-50, 320.2 14-65
Unequipped alarm 543.2 5-562
retrieving 320.2 13-26, 320.2 14-26
unidirectional configurations, supporting
tunnel segment endpoint maps
unidirectional path connections 320.1 3-8
unlocking
tunnels 320.2 13-2
source address 301 2-63
service activation tasks 320.2 11-16
unlocking the shelf 201.2 1-271
turning-up using Node Setup (quick-start) 221
unpacking, rack 201.0 4-4
2-19
Unpaired SSH Key alarm 543.2 5-565
Tx AIS (DS1) alarm 543.2 5-530
unprotected
Tx AIS (DS3) alarm 543.2 5-532
Tx AIS (E1) alarm 543.1 4-263
Tx AIS (E3) alarm 543.2 5-532
unprotected chain
Tx Frequency Out of Range (DS1) alarm 543.2
path connection (dual feed) 320.1 3-103
5-534
Unsupported Channel Provisioned alarm 543.2
Tx Frequency Out of Range (DS3) alarm 543.2
5-566
5-535
UPC 301 2-2
Tx Frequency Out of Range (E3) alarm 543.2
updating
5-535
active alarms 543.1 2-14
Tx Loss of Frame (DS1) alarm 543.2 5-536
events 543.1 2-16
Tx Loss of Frame (DS3) alarm 543.2 5-538
upgrade PG.2 4-44
Tx Loss of Frame (E1) alarm 543.1 4-263
service bundles 301 8-4
Tx Loss of Frame (E3) alarm 543.2 5-538
upgrade management 301 9-1, 301 9-2, PG.2
Tx Loss of Multiframe (E1) alarm 543.1 4-264
5-24
Tx Loss Of Signal alarm 543.2 5-541
engineering considerations 301 9-5
Tx Manual Provisioning Required alarm 543.2
FPGA upgrade 301 9-4
5-543
incremental expansion pack load
Tx Partial Loss of Capacity - LCAS alarm 543.2
activating 301 9-17
5-544
deactivating 301 9-17
Tx Power In Reduced State alarm 543.2 5-546
opportunistic upgrade 301 9-4
Tx Power Out of Range alarm 543.2 5-548

Master index 5-113
upgrade management (continued) user interface

slot upgrade 301 9-4 6500 command line interface (6500 CLI) PG.2
applying 301 9-15 5-35
invoking 301 9-15 Site Manager overview PG.2 5-1
software upgrade 301 9-8 SNMP PG.2 5-35
upgrading TL1 overview PG.2 5-35
FPGA 301 9-4 user intervention/flash test
OCn/STMn line rate 310.1 1-269 canceling 301 6-13
power input cards 545 2-331 initiating 301 6-13
slot FPGA 301 9-4 user profile
software 301 9-8 defaults, editing 301 2-44
upper layer DCC editing 301 2-37
V
validating
UPSR
SNMP configuration 740 2-33
validating, TTI and TR control 221 9-3
overview 310.2 6-122
VC 320.2 13-2
path connection
VC4-mapped VC3s 320.1 3-13
bidirectional 320.1 3-107
VCAT (LCAS-enabled)
linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-137
removing member 310.1 1-249
restoring member 310.1 1-249
traffic 310.2 6-123
VCAT member (LCAS-enabled)
URL formats
removing 310.1 1-249
backup and restore 301 7-4
restoring 310.1 1-249
release management 301 8-6
USB
VCAT Status
parameters 310.1 3-87, 310.1 3-88
USB flash storage device, installing 301 7-23
VCE
USB flash storage device, removing 301 7-25
user account
deleting 320.2 13-24, 320.2 14-14
adding 301 2-33
editing 320.2 13-21, 320.2 14-11
administration 301 2-1
parameters 320.2 13-42, 320.2 14-40
authentication 301 2-7
retrieving 320.2 13-9, 320.2 14-9
defaults, editing 301 2-44
VCP
deleting 301 2-41
connections 320.1 7-14
disabling 301 2-6, 301 2-43
object 320.1 7-2, 320.1 7-27, 320.1 7-30
displaying details 301 2-32
VCS
editing 301 2-37
enabling 301 2-42
force out 301 2-25, 301 2-49
editing 320.2 13-13, 320.2 14-23
inhibiting 301 2-6
parameters 320.2 13-39, 320.2 14-58
invalid password, displaying 301 2-54
retrieving 320.2 13-9, 320.2 14-9
management 301 2-1
vendor specific attributes
password
RADIUS 301 2-14
changing 301 2-51
VEP
user administration
adding 330 6-41
centralized 301 2-9
deleting 330 6-45
user ID
editing 330 6-44
syntax 301 2-3, 301 2-7

5-114 Master index
VEP (continued) VT-STS bandwidth near limit alarm 543.2 5-568

retrieving 330 6-40
viewing
disabled alarms 543.1 1-32
W
WAN
General Broadcast tool messages 301 10-16
views
WAN facility
shelf level view 301 6-1
editing 310.1 1-187
Visualization tool 301 5-1
virtual circuit 320.2 13-2
Warm Restart Required alarm 543.2 5-570
virtual circuit endpoint
warning message, replacing 301 4-40
wavelength addition and deletion 221 7-1
deleting 320.2 13-24, 320.2 14-14
wavelength blocking
editing 320.2 13-21, 320.2 14-11
setting 310.2 9-4
parameters 320.2 13-42, 320.2 14-40
Wavelength Measurement Error alarm 543.2
virtual circuit endpoint map
5-571
deleting 320.2 15-6
Wavelength Measurement Warning alarm 543.2
virtual circuit endpoint maps
5-572
wavelength ranges, displaying 310.1 1-231
virtual circuit segment
Wavelength-Selective 40G OCLD circuit pack
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
editing 320.2 13-13, 320.2 14-23
pack 102.4 1-2
parameters 320.2 13-39, 320.2 14-58
alarms 102.4 1-11
virtual circuits
service activation tasks 320.2 11-8
visible NE information, parameters 310.1 3-64
Visualization tool 301 5-1, 301 5-2
functions 102.4 1-112
Component area 301 5-5
latency 102.4 1-28
Control area 301 5-5
Details area 301 5-6
Graphics area 301 5-4
WAYSIDE 1 Port Failure alarm 165 10-156, 543.2
launching 301 5-17
5-573
Navigation features 301 5-6
WAYSIDE 2 Port Failure alarm 165 10-156, 543.2
optical connection
5-573
adding, deleting and filtering 301 5-24
weights PG.3 8-11
OTS Schematic view (Photonic services
windows
only) 301 5-11
resizing 195 3-29
Photonic connection
Windows tab (Site Manager window) 195 3-8
adding, deleting and filtering 301 5-24
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6
Photonic Network view 301 5-7
1-136
printing data 301 5-21
alarms 102.6 1-146
saving data 301 5-21
selecting a view 301 5-17
Site OTS view (Photonic services only) 301 5-9
visualization tool PG.2 5-5
VOA facility
1-150
alarms 102.6 1-156
VOA Output LOS alarm 543.2 5-567
VSA 301 2-14

Master index 5-115
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 circuit pack (continued) WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit pack 102.6
optical specifications PG.3 8-294 1-159
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6 equipping rules 102.6 1-172
alarms 102.6 1-132 WSS w/OPM circuit pack
equipping rules 102.6 1-133 reconfiguration 545 2-294
technical specifications 102.6 1-135, 102.6
X
XFP module
1-158
installing 201.1 1-108, 201.2 1-203, 201.3
WSS 100GHz w/OPM C-band
1-136, 201.4 1-108
replacing 545 2-110
ordering 151 3-95
removing 201.1 1-108, 201.2 1-203, 201.3
1-188
1-136, 201.4 1-108
alarms 102.6 1-198
replacing 545 2-71
specifications 180 2-1
supported, by circuit pack PG.3 7-4
XFP/SFP+ module
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 w/coupler circuit pack
cleaning 201.0 5-23
XLA circuit pack 102.6 1-101
alarms 102.6 1-105
1-159
alarms 102.6 1-171
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 w/coupler circuit pack
performance monitoring, optical monitoring
points 520 2-188, 520 2-189, 520 2-190
WSS 50GHz w/OPM C-band
replacing 545 2-110
WSS based channel access continuity
testing 221 4-65
WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM
replacing 545 2-110
WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 20x1 circuit pack
WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 20x1 circuit
pack 102.6 1-177
alarms 102.6 1-184

5-116 Master index

6-1
Technical assistance information 6-
This chapter includes information on how to contact Ciena for technical

assistance. Topics include:
• “Technical assistance service telephone numbers” on page 6-2
• “Field return information” on page 6-3

6-2 Technical assistance information
Technical assistance service telephone numbers

For technical support and information, refer to the following table.
Table 6-1
Technical support and information
Corporate Headquarters 410-694-5700 or 800-921-1144 www.ciena.com
Customer Technical Support/Warranty
In North America 1-800-CIENA24 (243-6224)

410-865-4961
In Europe, Middle East, 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)

and Africa +44-207-012-5508
In Asia-Pacific 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)

+81-3-6367-3989
+91-124-4340-600
In Caribbean and Latin 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)

America 410-865-4944 (USA)
Sales and General Information 410-694-5700 E-mail:sales@ciena.com
In North America 410-694-5700 or 800-207-3714 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Europe +44-207-012-5500 (UK) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Asia +81-3-3248-4680 (Japan) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In India +91-124-434-0500 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Latin America 011-5255-1719-0220 (Mexico City) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
877-CIENA-TD (243-6283)
Training E-mail: techtng@ciena.com
or 410-865-8996
For additional office locations and phone numbers, visit the Ciena web site at:
www.ciena.com.
For additional repair and return information, visit Ciena support web site at:
www.ciena.com/support/repair-and-return

Technical assistance information 6-3
Field return information

Complete the following Field Return Information Form and include the form
when returning any damaged circuit packs to the factory. Insert the completed
form into an anti-static bag. Attach this bag to the failed circuit pack.
ATTENTION
Some of the information that you must provide (such as alarms raised)
require you to log in to the network element.
Field Return Information Form
Customer Identification
Customer name:
Site location:
Originator name:
Originator phone number:
Originator pager number:
Project manager name:
Project manager phone number:
Circuit pack description
PEC:
Release:
Serial number:
NE physical slot number (shelf # and slot #):
Network element
NE name:
NE number:
NE type:
NE configuration:
NE application load release:
Failure symptoms
List of raised alarms related to the failed circuit pack:

6-4 Technical assistance information
Field Return Information Form (continued)
Failure data
LED status:
Optical input power at the receive interface: __ dBm
Optical output power at the transmit interface: __ dBm
Failure time
Troubleshooting data
Visual inspection of the backplane pins:
Tested against other positions:
Slot #:___ Results:___ Slot #:___ Results:___
Slot #:___ Results:___ Slot #:___ Results:___
Actions performed to clear problems:
Internal pigtail cleaned:
External pigtail cleaned:
Special instructions:
General comments:
Tracking information
Change request (CR) number:
Emergency recovery (ER) contact name:
Emergency recovery (ER) contact telephone number:

6500 Packet-Optical Platform
Documentation Roadmap
Copyright© 2010-2016 Ciena® Corporation. All rights reserved.
Release 11.2
Publication: 323-1851-090
Document status: Standard
Issue 1
Document release date: July 2016
CONTACT CIENA
For additional information, office locations, and phone numbers, please visit the Ciena
web site at www.ciena.com

323-1851-090 (6500 R11.2 Roadmap) Issue1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

323-1851-090 (6500 R11.2 Roadmap) Issue1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

323-1851-090 (6500 R11.2 Roadmap) Issue1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

6500 Packet-Optical Platform

323-1851-090 - Standard Issue 1

Corporate Headquarters 410-694-5700 or 800-921-1144 www.ciena.com

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

Feature and publication history 1-1

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

Fault Management - Customer Visible Logs, 323-1851-840 2-14

List of terms 3-1

List of 6500 shelves, circuit packs, panels, and modules 4-1

Master index 5-1

Technical assistance information 6-1

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

Feature and publication history 1-

This chapter specifies supported software and hardware supported by this

Note: Unless otherwise specified, eMOTR in this document refers to

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

• Transceiver Triggered Switch (TTS)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Release 11.1

— 96 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD96) 50 GHz C-Band module

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— 103.1G-111.8G, 4x25G, WDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10 km CFP2 module

— Multirate 1528.38 nm to 1565.50 nm Tunable, 50GHz, Type 1 DWDM

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Hierarchical ingress metering

6500 Release 10.2

• 100G MOTR WaveLogic 3n Enhanced C-Band 10xSFP+ circuit pack

• 100G WaveLogic 3e OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Optical patchcord, MPO(F)-MPO(F), SM, riser, bend insensitive, 12

• 1M Safety Hazard label (415-2818-001)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

• client Signal Fail Alarming and Conditioning

6500 Release 10.1

— Flex3 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Enhanced with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— 100G OTR WaveLogic 3e Enhanced C-band LR4 Multirate circuit pack

— Flex2 WaveLogic 3e OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band

— 8-Degree 16-Channel Colorless Mux/Demux (CCMD8x16 C-Band

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Optical patchcord, MPO(F)-MPO(F), SM, riser, bend insensitive,

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Flex3 enhancements for Submarine applications

6500 Release 10.0 and 10.05

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

– Bracket kit, 6500-7 packet-optical shelf, 19-inch rack, rear exhaust,

• new circuit packs and modules

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

– Platform Photonic application support

— Control Plane OTN enhancements:

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

• eMOTR Ethertype 8100 tagging support